Home

auto manual - Antenna House

1. 1 P Left hand standing lamps 2 P Right hand standing lamps 3 5002 Parking lamps license plate and instrument cluster lighting 4 avro Automatic headlamp mode control led by the light sensor 5 2 Low beam high beam headlamps L Rear fog lamp 40 Fog lamp only vehicles with front fog lamps If you hear a warning tone when you leave the vehicle the lights may still be switched on gt Turn the light switch to AUTO The exterior lighting except the parking standing lamps switches off automatically if you e remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock e open the driver s door with the SmartKey in position 0 Automatic headlamp mode Z WARNING When the light switch is set to auto the low beam headlamps may not be switched on automatically if there is fog snow or other causes of poor visibility due to the weather conditions such as spray There is a risk of an accident In such situations turn the light switch to The automatic headlamp feature is only an aid The driver is responsible for the vehicle s lighting at all times AUTO is the favored light switch setting The light setting is automatically selected accord ing to the brightness of the ambient light exception poor visibility due to weather con ditions such as fog snow or spray e SmartKey in position 1 in the ignition l
2. If the vehicle has been parked for over 20 minutes the Tire pressure will be displayed after driving a few minutes message appears After a teach in process the tire pressure monitor automatically detects new wheels or new sensors As long as a clear allocation of the tire pressure value to the individual wheels is not possible the Tire Pressure Monitor Active display message is shown instead of the tire pressure display The tire pressures are already being monitored if an emergency spare wheel is mounted the system may continue to show the tire pressure of the wheel that has been removed for a few minutes If this occurs note that the value displayed for the posi tion where the spare wheel is mounted is not the same as the current tire pressure of the emergency spare wheel Tire pressure monitor warning mes sages If the tire pressure monitor detects a pressure loss in one or more tires a warning message is shown in the multifunction display and the yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp comes on e Ifthe Please Correct Tire Pressure message appears in the multifunction dis play the tire pressure in at least one tire is too low and must be corrected at the next opportunity e Ifthe Check Tires message appears in the multifunction display the tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly and the tires must be checked e If the Warning Tire Malfunction appears in
3. button button to select Yes and button to confirm gt Press the OK gt Press the W press the OK You can reset the values of the following func tions e Trip odometer e From Start trip computer e From Reset trip computer e ECO display If you reset the values in the ECO display the values in the From start trip computer are also reset If you reset the values in the From start trip computer the values in the ECO display are also reset Navigation system menu Displaying navigation instructions In the Navi menu the multifunction display shows navigation instructions For more information on navigation see the separate operating instructions gt Switch on COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Pressthe lt or button on the steer ing wheel to select the Navi menu Route guidance not active Direction of travel Current road Route guidance active No change of direction announced Distance to the destination Distance to the next change of direction Current road Follow the road s course symbol Change of direction announced without a lane recommendation Road into which the change of direction leads Distance to change of direction and visual distance display Change of direction symbol When a change of direction is announced you will see symbol 8 for the chan
4. gt SmartKey turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the ignition lock gt KEYLESS GO switch on the ignition Fy On board computer and displays Ea Display messages Lod On board computer and displays Display messages BRAKE USA only Canada only Check Brake Fluid Level ana usa only Canada only Brake Immediately Check Brake Pad Wear SOS mbrace Inoperative PRE SAFE Inoperative See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir In addition the erake USA only Canada only warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster and a warning tone sounds Z WARNING The braking effect may be impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 161 gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop gt Do not add brake fluid This does not correct the malfunction A malfunction has occurred while the HOLD function or DIS TRONIC PLUS is active A tone may also sound at regular intervals If you attempt to lock the vehicle the tone becomes louder You cannot start the engine gt Paying attention to the traffic situation immediately depress the brake ped
5. Only use wheels with the recommended tire sizes Only then will ESP function properly P Driving safety systems Characteristics of ESP General information If the amp ESP warning lamp goes out before beginning the journey ESP is automatically active If ESP intervenes the ESP warning lamp flashes in the instrument cluster If ESP intervenes gt Do not deactivate ESP under any circum stances gt Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary when pulling away gt Adapt your driving style to suit the prevail ing road and weather conditions ECO start stop function The ECO start stop function switches the engine off automatically when the vehicle stops moving The engine starts automati cally when the driver wants to pull away again ESP remains in its previously selected sta tus Example if ESP was deactivated before the engine was switched off ESP remains deactivated when the engine is switched on again Deactivating activating ESP except AMG vehicles Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 61 You can select between the following states of ESP e ESP is activated e ESP is deactivated Z WARNING If you deactivate ESP ESP no longer sta bilizes the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident Only deactivate ESP in the situations d
6. The red brake warning ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated lamp the yellow ESP WARNING and ESP OFF warning The brake system continues to function normally but without the lamps and the yellow ABS warning lamp are functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore cues lock if you brake hard for example lit while the engine is running The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Pe Warning and indicator lamps On board computer and displays Problem iz The yellow ESP warn ing lamp flashes while the vehicle is in motion fe The yellow ESP OFF warning lamp is lit while the engine is running SPORT AMG vehicles only The yellow SPORT han dling mode warning lamp is lit while the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ESP or traction control has intervened because there is a risk of skidding or at least one wheel has started to spin Cruise control or DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated gt When pulling away only depress the accelerator pedal as fa
7. 85 Convenience opening feature see Side windows Coolant engine Checking the l v l sirenes 281 Display message eneee 228 Filling Capacity sissiiriisesisissserriasiss 351 Important safety notes 0 0 351 Temperature on board com DULCE ccssccesescasecedeassstessseessebencestseaves 208 Temperature gauge seere 194 Warning lamp seeeseeereeseeeeeeeeees 251 Cooling see Climate control Copyright ss ccisccssestivesecs i dnceeseee 28 Cornering light function Display Message eeeeseeeeeeeees 225 FUNCtION NOTES ceeceeseeeeeeeeeees 111 Crash responsive emergency light ING isep rreren ass r Setir 114 Cruise control Cruise control lever nesssssssrsr 170 D activatihg oii scsessssiccascesecesssesens 171 Display message eere 235 Driving SYStOM j cs sc2c seeceeeescactssesese 169 Function Notes cceceeeee 169 Important safety notes 169 Setting a SPE ssececesscersvoneeons 171 Storing and maintaining current SPSOG PE E ETTE 170 Cup holder Center Console seinieni 259 Important safety notes 0 0 258 Customer Assistance Center GAG cieie reee er pedi inea EES 26 Customer Relations Department 26 tint Dashboard see Instrument cluster Data see Technical data Daytime running lamps Display MESSA gensser 227 FUNCtION NOTES ssiri 109 Switching on off on board com ONUN nS D E A E E ET 205 Declarations of conformity 25 Delayed switch off Exterior li
8. z The coolant temperature has exceeded 248 F 120 C The air The red coolant warn flow to the engine radiator may be blocked or the coolant level may ing lamp comes on be too low while the engine is run A WARNING ning A warning tone en F ici E The engine is not being cooled sufficiently and may be damaged Do not drive when your engine is overheated This can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire Steam from the overheated engine can also cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the hood There is a risk of injury gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 161 Problem O On board computer and displays Problem A The red distance warn ing lamp lights up while the vehicle is in motion A warning tone also sounds Warning and indicator lamps Ea Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt Leave the vehicle and keep a safe distance from the vehicle until the engine has cooled down gt Check the coolant level and add coolant observing the warning notes gt page 281 gt f you need to add coolant more often than usual have the engine coolant system checked gt Make sure that the air supply to the engine
9. gt Press the button on the steering wheel gt Press OK The RACETIMER interrupts timing when you stop the vehicle and turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the ignition lock If you turn the SmartKey to position 2 or 3 and then press OK to confirm Start timing is continued to confirm Yes Resetting the current lap gt Stop the RACETIMER gt Press the lt q or gt ap La button to select gt Press OK to reset the lap time to 0 Deleting all laps If you switch off the engine the RACETIMER is reset to 0 after 30 seconds All laps are deleted You cannot delete individual stored laps If you have stopped 16 laps the current lap does not have to be reset gt Reset the current lap OK to confirm Reset Reset R Timer appears in the multi function display gt Press the W button to select Yes and press the OK button to confirm All laps are deleted Overall statistics RACETIMER overall evaluation Total time driven Average speed Distance covered Maximum speed This function is shown if you have stored at least one lap and stopped the RACETIMER gt Press lt or P on the steering wheel to select the AMG menu gt Press the A button repeatedly until the overall evaluation is shown Lap statistics
10. Electric parking brake ea ugh Engine avd yellow 245 E Reserve fuel 251 A Distance warning 253 ESP OFF 247 L amp J _ Turn signals 110 ABS 245 Tire pressure monitor 318 erake Brakes 245 Multifunction steering wheel Function Multifunction display COMAND display see the separate operating instruc tions Ma Switches on the Voice Con trol System see the sepa rate operating instructions A Rejects or ends a call Exits phone book redial memory Cf Makes or accepts a call Switches to the redial mem ory Adjusts the volume X Mute Page 196 201 Multifunction steering wheel Function 4 r gt Selects a menu A Y Selects a submenu or scrolls through lists OK Confirms your selection Hiding display messages Back Switches off the Voice Con trol System see the sepa rate operating instructions Page 195 195 195 Zale 195 At a glance i g 33 Center console Center console upper section Function Page Function Page COMAND see the separate A Hazard warning operating instructions lamps Ni 4 Seat heating 99 _ 3 PASSENGER AIR BAG F AIRSCARE 100 ON OFF indicator lamp 41 B PARKTRONIC 182 ale Gi ECO start stop func i Omen hencling a
11. You can lock the trunk separately If you then unlock the vehicle centrally the trunk remains locked and cannot be opened gt Close the trunk lid gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 74 Basic position 2 To lock gt Insert the mechanical key into the trunk lid lock as far as it will go gt Turn the mechanical key clockwise from position 1 to position 2 gt Remove the mechanical key gt Insert mechanical key into the SmartKey gt page 74 H The trunk lid swings upwards when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above the trunk lid If the trunk cannot be unlocked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO use the mechani cal key If you use the mechanical key to unlock and open the trunk lid the anti theft alarm system will be triggered gt page 69 gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 74 gt Insert the mechanical key into the trunk lid lock as far as it will go sce vincows os The trunk lid emergency release does not unlock the trunk lid if the battery is discon nected or discharged Trunk lid emergency release light e emergency release button A flashes for 30 minutes after the trunk lid is opened e emergency release button A flashes for 60 minutes after the trunk lid is closed 2 To unlock gt Turn the mechanical key cou
12. Tightening torque seeeeeeeeeseeeeee 336 Wheel size tire size c eeeeeneee 337 Windows see Side windows Wind screen Inserting and removing eee 90 Preparing for installation 0 90 see AIRGUIDE Windshield DORPOSHING sesscsstscscelesdasesazsedecceesesstss 131 Windshield washer fluid see Windshield washer system Windshield washer system Adding washer fluid sesse 281 NOLES s scscstccuiieesssvesvsdeeeeorneee 352 Windshield wipers Display message ssec 242 Problem malfunction 0 0 0 0 120 Replacing the wiper blades 118 Switching On Off serioses 117 Winter driving Important safety notes 0 0 312 Slippery road surfaces s es 169 SNOW CRAINS sccccccrceseeesrncce 313 Winter operation OVEIVIOW sss eisietedsctccs secssssatesscotinassesss 312 Winter tires MES tires 1 cecsscssectaceicesiesanessieess 312 Wiper blades Cleaning secretarii erpa 286 Important safety notes 0 0 118 Replacing ss c secesscecscscacheseacstseacsssesss 118 Wooden trim cleaning instruc HONS erranka enters 288 Workshop see Qualified specialist workshop ZONE function Switching On Off iscissi 130 General notes Q Environmental note Daimler s declared policy is one of compre hensive environmental protection The objectives are for the natural resources that form the basis of our existence on this planet to be used sparingly and in a manner that takes the requiremen
13. ay On board computer and displays a Display messages On board computer and displays Display messages Tire Pressure Mon jtor Currently Unavail able TirePress Sen sor s Missing Tire Pressure Mon itor Inoperative No Wheel Sensors Tire Pressure Mon itor Inoperative Display messages Shift to ROn N to Start Engine Apply Brake O SAE ROM be Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Due to a source of radio interference no signals can be received from the wheel sensors The tire pressure monitor is temporarily malfunctioning gt Drive on The tire pressure monitor restarts automatically as soon as the problem has been solved There is no signal from the tire pressure sensor of one or several wheels The pressure of the affected tire is not displayed in the multifunction display gt Have the faulty tire pressure sensor replaced at a qualified spe cialist workshop The wheels mounted do not have a suitable tire pressure sensor The tire pressure monitor is deactivated gt Mount wheels with suitable tire pressure sensors The tire pressure monitor is activated automatically after driving for a few minutes The tire pressure monitor is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You have attempted to start the engine with the transmission in position R or D gt Shift the transmission to position P or N You have
14. Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 61 You can select between the following states of ESP e ESP is activated e SPORT handling mode is activated ESP is deactivated A WARNING When SPORT handling mode is activated there is a greater risk of skidding and acci dents Only activate SPORT handling mode in the sit uations described in the following A WARNING If you deactivate ESP ESP no longer sta bilizes the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident Only deactivate ESP in the situations descri bed in the following In the following situations it may be better to activate SPORT handling mode or deactivate ESP e when using snow chains e in deep snow e on sand or gravel e on designated roads when the vehicle s own oversteering and understeering char acteristics are desired A Y Ge N a Driving safety systems Safety i Driving in SPORT handling mode or without ESP requires an extremely qualified and experienced driver Activate ESP as soon as the situations described above no longer apply ESP will otherwise not be able to stabilize the vehi cle if the vehicle starts to skid or a wheel starts to spin H Avoid spinning the driven wheels for an extended period with ESP deactivated You could otherwise damage the drivetrain Deactivating activating ESP gt To activate SPORT handling mode briefly
15. Overview of climate control systems Useful information This Operator s manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 26 Overview of climate control systems Observe the settings recommended on the following pages The windows could other wise fog up To prevent the windows from fogging up e switch off climate control only briefly e switch on air recirculation mode only briefly e switch on the cooling with air dehumidifi cation function e switch on the defrost windshield function briefly if required Climate control regulates the temperature and the humidity in the vehicle interior and filters undesirable substances out of the air Climate control can only be operated when the engine is running Optimum operation is only achieved with the side windows and roof closed The residual heat function can only be acti vated or deactivated with the ignition switched off gt page 133 When the weather is warm ventilate the vehicle for a brief period This will speed up the cooling process and the desired vehicle interior temperature will be reached more q
16. Y Ge N Safety ETS remains active when you deactivate ESP AMG vehicles your vehicle may be equipped with 20 inch tires on the rear axle If replaced with a 19 inch tire ETS may intervene noticeably sooner for the first few kilometers After approximately 10 km ETS will function as usual again Information on the dimensions and types of wheels and tires for your vehicle can be found in the Wheel tire combinations section gt page 337 Important safety notes A WARNING If ESP is malfunctioning ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle Additionally further driv ing safety systems are deactivated This increases the risk of skidding and an accident Drive on carefully Have ESP checked at a qualified specialist workshop When testing the electric parking brake on a braking dynamometer switch off the ignition Application of the brakes by ESP may otherwise destroy the brake system When towing the vehicle with the rear axle raised observe the notes on ESP gt page 305 ESP is deactivated if the warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up continu ously when the engine is running If the amp warning lamp and the _ amp warn ing lamp are lit continuously ESP is not available due to a malfunction Observe the information on warning lamps gt page 247 and display messages which may be shown in the instrument cluster gt page 213
17. gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Switch off the engine gt Wait at least ten seconds before restarting the engine gt Shift the transmission to position D or R If D is selected the transmission shifts into second gear if R is selected the transmission shifts into reverse gear gt Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist work shop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately at rear edge pulling it up and out at the same time gt Press release button down and simul taneously move the selector lever out of position P The selector lever can now be moved freely until it is returned to position P In the event of an electrical malfunction it is possible to release the selector lever lock manually to move it out of position P This is the case for example if you wish to tow the vehicle away Refueling gt Press the frame of selector level gaiter A WARNING together somewhat on the side edge atthe Fuel is highly flammable If you handle fuel back and hold with one hand incorrectly there is a risk of fire and explo gt With the other hand pry off the frame of sion selector level gaiter with a flat blunt You must avoid fire open flames creating object e g a screwdriver wrapped in cloth sparks and smoking Switch off the engine and if applicable the auxiliary heating before refueling Z WARNING Fuel is poisonous and hazardous to health T
18. Lap Lap time Average lap speed Lap length Top speed during lap Menus and submenus Ea This function is only available if you have stored at least two laps and have stopped the RACETIMER gt Press lt or gt on the steering wheel to select the AMG menu button repeatedly until the lap evaluation is shown Each lap is shown in a separate submenu The fastest lap is indicated by flashing sym gt Press the bol gt Press the A A or Vv button to select a different lap evaluation Fj On board computer and displays p Display messages Display messages General notes Display messages appear in the multifunction display Display messages with graphic displays may be shown in simplified form in the Operator s Manual and may differ from the messages shown in the multifunction display Please respond in accordance with the display messages and follow the additional notes in this Operator s Manual Certain display messages are accompanied by an audible warning tone or a continuous tone When you stop and park the vehicle please observe the notes on e HOLD function gt page 181 e Parking gt page 161 Hiding display messages gt Press the OK or button on the steering wheel to hide the display message The display message is cleared be On board computer and displays The multifunction
19. Climate control i i Operating the climate control systems General notes The rear window defroster has a high current draw You should therefore switch it off as soon as the rear window is clear Otherwise the rear window defroster switches off auto matically after several minutes If the battery voltage is too low the rear win dow defroster may switch off Activating deactivating gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 139 gt Press the 8 button The indicator lamp in the RE button lights up or goes out Problem The indicator lamp on the B button flashes The rear win dow defroster has deactivated prema turely or cannot be acti vated The roof is open gt Close the roof Operating the climate control systems ee Problems with the rear window defroster Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The on board voltage is too low because too many electrical con sumers are switched on gt Switch off any consumers that are not required e g reading lamps interior lighting or the seat heating When the battery is sufficiently charged the rear window defroster can be activated again When the roof is closed the rear window defroster can be acti vated again Activating deactivating air recircula tion mode General notes If you switch on air recirculation mode the windows can fog up more quickly in particu
20. ESP intervenes or you deactivate ESP e the transmission is in the P Ror N position e you pull the cruise control lever towards you in order to pull away and the front passenger door is open e the vehicle has skidded If DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated you will hear a warning tone You will see the DIS TRONIC PLUS Off message in the multifunc tion display for approximately five seconds Tips for driving with DISTRONIC PLUS General notes The following contains descriptions of certain road and traffic conditions in which you must be particularly attentive In such situations brake if necessary DISTRONIC PLUS is then deactivated Cornering going into and coming out of a bend The ability of DISTRONIC PLUS to detect vehi cles when cornering is limited Your vehicle may brake unexpectedly or late Vehicles traveling on a different line Driving systems DISTRONIC PLUS may not detect vehicles traveling on a different line The distance to the vehicle in front will be too short Other vehicles changing lanes DISTRONIC PLUS has not detected the vehi cle cutting in yet The distance to this vehicle will be too short Narrow vehicles DISTRONIC PLUS has not yet detected the vehicle in front on the edge of the road because of its narrow width The distance to the vehicle in front will be too short Driving and parking a Driving systems Driving and parking Obstructions and stati
21. Information on air pressure for the tires on your vehicle can be found e on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Informa tion placard on the B pillar gt page 322 e on the tire pressure label on the fuel filler flap gt page 159 e in the Tire pressure section If the vehicle is heavily loaded check the tire pressures and correct them if necessary While driving pay attention to vibrations noises and unusual handling characteristics e g pulling to one side This may indicate that the wheels or tires are damaged If you sus pect that a tire is defective reduce your speed immediately Stop the vehicle as soon as possible to check the wheels and tires for damage Hidden tire damage could also be causing the unusual handling characteristics If you find no signs of damage have the tires and wheels checked at a qualified specialist workshop When parking your vehicle make sure that the tires do not get deformed by the curb or other obstacles If it is necessary to drive over curbs speed humps or similar elevations try to do so slowly and at an obtuse angle Oth erwise the tires particularly the sidewalls may be damaged Z WARNING Damaged tires can cause tire inflation pres sure loss As aresult you could lose control of your vehicle There is a risk of accident Check the tires regularly for signs of damage and replace any damaged tires immediately Regularly check the wheels and tires of your vehicle f
22. SLK Operator s Manual ULL TILL 1725844500 SLK Operator s Manual Mercedes Benz Order no 6515 333413 Part no 1725844500 Edition A 2015 Symbols Registered trademarks e Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc e DTS is a registered trademark of DTS Inc e Dolby and MLP are registered trademarks of DOLBY Laboratories e BabySmart ESP and PRE SAFE are registered trademarks of Daimler AG e HomeLink is a registered trademark of Johnson Controls e iPod and iTunes are registered trade marks of Apple Inc e Logic7 is a registered trademark of Har man International Industries e Microsoft and Windows media are reg istered trademarks of Microsoft Corpora tion e SIRIUS is a registered trademark of Sirius XM Radio Inc e HD Radio is a registered trademark of iBiq uity Digital Corporation e Gracenote is a registered trademark of Gracenote Inc e ZAGATSurvey and related brands are reg istered trademarks of ZagatSurvey LLC In this Operator s Manual you will find the fol lowing symbols A WARNING Warning notes make you aware of dangers which could pose a threat to your health or life or to the health and life of others Q Environmental note Environmental notes provide you with infor mation on environmentally aware actions or disposal H Notes on material damage alert you to dangers that could lead to damage to your vehicle
23. and warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Possible causes are e self diagnosis is not yet complete e the on board voltage may be insufficient Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Carefully drive a suitable distance making slight steering move ments at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h If the display message disappears the functions mentioned above are available again If the display message continues to be displayed gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop ABS ESP BAS PRE SAFE the HOLD function and hill start assist are unavailable due to a malfunction BAS PLUS and PRE SAFE Brake may also have failed The erare USA only Canada only S and warning lamps in the instrument cluster also light up ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for exampl
24. gt Check the oil level at the latest when next refueling gt page 279 gt If necessary add engine oil gt page 280 gt Have the engine checked at a qualified specialist workshop if engine oil needs to be added more often than usual H Avoid long journeys with too little engine oil The engine will otherwise be damaged Information on approved engine oils can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com Display messages Be Display messages Fuel Level Low TS Gas Cap Loose Driving systems Display messages SSS Attention Assist Take a Break SSS Attention Assist Inoperative Off Radar Sensors Deac tivated See Opera tor s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The fuel level has dropped into the reserve range gt Refuel at the nearest gas station There is only a very small amount of fuel in the fuel tank gt Refuel at the nearest gas station without fail The fuel system pressure is too low The fuel filler cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking gt Check that the fuel filler cap is correctly closed If the fuel filler cap is not correctly closed gt Close the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is correctly closed gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Based on certain criteria ATTENTION ASSIST has detected fatigue or a
25. gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop If the ABS control unit is faulty there is also a possibility that other systems such as the navigation system or the automatic trans mission will not be available Fi On board computer and displays 25 Warning and indicator lamps Problem Possible causes consequences and P Solutions ABS is temporarily unavailable BAS BAS PLUS ESP EBD elec The yellow ABS warning tronic brake force distribution PRE SAFE PRE SAFE Brake the lamp is lit while the HOLD function hill start assist are therefore also deactivated for engine is running example Possible causes are e Self diagnosis is not yet complete e The on board voltage may be insufficient ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is a risk of an accident _ On board computer and displays gt Carefully drive a suitable distance making slight steering move ments at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h The functions mentioned above are available again when the warning lamp goes out If the warning
26. lar at low temperatures Only use air recircu lation mode briefly to prevent the windows from fogging up Activating deactivating gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 139 gt To activate press the oSo button The indicator lamp in the eaj button lights up Air recirculation mode is automatically activated at high levels of pollution dual zone automatic climate control only or at high outside temperatures When air recir culation mode is activated automatically the indicator lamp in the 6 amp o button is not lit Outside air is added after about 30 minutes gt To deactivate press the 6a button The indicator lamp in the eZa button goes out Air recirculation mode deactivates auto matically e after approximately five minutes at out side temperatures below approximately 41 F 5 C e after approximately five minutes if cool ing with air dehumidification is deactiva ted e after approximately 30 minutes at out side temperatures above approximately 41 F 5 C if the Cooling with air dehu midification function is activated Activating deactivating the residual heat function General notes The residual heat function is only available on vehicles for Canada It is possible to make use of the residual heat of the engine to continue heating the station ary vehicle for up to 30 minutes after
27. led Before driving off make sure for every vehicle occupant that the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at about eye level A WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat steering wheel or mirrors and fasten your seat belt before start ing the engine H To avoid damage to the seats and the seat heating observe the following information e keep liquids from spilling on the seats If liquid is spilled on the seats dry them as soon as possible e if the seat covers are damp or wet do not switch on the seat heating The seat heating should also not be used to dry the seats e clean the seat covers as recommended see the Interior care section e do not transport heavy loads on the seats Do not place sharp objects on the seat cushions e g knives nails or tools The seats should only be occupied by passengers if possible e when the seat heating is in operation do not cover the seats with insulating mate rials e g blankets coats bags seat cov ers child seats or booster seats H Make sure that there are no objects in the footwell under or behind the seats when seats 7 Seats steering wheel and mirrors m moving the seats back There is a risk that Adjusting the seats electrically the seats a
28. parts of the body could be trapped in the clos ing area when a side window is being closed There is a risk of injury Observe the complete closing procedure when the convenience closing feature is oper ating Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure Opening and closing FA If someone is trapped gt Release the recessed sensor surface on the door handle immediately gt Pull the door handle immediately and hold it until the side windows open again With KEYLESS GO you can close all side win dows simultaneously The KEYLESS GO key must be outside the vehicle All the doors must be closed 12s side windows Opening and closing hod gt Touch recessed sensor surface Q on the door handle until the side windows are fully closed Make sure you only touch recessed sen sor surface Q gt Make sure that all the side windows are closed gt To interrupt convenience closing release recessed sensor surface 1 on the door handle If a side window can no longer be closed fully you must reset it gt Close all the doors gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Pull the corresponding switch on the door control panel until the side window is com pletely closed gt page 84 gt Hold the switch for an additional second If the side window opens again slightly gt Immediately pull the corresponding switch on the door control p
29. play are shown in orange tion allows you to choose whether the status gt Press the OK button to save the setting area in the multifunction display always shows the speed in mph instead of the outside temperature Further information on daytime running lamps gt page 109 Setting the brightness of the ambient lighting gt Press the lt or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Light submenu Se Menus and submenus Leal On board computer and displays gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to select the Amb Light function You will see the selected setting gt Press OK to confirm gt Pressthe W or A button to adjust the brightness to a level from Off to Level 5 bright gt Press the setting button to save the OK or p Activating deactivating surround light ing and exterior lighting delayed switch off gt Pressthe lt or gt button on the steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Light submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Surround Lighting function When the Surround Lighting function is activated the light cone and the area around the vehicle are displayed in o
30. ton Q is flashing continuously e no voice connection to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center was established This can occur if the relevant mobile phone network is not available for example The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display gt To end a call press the G button on the multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the corresponding button for ending a phone call on the audio system or on COMAND Call priority When service calls are active e g Roadside Assistance or MB Info calls an emergency call can still be initiated In this case an emer gency call will take priority and override all other active calls The indicator lamp of the respective button flashes until the call is ended An emergency call can only be terminated by the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center on oO Sn 5 oO oO eS mo c oO oO bo z e N se Features Stowage and features All other calls can be ended by pressing e the button on the multifunction steer ing wheel e the corresponding button on the audio sys tem or on COMAND for ending a telephone call When a call is initiated the audio system is muted The mobile phone is no longer connected to COMAND However if you want to use your mobile phone do so only when the vehicle is stationary and in a safe location Downloading destinations in COMAND Downloading destinations
31. Avoid con tact with skin eyes or clothing Wear suitable protective clothing especially gloves apron and face guard Rinse any acid spills immediately with clear water Contact a physi cian if necessary Wear eye protection A A Keep children away Observe this Operator s Manual The vehicle battery like other batteries can discharge over time if you do not use the vehicle In this case have the battery discon nected at a qualified specialist workshop You can also charge the battery with a charger recommended by Mercedes Benz Contact a qualified specialist workshop for further infor mation Have the battery condition of charge checked more frequently if you use the vehicle mainly for short trips or if you leave it standing idle for a lengthy period Consult a qualified spe cialist workshop if you wish to leave your vehicle parked for a long period of time Remove the SmartKey if you park the vehicle and do not require any electrical consumers The vehicle will then use very little energy thus conserving battery power Battery vehicle Ea If the power supply has been interrupted e g if you reconnect the battery you will have to e set the clock see the separate operating instructions On vehicles with COMAND and a naviga tion system the clock is set automati cally e reset the function for folding the exterior mirrors in out automatically by folding the mirrors out once
32. Customer Service at 1 888 923 8367 General notes An emergency call is dialed automatically if an air bag or Emergency Tensioning Device is triggered You cannot end an automatically trig gered emergency call yourself An emergency call can also be initiated man ually Features ee As soon as the emergency call has been ini tiated the indicator lamp in the SOS button flashes The multifunction display shows the Connecting Call message The audio output is muted Once the connection has been made the Call Connected message appears in the multifunction display Allimportant information on the emergency is transmitted for example e current location of the vehicle as deter mined by the GPS system e vehicle identification number e information on the severity of the accident Shortly after the emergency call has been ini tiated a voice connection is automatically established between the Customer Assis tance Center and the vehicle occupants e If the vehicle occupants respond the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter attempts to get more information on the emergency e If there is no response from the vehicle occupants an ambulance is immediately sent to the vehicle If no voice connection can be established to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center the system has been unable to initiate an emergency call This can occur for example if the relevant mobile phone network is not available
33. It goes out no later than a few seconds after the engine is started The components of the restraint system are in operational readiness A malfunction has occurred if the restraint system warning lamp e does not light up after the ignition is switched on e does not go out after a few seconds with the engine running e lights up again while the engine is running Z WARNING If restraint system is malfunctioning restraint system components may be triggered unin tentionally or might not be triggered at all in the event of an accident with a high rate of vehicle deceleration This can affect the Emer gency Tensioning Device or air bag for exam ple This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Have the restraint system checked and repaired in a qualified specialist workshop as soon as possible PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp and PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp are part of the Occupant Classifica tion System OCS The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp informs you about the status of the front passenger front air bag If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp e is lit the front passenger front air bag is deactivated They will then not be deployed in the event of an accident e does not light up the front passenger front air bag is enabled If inthe event of an accident all deployment criteria are me
34. It may not be possible to release an applied parking brake if the on board voltage is low or there is a malfunction in the system Contact a qualified specialist workshop The electric parking brake performs a function test at regular intervals while the engine is switched off The sounds that can be heard while this is occurring are normal Applying releasing manually gt To engage push handle a When the electric parking brake is engaged the park USA only or Canada only red indicator lamp lights up in the instrument cluster The electric parking brake can also be applied when the SmartKey is removed gt To release switch on the ignition gt Pull handle The red park USA only or Canada only indicator lamp in the instrument clus ter goes out The electric parking brake can only be released e if the SmartKey is in position 1 in the ignition lock gt page 139 or e if the ignition was switched on using the Start Stop button Applying automatically The electric parking brake is applied auto matically e if DISTRONIC PLUS brings the vehicle to a standstill or e if the HOLD function is keeping the vehicle stationary In addition at least one of the following con ditions must be fulfilled e the engine is switched off e the driver s seat belt is not inserted in the belt buckle and the driver s door is open e the ve
35. Practical tips or further information that could be helpful to you gt This symbol indicates an instruction that must be followed gt Several of these symbols in succes sion indicate an instruction with sev eral steps gt This symbol tells you where you can page find more information about a topic gt This symbol indicates a warning or an instruction that is continued on the next page Dis This font indicates a display in the play multifunction display COMAND dis play Parts of the software in the vehicle are pro tected by copyright 2005 The FreeType Project http www freetype org All rights reserved Publication details Further information about Mercedes Benz vehicles and about Daimler AG can be found on the following websites http www mbusa com USA only http www mercedes benz ca Canada only Editorial office Daimler AG Not to be reprinted translated or otherwise reproduced in whole or in part without written permission from Daimler AG Vehicle manufacturer Daimler AG MercedesstraBe 137 70327 Stuttgart Germany As at 24 09 2013 Welcome to the world of Mercedes Benz We urge you to read this Operator s Manual carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own safety and a longer vehicle life follow the instruc tions and warning notices in this manual Ignoring them could result in damage to the vehicle or personal injury to you
36. Products at any Mercedes Benz Service center Damage to the engine or exhaust system is caused by the following e using engine oils and oil filters that have not been specifically approved for the service system e replacing engine oil and oil filters after the interval for replacement specified by the service system has been exceeded e using engine oil additives H Do not add too much oil If the oil level is above the max mark on the dipstick too much oil has been added This can lead to damage to the engine or the catalytic con verter Have excess oil siphoned off Example engine oil cap gt Turn cap Q counter clockwise and remove it gt Add engine oil If the oil level is at or below the MIN mark on the oil dipstick add 1 1 US qt 1 0 I of engine oil gt Replace cap on the filler neck and turn clockwise Ensure that the cap locks into place securely gt Check the oil level again with the oil dip stick gt page 279 Further information on engine oil gt page 349 Checking coolant level Z WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following Z WARNING The engine cooling system is pressurized par ticularly when the engine is warm
37. Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 161 gt Clean the windshield Lane Keeping Assist is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Blind Spot Assist is temporarily inoperative Possible causes are e the sensors are dirty e function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow e the radar sensor system is outside the operating temperature range e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative e g due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio sta tions or other sources of electromagnetic radiation The yellow A indicator lamps also light up in the exterior mir rors When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears Blind Spot Assist is operational again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 161 gt Clean the sensors gt page 287 gt Restart the engine Display messages Be Display messages Blind Spot Assist Inoperative Parking Guidance Inoperative Parking Guidance Canceled Parking Guidance Finished DISTRONIC PLUS Off DISTRONIC PLUS Now Available Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Blind Spot Assist is defective The yellow A indicator lamps also light up in the exterior mir rors gt Visit a qualified
38. e Audio menu gt page 200 e Tel menu telephone gt page 201 e DriveAssist menu assistance gt page 203 e Serv menu gt page 204 e Sett menu settings gt page 204 e AMG menu in AMG vehicles gt page 208 Trip menu Standard display gt Press and hold the button on the steering wheel until the Trip menu with trip odometer Q and odometer is shown Trip computer From Start or From Reset Example trip computer From Start Distance Time Average speed Average fuel consumption gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Press the A or W button to select From Start or From Reset The values in the From Start submenu are calculated from the start of a journey whilst FP On board computer and displays the values in the From Reset submenu are calculated from the last time the submenu was reset gt page 198 The F t trip computer is automati cally reset when e the ignition has been switched off for more than four hours e 999 hours have been exceeded e 9 999 miles have been exceeded The From Reset trip computer is automati cally reset if the value exceeds 9 999 hours or 99 999 miles rom Sta ECO display Example ECO display gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu g
39. e There is a malfunction in the fuel supply gt Turn the SmartKey back to position 0 in the ignition lock before attempting to start the engine again or gt Press the Start Stop button repeatedly until all indicator lamps in the instrument cluster go out gt Try to start the engine again gt page 141 Avoid excessively long and frequent attempts to start the engine as these will drain the battery If the engine does not start after several attempts gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The on board voltage is too low because the battery is too weak or discharged gt Jump start the vehicle gt page 301 If the engine does not start despite attempts to jump start it gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The starter motor was exposed to a thermal load that was too high gt Allow the starter motor to cool down for approximately two minutes gt Try to start the engine again If the engine still does not start gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop There is a malfunction in the engine electronics or in a mechanical component of the engine management system gt Only depress the accelerator pedal slightly Otherwise non combusted fuel may get into the catalytic con verter and damage it gt Have the cause rectified immediately at a qualified specialist workshop oo Som Oo a me b0 gt a e Driving and parking Problem The coolant temp
40. e you insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock or e you press the Start Stop button once on vehicles with KEYLESS GO When you close the driver s door with the ignition switched on the steering wheel is also automatically moved to the previously set position The last position of the steering wheel is stored when you switch off the ignition or when you store the setting with the memory function gt page 106 Crash responsive EASY EXIT feature If the crash responsive EASY EXIT feature is triggered in an accident the steering column will move upwards when the driver s door is opened This occurs irrespective of the posi tion of the SmartKey in the ignition lock This makes it easier to exit the vehicle and rescue the occupants The crash responsive EASY EXIT feature is only operational if the EASY EXIT ENTRY fea ture is activated in the on board computer gt page 207 M gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock Bpl ate 1 me gt Press button for the left hand exterior gt Anti glare mode flick anti glare lever mirror or button for the right hand exte forwards or back rior mirror The indicator lamp in the corresponding button lights up in red The indicator lamp goes out again after some time You can adjust the selected mirror using adjustment button 8 as long Z N WARNING as the indicator lamp is lit gt Press adjustment button up down to the ri
41. gt page 104 Charging the battery Z WARNING During charging and jump starting explosive gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Particularly avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Ensure there is sufficient ventilation while charging and jump starting Do not lean over a battery Z WARNING Battery acid is caustic There is a risk of injury Avoid contact with the skin eyes or clothing Do not inhale any battery gases Do not lean over the battery Keep children away from batteries Wash battery acid immediately with water and seek medical attention Z WARNING A discharged battery can freeze at tempera tures below freezing point When jump start ing the vehicle or charging the battery gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Allow the frozen battery to thaw out before charging it or jump starting E Only use battery chargers with a maxi mum charging voltage of 14 8 V H Only charge the battery using the jump starting connection point Pq Breakdown assistance It Breakdown assistance ral Battery vehicle The jump starting connection point is in the engine compartment If at low temperatures the indicator lamps warning lamps in the instrument cluster do not light up it is highly likely that the dis charged battery has frozen In this case you may neither charge the battery nor jump start the vehicle The service life
42. gt page 26 Important safety notes Z WARNING If you operate information systems and com munication equipment integrated in the vehi cle while driving you will be distracted from traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Only operate the equipment when the traffic situation permits If you are not sure that this is possible park the vehicle paying attention to traffic conditions and operate the equip ment when the vehicle is stationary You must observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are currently driving when operating the on board computer Z WARNING If the instrument cluster has failed or mal functioned you may not recognize function restrictions in systems relevant to safety The operating safety of your vehicle may be impaired There is a risk of an accident Drive on carefully Have the vehicle checked at a qualified specialist workshop immedi ately The on board computer only shows messages or warnings from certain systems in the mul tifunction display You should therefore make sure your vehicle is operating safely at all times Otherwise a vehicle that is not oper ating safely may cause an accident If the operating safety of your vehicle is impaired pull over as soon as it is safe to do so Contact a qualified specialist workshop For an overview see the instrument panel illustration gt page 31 Displays and operat
43. move the selector lever to position P gt Switch off all electrical consumers e g rear window defroster lighting etc gt Open the hood Towing and tow starting ee Position number identifies the charged battery of the other vehicle or an equivalent jump starting device gt Slide cover Q of positive terminal in the direction of the arrow gt Connect positive terminal 2 on your vehicle to positive terminal of donor battery using the jumper cable always begin with positive terminal on your own vehicle first gt Start the engine of the donor vehicle and run it at idling speed gt Connect negative terminal of donor battery to ground point of your vehicle using the jumper cable connecting the jumper cable to battery of other vehicle first gt Start the engine gt Before disconnecting the jumper cables let the engine run for several minutes gt First remove the jumper cables from ground point G and negative terminal then from positive clamp and positive terminal Begin each time at the contacts on your own vehicle first gt Close cover Q of positive terminal 2 after removing the jumper cables gt Have the battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop Jump starting is not considered to be a normal operating condition Jumper cables and further information regarding jump starting can be obtained at any qualified specialist workshop Towing
44. multifunction display e USA only e g CRUISE 55 Miles e Canada only e g 90 Km h Storing maintaining and calling up a speed Storing and maintaining a speed gt Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed gt Briefly press the cruise control lever up or down gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Cruise control is activated The vehicle automatically maintains the stored speed You can store the current speed if you are driving faster than 20 mph 30 km h Cruise control may be unable to maintain the stored speed on uphill gradients The stored speed is resumed when the gradient evens out Cruise control maintains the stored speed on downhill gradients by automatically applying the brakes Vehicles with manual transmission e Always drive at adequate but not exces sive engine speeds e Change gear in good time e If possible do not shift down several gears at a time Storing or calling up a speed A WARNING If you call up the stored speed and it differs from the current speed the vehicle acceler ates or decelerates If you do not know the stored speed the vehicle could accelerate or brake unexpectedly There is a risk of an acci dent Pay attention to the road and traffic condi tions before calling up the stored speed If you do not know the stored speed store the desired speed again gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever toward you gt R
45. rior lighting delayed switch off 206 Active light function oo eee eee 112 Automatic headlamp mode 109 Cornering light function seses 111 Driving abroad seses 108 Fogged up headlamps 00 113 FOS lamp Sensei 109 Hazard warning lamps se 111 High beam flasher sese 111 High beam headlamps 0 111 ISIE SWIKGI sesesaceveecseouesessceieccesecses 108 Low beam headlamps 00 109 Parking IAMPS eeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeees 110 Rear fog lamp oo eeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 110 Setting the brightness of the ambient lighting on board com PUTET scslecsiesesaccaveesisstestsdecesdeusteneadss 205 Standing lamps esseere 110 Switching the daytime running lamps on off on board com PUTER ineen dkaeienes 205 Switching the exterior lighting delayed switch off on off on board computer 0 0 eeeeeseeseeeeees 206 Switching the surround lighting on off on board computer 206 TUIN SIQMAIS 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 110 see Interior lighting see Replacing bulbs Light sensor display message 228 Locking see Central locking Locking doors Automat esra aa 79 Emergency locking sesers 80 From inside central locking but LOM ceia es e e ea ENES 79 Locking centrally see Central locking Locking verification signal on board computer n e Low beam headlamps Changing bulbs Display message Setting for driving abroad sym
46. that the vehicle has been locked The audible signal can be activated and deactivated using the on board computer gt page 207 When it is dark the surround lighting also comes on if it is activated in the on board computer gt page 206 General notes Bear in mind that the engine can be started by any of the vehicle occupants if there is a KEY LESS GO key in the vehicle Locking unlocking centrally You can start lock or unlock the vehicle using KEYLESS GO To do this you only need carry the SmartKey with you You can combine the functions of KEYLESS GO with those of a con ventional SmartKey Unlock the vehicle by using KEYLESS GO for instance and lock it using the button on the SmartKey When locking or unlocking with KEYLESS GO the distance between the key and the corre sponding door handle must not be greater than 3 ft 1 m Acheck which periodically establishes a radio connection between the vehicle and the SmartKey determines whether a valid Smart Key is in the vehicle This occurs for example e when the external door handles are touched e when starting the engine e while the vehicle is in motion gt To unlock the vehicle touch the inner surface of the door handle gt To lock the vehicle touch sensor sur face gt Convenience closing feature touch recessed sensor surface 2 for an exten ded period Further information on the convenience closing feature gt
47. through it Drive slowly through standing water Otherwise water may enter the vehicle interior or the engine compartment This can damage the electronic compo nents in the engine or the automatic trans mission Water can also be drawn in by the engine s air suction nozzles and this can cause engine damage Winter driving Z WARNING If you shift down on a slippery road surface in an attempt to increase the engine s braking effect the drive wheels could lose their grip There is an increased danger of skidding and accidents Do not shift down for additional engine brak ing on a slippery road surface DANGER If the exhaust pipe is blocked or adequate ventilation is not possible poisonous gases such as carbon monoxide CO may enter the vehicle This is the case e g if the vehicle becomes trapped in snow There is a risk of fatal injury If you leave the engine or the auxiliary heating running make sure the exhaust pipe and area around the vehicle are clear of snow To ensure an adequate supply of fresh air open a window on the side of the vehicle that is not facing into the wind Have your vehicle winter proofed at a quali fied specialist workshop at the onset of win ter Drive particularly carefully on slippery road surfaces Avoid sudden acceleration steering and braking maneuvers Do not use cruise control If the vehicle threatens to skid or cannot be stopped when moving at low speed gt Vehi
48. toward DISTRONIC PLUS then maintains a greater distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front gt To decrease turn control toward Q DISTRONIC PLUS then maintains a shorter distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front Driving systems DISTRONIC PLUS displays in the instru ment cluster Displays in the speedometer fa pi 3 When DISTRONIC PLUS is activated one or two segments 2 in the set speed range light up If DISTRONIC PLUS detects a vehicle in front segments 2 between speed of the vehicle in front and stored speed light up For design reasons the speed displayed in the speedometer may differ slightly from the speed set for DISTRONIC PLUS Display when DISTRONIC PLUS is deacti vated Vehicle in front if detected Distance indicator current distance to the vehicle in front Specified minimum distance to the vehi cle in front adjustable Own vehicle Fe Driving and parking Driving systems E Driving and parking gt Select the Assistance Graphic function using the on board computer gt page 203 In the Assistance menu of the on board com puter you can also activate or deactivate PRE SAFE Brake gt page 203 Display when DISTRONIC PLUS is activa ted Vehicle in front if detected Specified minimum distance to the vehi cle in front adjustable Own vehicle DISTRONIC PLUS activated gt Select the Assistance Graphic
49. warning display for the front area is located on the dashboard above the center air vents The warning display for the rear area is loca ted between the roll bars The warning display for each side of the vehi cle is divided into five yellow and two red seg ments PARKTRONIC is operational if yellow segments showing operational readiness light up The selector lever position or selected auto matic transmission position and the direction in which the vehicle is rolling determine which warning display is active when the engine is running Manual transmission Gear lever posi tion Warning display Forwards gear Front area activated or Neutral Reverse gear or Rear and front areas the vehicle is rolling activated backwards Automatic transmission Transmission Warning display position D Front area activated R N orthe vehicle Rear and front areas is rolling back activated wards P No areas activated One or more segments light up as the vehicle approaches an obstacle depending on the vehicle s distance from the obstacle From the e sixth segment onwards you will hear an intermittent warning tone for approx imately two seconds e seventh segment onwards you will hear a warning tone for approximately two sec onds This indicates that you have now reached the minimum distance Deactivating activating PARKTRONIC Indicator lamp Deactivates activates PARKTRONIC If indicator lamp is on then
50. wheels they may drag against the vehicle body or chassis components This could cause damage to the vehicle or the tires There is a risk of an accident To avoid hazardous situations e never install snow chains to the front wheels e always install snow chains in pairs to the rear wheels HB You must drive at raised vehicle level height 1 if snow chains have been instal led The vehicle may otherwise be dam aged H On some tire sizes there is not enough space for snow chains To avoid damage to the vehicle or tires observe the Wheel and tire combinations section under Tires and wheels Winter operation Eo H Vehicles with steel wheels if you mount snow chains on steel wheels you may damage the hub caps Remove the hub caps from the relevant wheels before mounting the snow chains For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recom mends that you only use snow chains that have been specially approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz or are of a corresponding standard of quality If you intend to mount snow chains please bear the following points in mind e Snow chains may not be mounted on all wheel tire combinations Permissible wheel tire combinations gt page 337 e Only use snow chains when driving on roads completely covered by snow Remove the snow chains as soon as possi ble when you come to a road that is not snow covered e Local regulations may restrict the use of snow chains Observe the approp
51. 0 0 eee 31 Multifunction steering wheel 33 Center console a 34 Overhead control panel 36 Door control panel cceeeeees 37 At a glance i a Cockpit Cockpit Clee Poe ee Function Steering wheel paddle shifters Combination switch Instrument cluster Horn PARKTRONIC warning dis play Overhead control panel Climate control systems Ignition lock Start Stop button 182 36 122 139 140 Function Adjusts the steering wheel manually Adjusts the steering wheel electrically Cruise control lever Electric parking brake Diagnostics connection Opens the hood Light switch Page 100 100 170 162 25 278 108 Instrument cluster Function Page Speedometer with seg ments 195 Fuel gage Tachometer 195 Function Coolant temperature Multifunction display Instrument cluster lighting Pi kihai Page 194 196 194 At a glance E Instrument cluster At a glance __ Lee bors med Page Function Page Low beam head 2 Restraint system 40 lamps CS E a Seat bet 244 O 2 Parking lamps D Gasor SPORT handling 20 High beam head mode in AMG vehicles 248 lamps OS Wee coolant 251 LE esr sl o Rear fog lamp 110 ee Electric parking brake 7 y Front tog emps 109
52. 135 Switching AIRSCARF on off 100 Alarm ATA Anti Theft Alarm system 69 Switching off ATA eseeeeeeeereeeees 69 Switching the function on off ATA re iire e e Er 69 Alarm system see ATA Anti Theft Alarm system Ambient lighting Setting the brightness on board COMPUTET sc cssscsscssscass ceabedsesssesetecess gt 205 AMG menu on board computer 208 Anti lock braking system see ABS Anti lock Braking System Anti Theft Alarm system see ATA Anti Theft Alarm system Ashtray senenn nen 260 Assistance display on board com DULCE podiccesecesstetcsstestettertiecetertah acess 203 Assistance menu on board com puter oios siisii 203 ASSYST PLUS Displaying a service message 283 Hiding a service message 282 Resetting the service interval dis Dla ciesisvesaedeieccasceesnpesssasstaatentonseebes 283 Service MESSAE eere 282 Special service requirements 283 ATA Anti Theft Alarm system Activating deactivating 0 0 0 69 FUNGEIOMN cevisscebicciesecereced hen trecbetesieets 69 Switching off the alarm eee 69 ATTENTION ASSIST Activating deactivating 0 0 203 Display message eere 231 FUNCION NOLES sssssssieiesesssrssssiss 188 see ATTENTION ASSIST Audio menu on board computer 200 Authorized Mercedes Benz Center see Qualified specialist workshop Authorized workshop see Qualified specialist workshop AUTO lights Display message 5 sesscee
53. 144 package with sports mode 180 Center console lower section Function Stowage compartment Ashtray Cigarette lighter Socket Selector lever Cup holder Stowage compartment with Media Interface Page 256 260 260 261 151 258 256 Function Roof switch cover COMAND controller see the separate operating instructions t Selects the drive pro gram c Selects the drive pro gram AMG vehicles Page 88 153 153 At a glance 7 Function 4 Switches the left hand reading lamp on off gt Switches the interior lighting on off Operates MAGIC SKY CONTROL 4 Switches the right hand reading lamp on off L Switches the auto matic interior lighting con trol on off Eyeglasses compartment Page 113 114 OZ 113 113 257 OC Ole Function G i MB Info call button mbrace system Rear view mirror Buttons for the garage door opener Q Roadside Assistance call button mbrace sys tem S0s SOS button mbrace system PO00 27 01 3 Page 265 103 273 264 263 Door control panel SO Function Opens the door a Unlocks locks the vehicle Adjusts the seats electri cally M1 72a Ee Stores settings for the seat exterior mirrors and steer ing wheel Folds t
54. 85 mph 140 km h for the first 1 000 miles 1 500 km e Only allow the engine to reach a maximum engine speed of 4 500 rpm briefly e Change gear in good time You should also observe these notes on breaking in if the engine or parts of the drive train on your vehicle have been replaced Always observe the respective speed lim its Your vehicle is equipped with a self locking differential on the rear axle To protect the differential on the rear axle carry out an oil change after a breaking in phase of 2 000 miles 3 000 km This oil change pro longs the service life of the differential Have the oil change carried out at a qualified spe cialist workshop Mercedes Benz recom mends that you use an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for this purpose Z WARNING Objects in the driver s footwell can restrict the pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal The operating and road safety of the vehicle is jeopardized There is a risk of an accident Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are stowed correctly and that they cannot enter the driver s footwell Install the floormats securely and as specified in order to ensure sufficient clearance for the pedals Do not use loose floormats and do not place floormats on top of one another A WARNING Unsuitable footwear can hinder correct usage of the pedals e g e shoes with thick soles e shoes with high heels e slippers There is a risk of an accident We
55. Activating deactivating A WARNING Repeatedly switching on the seat heating can cause the seat cushion and backrest pads to become very hot The health of persons with limited temperature sensitivity or a limited ability to react to excessively high tempera tures may be affected or they may even suffer burn like injuries There is a risk of injury Therefore do not switch the seat heating on repeatedly Driver s and front passenger seat The three red indicator lamps in the button indicate the heating level you have selected The system automatically switches down from level 3 to level 2 after approximately eight minutes The system automatically switches down from level 2 to level 1 after approximately ten minutes The system automatically switches off approximately 20 minutes after it is set to level 1 gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt To switch on press button Q repeatedly until the desired heating level is set gt To switch off press button C repeatedly until all the indicator lamps go out Problems with the seat heating The seat heating has switched off prema turely or cannot be switched on The vehicle s electrical system voltage is too low because too many electrical consumers are switched on gt Switch off electrical consumers that you do not need such as the rear window defroster or interior lighting gt Once the battery is sufficiently charged
56. Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Important safety notes Z WARNING DISTRONIC PLUS does not react to e people or animals e stationary obstacles on the road e g stop ped or parked vehicles e oncoming and crossing traffic As a result DISTRONIC PLUS may neither give warnings nor intervene in such situations There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake Z WARNING DISTRONIC PLUS cannot always clearly iden tify other road users and complex traffic sit uations In such cases DISTRONIC PLUS may e give an unnecessary warning and then brake the vehicle e neither give a warning nor intervene e accelerate unexpectedly There is a risk of an accident Continue to drive carefully and be ready to brake in particular when warne
57. Assist does not recognize road users e who have no lights e g pedestrians e who have poor lighting e g cyclists e whose lighting is blocked e g by a barrier In very rare cases Adaptive Highbeam Assist may fail to recognize other road users that have lights or may recognize them too late In this or similar situations the automatic high beam headlamps will not be deactivated or activated regardless There is a risk of an acci dent Always carefully observe the traffic conditions and switch off the high beam headlamps in good time Adaptive Highbeam Assist cannot take into account road weather or traffic conditions Adaptive Highbeam Assist is only an aid You are responsible for adjusting the vehicle s lighting to the prevailing light visibility and traffic conditions In particular the detection of obstacles can be restricted if there is e poor visibility e g due to fog heavy rain or snow e dirt on the sensors or the sensors are obscured Switching Adaptive Highbeam Assist on off gt To switch on turn the light switch to auto gt Press the combination switch beyond the pressure point in the direction of arrow Q The indicator lamp in the multifunc tion display lights up when it is dark and the light sensor activates the low beam head lamps If you are driving at speeds above approx imately 16 mph 25 km h The headlamp range is set automatically depending on the distance
58. Car WaSN cccccesseessseeeeceeeeeeeseees 284 DiS play cis cescissteeeeisc eens 288 Exhaust pipe ssie 287 Exterior lights sisses 287 Gear or selector lever ceeeeeee 288 Interior Matte finish NOE Saer AE Paint anneanne anan ROOF NIMS riesite 289 Seat belt cua ahaa 289 SEAL COVEN soe secsussesas cob ase cedecesnsesss 289 SONSOMS sesvses vcr cstievsrecsperteceetec 287 Steering WHEEL sicie 288 Trim pites sisisi 288 Washing by hand i ssisiesririicssses 284 WheEISi css seeveecesieeierncacerereeve 286 WINKOWS sis docissssbasseiedecedessetesnsenecsec 286 Wiper blades 0 2 scssseccsencssesesecesacestes 286 Wooden tiM srren aunen 288 Car key see SmartKey Car wash Care e 284 CD player CD changer on board COMPUTED 5 c ccscsescsseshebspsesecesteesseeates 201 Center console Lower SOCTION 3 52 ssecoeeseesiescecesseooes 35 Upper SOCtlOM oiec tis hesiieeceese 34 Central locking Automatic locking on board com PUTET vec cscecepesstesstecscacacecsanessnesctcuees 207 Locking unlocking SmartKey 72 Changing bulbs High beam headlamps 00 116 Low beam headlamps 116 Reversing lamps seeen 117 Side marker lamps rear 0 116 Turn signals front neeese 116 Children Restraint Systems seere 59 Special seat belt retractor 58 Child seat Forward facing restraint system On the front passenger seat Rearward facing restraint system C
59. DISTRONIC PLUS is activated The first time it is activated the current speed is stored Otherwise it sets the vehicle cruise speed to the previously stored value Setting a speed Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has accelerated or braked to the speed set gt To adjust the set speed in 1 mph incre ments 1 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up Q to the pressure point for a higher speed or down 4 for a lower speed Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up or down the last speed stored is increased or reduced gt To adjust the set speed in 5 mph incre ments 10 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up Q past the pressure point for a higher speed or down 4 for a lower speed Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up or down the last speed stored is increased or reduced Setting the specified minimum distance You can set the specified minimum distance for DISTRONIC PLUS by varying the time span between one and two seconds With this func tion you can set the minimum distance that DISTRONIC PLUS keeps to the vehicle in front dependent on vehicle speed You can see this distance in the multifunction display gt page 177 Make sure that you maintain a sufficiently safe distance from the vehicle in front Adjust the distance to the vehicle in front if neces sary Cruise control lever gt To increase turn control
60. DISTRONIC PLUS is not fulfilled gt Check the activation conditions for DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 171 Display messages Ba Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Crui se Control Cruise control is defective Inoperative A warning tone also sounds gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Cruise Control A condition for activating cruise control has not been fulfilled mph You have tried to store a speed below 20 mph 30 km h for example gt If conditions permit drive faster than 20 mph 30 km h and store the speed gt Check the activation conditions for cruise control gt page 169 Fj On board computer and displays Pa Display messages On board computer and displays Tires Display messages Check Tire Pressure Soon Check Tire Pressure Then Restart Run Flat Indicator Run Flat Indicator Inoperative Please Correct Tire Pressure Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Canada only The tire pressure loss warning system has detected a significant loss in pressure A warning tone also sounds A WARNING With tire pressures which are too low there is a risk of the fol lowing hazards e they may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e they may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking may be greatly impaired There is a ri
61. Downloading destinations gives you access to a database with over 15 million points of interest POls These can be downloaded on the navigation system in your vehicle If you know the destination the address can be downloaded Alternatively you can obtain the location of Points of Interest POIs impor tant destinations in the vicinity Furthermore you can download routes with up to 20 way points You are prompted to confirm route guidance to the address entered gt Select Yes with the lt q or P gt on the COMAND system gt Confirm with the x button on the COMAND system The system calculates the route and subse quently starts the route guidance with the address entered buttons If you select No the address can be saved in the address book The destination download function is available if the relevant mobile phone net work is available and data transfer is pos sible The destination download function can only be used if the vehicle is equipped with a navigation system Route Assistance This service is part of the mbrace PLUS Pack age and cannot be purchased separately You can also use the Route Assistance function if your vehicle is not equipped with a navigation system Within the framework of this service you receive a professional and reliable form of navigation support without having to leave your vehicle The customer service representative finds a suitab
62. Driving abroad seere 108 Driving in winter assesses 169 Driving on flooded roads 168 Driving on wet roads s es 168 Exhaust check sisescriniiiissass 165 FUG li eis ce tosses cies ELEA EAR 165 General oie ccceescessssespseecacteensen esses 164 HYyGrOplaning sisisi 168 Icy road surfaces s es 169 Limited braking efficiency on sal ted Tod S nern senar 167 SNOW ChAaINS sessiseciiessstsszs 313 Symmetrical low beam eee 108 Wet road surface eee eeeeteeeeeeeee 167 DVD video Operating on board computer 201 Dynamic handling package FUNCHION NOLES lt i s0c cccsss0020esseseecsees 180 E EASY ENTRY feature Activating deactivating 207 FUNCtION NOTES ssssssserscrisstsrsisssis 101 EASY EXIT feature Crash reSpOnsive eeeeeseereeeneees 102 FUNGCLION NOLES s0cc ssenecesessoseceses 101 Switching On Off sirsie 207 EBD electronic brake force distri bution Display MeSSage eeeeeseeeeeeeees 215 FPUNGCHION Not Sises 67 ECO display FUNCtION Notes crsrrsesisrsii 165 On board computer sesse 198 ECO start stop function Automatic engine start 146 Automatic engine switch off 144 Deactivating activating ee 147 General information ssec 144 Important safety notes 0 0 143 INtPODUCTION 20 4 ce sissscevsreeeceezasisncesns 143 Electronic Stability Program see ESP Electronic Stability Program Emergency Automatic measures after a
63. FA 225 45 R17 91 W4 ING 75 N58 R2 Wheel offset 1 65 in 42 mm RA 245 40 R17 91 W45 RA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 42 in 36 mm 4 Available as MOExtended tires 5 Use of snow chains is not permitted Observe the notes in the Snow chains section _ Wheels and tires R18 Tires FA 225 40 R18 92 Y XL RA 245 35 R18 92 Y XL Winter tires R17 Tires BA 225 45 R17 91 H M S A 4 SLK 55 AMG Summer tires R18 Tires FA 235 40 ZR18 95 Y XL RA 255 35 ZR18 94 Y XL Winter tires R18 Tires BA 235 40 R18 95 V XLM S Ay FA 235 40 R1895VXLM S A HA 255 35 R18 94 VXLM S 4 za Wheel and tire combinations Alloy wheels FA 7 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 65 in 42 mm RA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 42 in 36 mm Alloy wheels BA 7 5 Jx 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 65 in 42 mm Alloy wheels FA 8 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 69 in 43 mm RA 9 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 65 in 42 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 69 in 43 mm FA 8 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 69 in 43 mm RA 9 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 65 in 42 mm 5 Use of snow chains is not permitted Observe the notes in the Snow chains section 4 Available as MOExtended tires Emergency spare wheel Emergency spare wheel important safety TES Z WARNING The wheel or tire size as well as the tire type of the spare wheel or emergency spare wheel and the wheel to be replaced may diff
64. If the tire pressure is too high or too low tires may exhibit different levels of wear at differ ent locations on the tire tread Thus you should regularly check the tread depth and the condition of the tread across the entire width of all tires Minimum tire tread depth for e Summer tires in 3 mm e M S tires Y in 4 mm For safety reasons replace the tires before the legally prescribed limit for the minimum tire tread depth is reached Bar indicator Q for tread wear is integrated into the tire tread Treadwear indicators TWI are required by law Six indicators are positioned on the tire tread They are visible once the tread depth is Wheels and tires S Winter operation i Wheels and tires approximately ie in 1 6 mm If this is the case the tire is so worn that it must be replaced e Only mount tires and wheels of the same type and make Exception it is permissible to install a dif ferent type or make in the event of a flat tire Observe the MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics section gt page 293 e Only mount tires of the correct size onto the wheels e Break in new tires at moderate speeds for the first 60 miles 100 km They only reach their full performance after this distance e Do not drive with tires which have too little tread depth as this significantly reduces the traction on wet roads hydroplaning e Replace the tires after six years at the l
65. In automatic mode the set temperature is maintained automatically at a constant level The system automatically regulates the tem perature of the dispensed air the airflow and the air distribution The automatic mode functions optimally when the Cooling with air dehumidification function is activated If necessary cooling with air dehumidification can be deactivated If you deactivate the Cooling with air dehu midification function the air inside the vehi cle will not be cooled The air inside the vehi cle will also not be dehumidified The win dows can fog up more quickly Therefore deactivate the cooling with air dehumidifica tion function only briefly Activating switching gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 139 gt Set the desired temperature gt To activate press the button The indicator lamp in the auto button lights up Automatic air distribution and airflow are activated AUTO z button or gt Press the or 8 button The indicator lamp in the auto button goes out Setting the temperature Air conditioning system gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 139 gt To increase reduce turn control Q clockwise or counter clockwise gt page 123 Only change the temperature setting in small increments Start at 72 F 22 C If you turn co
66. PARKTRONIC is deactivated Parking Guidance is also deacti vated PARKTRONIC is automatically activated when you turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock Driving systems ee Problems with PARKTRONIC Problem Only the red segments in the PARKTRONIC warning displays are lit You also hear a warning tone for approximately two seconds PARKTRONIC is deacti vated after approx imately 20 seconds and the indicator lamp in the PARKTRONIC button lights up Only the red segments in the PARKTRONIC warning displays are lit PARKTRONIC is deacti vated after approx imately five seconds ultrasound waves The PARKTRONIC sensors are dirty or there is interference gt Clean the PARKTRONIC sensors gt page 287 gt Switch the ignition back on Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions PARKTRONIC has malfunctioned and has switched off gt If problems persist have PARKTRONIC checked at a qualified specialist workshop bo i a To bo gt m The problem may be caused by an external source of radio or gt See if PARKTRONIC functions in a different location Parking Guidance Important safety notes Parking Guidance is an electronic parking aid with ultrasound Ultrasound is used to meas ure the road on both sides of the vehicle A suitable parking space is indicated by the parking symbol You receive steering instruc tions when parking You may also use
67. Road the vehicle position is outside the area of the digital map off map position e No Route no route could be calculated to the selected destination Audio menu Selecting a radio station Waveband Station frequency with memory position Station is displayed with the station frequency or station name The memory position is only displayed along with sta tion if this has been stored gt Switch on the audio system or COMAND and select Radio see the separate operat ing instructions gt Pressthe lt or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Audio menu gt To select a stored station briefly press the A or W button gt To select a station from the station list press and briefly hold the A or Y button If no station list is received gt To select a station using the station search press and briefly hold the A or Y button For information on changing waveband and storing stations see the separate oper ating instructions SIRIUS XM satellite radio functions like a normal radio For more information on satellite radio operation see the separate operating instructions Operating an audio player or audio media Example CD DVD changer display Audio data from various audio devices or media can be played depending on the equip ment installed in the vehicle gt Switch
68. Tel menu gt Press the gt button to switch to the redial memory gt Pressthe A or W button to select the desired name or number gt Press the or OK button to start dial ing or gt To exit the redial memory press the or lt 2 button Assistance menu The assistance graphic displays the status of and information from the following driving Introduction systems or driving safety systems e ATTENTION ASSIST gt page 188 e Lane Keeping Assist gt page 190 e PRE SAFE Brake gt page 67 Activating deactivating PRE SAFE Brake In the DriveAssist menu you have the fol PRE SAFE Brake is only available in vehicles Fy On board computer and displays lowing options with DISTRONIC PLUS e Displaying the assistance graphic gt Press lt or on the steering wheel gt page 203 to select the DriveAssist menu e Activating deactivating PRE SAFE Brake Press the A or W button to select gt page 203 PRE SAFE Brake e Activating deactivating ATTENTION gt Press the OK button ASSIST gt page 203 The current selection is displayed e Activating deactivating Blind Spot Assist To activate deactivate press the OK gt page 204 button again e Activating deactivating Lane Keeping When the PRE SAFE Brake is deactivated Assist gt
69. Visit a qualified specialist workshop Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You have put the wrong SmartKey in the ignition lock gt Use the correct SmartKey The SmartKey is in the ignition lock gt Remove the SmartKey The SmartKey needs to be replaced gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The batteries of the KEYLESS GO key are discharged gt Change the batteries gt page 75 Display messages ES Display messages Don t Forget Your Key Key Not Detected red display message Key Not Detected white display mes sage Remove Start But ton and Insert Key Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The display message is shown for a maximum of 60 seconds and is only a reminder You have opened the driver s door with the engine switched off The KEYLESS GO key is not in the ignition lock gt Remember to take the KEYLESS GO key with you when you leave the vehicle The KEYLESS GO key is not in the vehicle A warning tone also sounds If the engine is switched off you can no longer lock the vehicle centrally or start the engine gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 161 gt Locate the KEYLESS GO key The KEYLESS GO key is not detected while the engine is running because there is interference from a strong source of radio waves A warn
70. When opening the cap you could be scalded by hot coolant spraying out There is a risk of injury Let the engine cool down before opening the cap Wear eye and hand protection when opening the cap Open the cap slowly half a turn to allow pressure to escape Example Engine compartment ee gt Park the vehicle on a level surface Only check the coolant level when the vehi cle is on a level surface and the engine has cooled down gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 139 On vehicles with KEYLESS GO press the Start Stop button twice gt page 140 gt Check the coolant temperature gauge in the multifunction display The coolant temperature must be below 158 F 70 C gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 gt page 139 in the ignition lock gt Slowly turn cap half a turn counter clockwise to allow excess pressure to escape gt Turn cap 2 further counter clockwise and remove it If the coolant is at the level of marker bar in the filler neck when cold there is enough coolant in coolant expansion tank Q If the coolant level is approximately 0 6 in 1 5 cm above marker bar in the fuel filler neck when warm there is enough coolant in expansion tank Q gt If necessary add coolant that has been tes ted and approved by Mercedes Benz gt Replace cap 2 and turn it clockwise as far as it will go For further information on coolant see gt page 351
71. Windshield washer system Z WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following oO Som iy ge c oO Oo c oO LJ Maintenance and care A WARNING Windshield washer concentrate could ignite if it comes into contact with hot engine compo nents or the exhaust system There is a risk of fire and injury Make sure that no windshield washer con centrate is spilled next to the filler neck Example gt To open pull cap 1 upwards by the tab gt Add the premixed washer fluid gt To close press cap Q onto the filler neck until it engages If the washer fluid level drops below the rec ommended minimum of 1 liter a message appears in the multifunction display prompt ing you to add washer fluid gt page 242 Further information on windshield washer fluid antifreeze gt page 352 ASSYST PLUS The ASSYST PLUS service interval display informs you of the next service due date Information on the type of service and service intervals see the separate Maintenance Booklet You can obtain further information from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or at http www mbusa com USA only The ASSYST PLUS service interval dis
72. action or accelerate significantly the vehicle may perform automatic emergency braking up to the point of full brake application Auto matic emergency braking is not performed until immediately prior to an imminent acci dent You can prevent the intervention of the PRE SAFE Brake at any time by e depressing the accelerator pedal further e activating kickdown e releasing the brake pedal The braking action of PRE SAFE Brake is ended automatically if e you maneuver to avoid the obstacle e there is no longer any danger of a collision e there is no longer an obstacle detected in front of your vehicle Protection against theft gt To activate with the SmartKey remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt To activate with KEYLESS GO switch the ignition off and open the driver s door gt To deactivate switch on the ignition The immobilizer prevents your vehicle from being started without the correct SmartKey When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle The engine can be started by anyone with a valid SmartKey that is left inside the vehicle The immobilizer is always deactivated when you start the engine In the event that the engine cannot be star ted yet the vehicle s battery is charged the system is not operational Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Canada gt Toarm lock the
73. an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop p There is a malfunction in the left hand and or right hand head bag aw The amp warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster Left Side Curtain Airbag Malfunction Z WARNING Service Required The left or right head bag may either be triggered unintentionally or Right Side Cur or in the event of an accident may not be triggered tain Ai rbag Mal There is an increased risk of injury function Service Required E On board computer and displays gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages ee Display messages Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator s Man ual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The front passenger air bag and front passenger knee bag are deactivated during the journey although e an adult or e a person larger than a certain size is occupying the front passenger seat If additional forces are applied to the seat the system may inter pret the occupant s weight as lower than it actually is A WARNING The front passenger front air bag and front passenger knee bag may not be triggered in the event of an accident There is an increased risk of injury gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 161 gt Switch the ignition off gt H
74. and To adjust the steering wheel position the steering wheel fore and aft adjustment b gt rc Steering wheel Seats steering wheel and mirrors a If somebody becomes trapped e press one of the memory function position buttons or e press one of the memory function memory buttons or e move the switch for steering wheel adjust ment in the opposite direction to that in which the steering wheel is moving The adjustment process is stopped Z WARNING If you use openings in the bodywork or detachable parts as steps you could e slip and or fall e damage the vehicle and cause yourself to fall There is a risk of injury Always use secure climbing aids e g a suita ble ladder The EASY ENTRY EXIT feature makes getting in and out of your vehicle easier You can activate and deactivate the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature in the on board com puter gt page 207 Position of the steering wheel when the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature is active The steering wheel swings upwards when you e remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock e open the driver s door with KEYLESS GO in position 1 e open the driver s door and the SmartKey is in position O or 1 in the ignition lock The steering wheel only moves upwards if it has not already reached the upper end stop Position of the steering wheel for driv ing The steering wheel is moved to the last selec ted position when e the driver s door is closed
75. and tow starting a Vehicles with automatic transmission must not be tow started You could other wise damage the automatic transmission Z WARNING If the weight of the vehicle to be towed or tow started is greater than the permissible gross weight of your vehicle e the towing eye could detach itself e the vehicle trailer combination could roll over There is a risk of an accident When towing or tow starting another vehicle its weight should not be greater than the per missible gross weight of your vehicle E If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function is activated the vehicle brakes automati cally in certain situations To prevent dam age to the vehicle deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD function in the follow ing or other similar situations e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash H Only secure the tow rope or tow bar at the towing eyes Otherwise the vehicle could be damaged H Do not use the towing eye for recovery this could damage the vehicle If in doubt recover the vehicle with a crane H Drive slowly and smoothly when towing Excessive tractive power could otherwise damage the vehicles H Do not tow with sling type equipment This could damage the vehicle E On vehicles with KEYLESS GO use the SmartKey instead of the Start Stop but ton Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the oO N 2 C z e pej oO o Som co hot Breakdown assistance
76. and vehicle safety Since the Crash Data Retrieval CDR tool that is used to extract data from the EDR is commercially available Mercedes Benz USA LLC MBUSA expressly disclaims any and all lia bility arising from the extraction of this infor mation by unauthorized Mercedes Benz per sonnel MBUSA will not share EDR data with others without the consent of the vehicle owners or if the vehicle is leased without the consent of rs Introduction the lessee Exceptions to this representation include responses to subpoenas by law enforcement by federal state or local gov ernment in connection with or arising out of litigation involving MBUSA or its subsidiaries and affiliates or as required by law Warning The EDR is a component of the Sup plemental Restraint System SRS Module Tampering with altering modifying or remov ing the EDR component may result in a mal function of the SRS Module and other sys tems State laws or regulations regarding EDRs that conflict with federal regulation are pre emp ted This means that in the event of such con flict the federal regulation governs As of February 2013 13 states have enacted laws relating to EDRs Information on copyright Information on license for free and open source software used in your vehicle and its electronic components is available on the fol lowing website http www mercedes benz com opensource Cockpit 2 5 ere E E oi 30 Instrument cluster
77. automatically if the vehicle is stop You can open the doors from the inside at Ped under certain conditions any time The engine starts automatically when the driver wants to pull away again The ECO start stop function thereby helps you to reduce the fuel consumption and emissions oo ia a gej c bn gt m You can also deactivate the automatic lock ing feature gt page 207 Upshifts take place at higher engine of your vehicle speeds after a cold start This helps the catalytic converter to reach its operating Important safety notes temperature more quickly A WARNING Hill start assist If the engine is switched off automatically and you exit the vehicle the engine is restarted automatically The vehicle may begin moving There is a risk of accident and injury Hill start assist helps you when pulling away forwards or in reverse on an uphill gradient It holds the vehicle for a short time after you i have removed your foot from the brake pedal _ f you wish to exit the vehicle always turn off This gives you enough time to move your foot the ignition and secure the vehicle against from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal Olling away and to depress it before the vehicle begins to roll Z WARNING After a short time hill start assist will no lon ger brake your vehicle and it could roll away There is a risk of an accident and injury Therefore quickly move your foot fr
78. battery is discharged or if the side win dows have iced up It will then not be pos sible to close the door Do not attempt to force the door closed You could otherwise damage the door or the side window You can open a door from inside the vehicle even if it has been locked If the vehicle was previously locked with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO opening the vehicle from the inside will activate the anti theft alarm system Switch off the alarm gt page 69 You cannot unlock the vehicle centrally from the inside if the vehicle has been locked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO You can open a door from inside the vehicle even if it has been locked When a door is opened the side window on that side opens slightly When the door is closed the side window closes again is unlocked If a locked door is opened from the inside the B previous unlock status of the vehicle will be taken into consideration if b0 d e the vehicle was locked using the locking E button for the central locking or Ke gt Pull door handle e if the vehicle was locked automatically 9 If the door is locked locking knob Q pops The vehicle will be fully unlocked if it had pre E up The door is unlocked and can be viously been fully unlocked If only the driver s opened door had been previously unlocked only the 9 door which has been opened from the inside Ee 2 O Automatic locking feature Centrally locking and unlocking the
79. between the vehicle and other road users If you are driving at speeds above approx imately 19 mph 30 km h and no other road users have been detected The high beam headlamps are switched on automatically The ZO indicator lamp in the instrument cluster also lights up If you are driving at speeds below approx imately 16 mph 25 km h or other road users have been detected or the roads are adequately lit The high beam headlamps are switched off automatically The ZO indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out The o indicator lamp in the multifunction display remains lit gt To switch off move the combination switch back to its normal position or move the light switch to another position The indicator lamp in the multifunc tion display goes out Certain climatic and physical conditions may cause moisture to form in the headlamp This moisture does not affect the functionality of the headlamp Overhead control panel amp Switches the left hand reading lamp on off cs Switches the automatic interior lighting control on off L Switches the right hand reading lamp on off Switches the interior lighting on off General notes In order to prevent the vehicle s battery from discharging the interior lighting functions are automatically deactivated after some time unless the SmartKey
80. by turning OJ or sliding the COMAND controller and press to confirm The system calculates the route and sub sequently starts the route guidance with the address entered If you select No the address can be saved in the address book If you have sent more than one destina tion address each individual destination must be confirmed separately Destination addresses are loaded in the same order as the order in which they were sent If you own multiple Mercedes Benz vehi cles with mbrace and activated mbrace accounts If multiple vehicles are registered under the same e mail address the destination will be sent to all the vehicles Vehicle remote opening You can use the vehicle remote opening if you have unintentionally locked your vehicle and a replacement SmartKey is not available The vehicle can be opened by the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The vehicle can be immediately opened remotely within four days of the ignition being turned off After this time the remote unlock ing may be delayed by 15 to 60 minutes After 30 days the vehicle can no longer be opened remotely gt Contact the following service hotlines e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assis tance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service at 1 888 923 8367 You will be asked for your password gt Return to your vehicle at the time agreed upon with the Mercedes Benz Cust
81. c csssseeseeeeeee 154 Storing settings memory func LOM E sss ceseserdscescceescpewepsvexsvaceusveveses 106 Steering wheel paddle shifters 154 Stopwatch RACETIMER 209 Stowage areas i 256 Stowage compartments Armrest Under ssissirissiirnsis 257 Center CONSOLE meetis 257 Cup holders ss scc scessstesstescteseetseszeeces 258 DOOM E E E P 257 Eyeglasses compartment 257 GIOVE DOK E EEA 256 Important safety information 256 Rear Wallll c2sccssstetseestasseeeacseeeenes 257 Stowage net once seccesecesceccssseeeonseeenes 258 Stowage Met re 258 Summer tires ia 312 SUN VISOP 2c5i5csestecctsisecdesstedstscsatespezcss 259 Surround lighting on board com PUCR EEEE EE EE 206 Switching air recirculation mode On Off erra e EE 133 Tachometer 25 25ccveesetesesteticaecraeeees 195 Tail lamps Display Message issir 226 see Lights Tank content Fuel gauge aineeseen 31 Technical data Capacities siess 347 Emergency spare wheel 5 344 Information es sncssecese cess ceasesedesesececie 346 TireS WhEEIS ccccccesseeceeeeseseeeeeee 337 Vehicle data diiseni 353 TELEAID Call Priority sesssvsserisrssisiriscsessiinss 265 Downloading destinations COMAND eeeeceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeees 266 Downloading routes seee 269 Emergency Call ssssiscisrsisissersss 263 General Notes 2 s ccccecessccssesesvesseasees 261 GOO fencing scence cecsdesescesssneseesoat
82. capacities The following values refer to an oil change including the oil filter Model Capacity SLK 250 5 8 US qt 5 5 1 SLK 350 6 9 US qt 6 5 I SLK 55 AMG With external oil cooler 10 0 US qt 9 5 I Additives HB Do not use any additives in the engine oil This could damage the engine Engine oil viscosity mia EIB Viscosity describes the flow characteristics of a fluid If an engine oil has a high viscosity a Service products and filling capacities this means that it is thick a low viscosity means that it is thin Select an engine oil with an SAE classification viscosity suitable for the prevailing outside temperatures The table shows you which SAE classifications are to be used The low temperature characteristics of engine oils can deteriorate significantly e g as a result of aging soot and fuel deposits It is therefore strongly recommended that you carry out reg ular oil changes using an approved engine oil with the appropriate SAE classification Brake fluid Z WARNING The brake fluid constantly absorbs moisture from the air This lowers the boiling point of the brake fluid If the boiling point of the brake fluid is too low vapor pockets may form in the brake system when the brakes are applied hard This would impair braking efficiency There is a risk of an accident You should have the brake fluid renewed at the specified intervals When handling brake fluid observe the important saf
83. computer and displays If the electric parking brake still cannot be released gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The yellow warning lamp lights up If you manually apply or release the electric parking brake the red Park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes The electric parking brake is malfunctioning It is not possible to apply the electric parking brake manually gt Vehicles with manual transmission switch off the ignition The electric parking brake is applied automatically You can release the electrical parking brake with the emergency release to do so insert the seat belt in the belt buckle and accelerate slightly more when pulling away gt Vehicles with automatic transmission shift the transmission to P as the electric parking brake is not being applied automat ically gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop If you do not wish the electric parking brake to be applied leave the ignition switched on e g when washing the vehicle in an automatic car wash or when having the vehicle towed Excep tion when having the vehicle towed with the rear axle raised gt page 305 Display messages Es Display messages PARK usa only Canada only Parking Brake Inop erative PARK USA only Canada only Turn On the Igni tion to Release the Parking Brake Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The y
84. cruise control only if road and traffic con ditions make it appropriate to maintain a steady speed for a prolonged period You can store any road speed above 20 mph 30 km h Important safety notes If you fail to adapt your driving style cruise control can neither reduce the risk of an acci dent nor override the laws of physics Cruise control cannot take into account the road traffic and weather conditions Cruise control is only an aid You are responsible for the dis tance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed b0 i a To c bo S m Driving systems for braking in good time and for staying in lane Do not use cruise control e in road and traffic conditions which do not allow you to maintain a constant speed e g in heavy traffic or on winding roads e on slippery road surfaces Braking or accel erating could cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle could then skid e when there is poor visibility e g due to fog heavy rain or snow If there is a change of drivers advise the new driver of the speed stored Cruise control lever Driving and parking Cruise control lever To store the current speed or a higher speed To store the current speed or call up the last stored speed To store the current speed or a lower speed To deactivate cruise control When you activate cruise control the stored speed is shown in the status indicator of the
85. damage the paintwork H Use a filter when refueling from a fuel can Otherwise the fuel lines and or injection system could be blocked by particles from the fuel can Do not get into the vehicle again during the refueling process Otherwise electrostatic charge could build up again If you overfill the fuel tank fuel could spray out when the fuel pump nozzle is removed For further information on fuel and fuel quality gt page 348 General information The fuel filler flap is unlocked or locked auto matically when you open or close the vehicle with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO The position of the fuel filler cap is displayed W in the instrument cluster The arrow next to the filling pump indicates the side of the vehicle Opening the fuel filler flap Fuel filler flap To insert the fuel filler cap Tire pressure table Fuel type to be used E Driving and parking a Refueling E Driving and parking gt Switch the engine off gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Press the fuel filler flap in the direction of arrow 1 The fuel filler flap swings up gt Turn the fuel filler flap counter clockwise and remove it gt Insert the fuel filler cap into the holder bracket on the inside of fuel filler flap gt Completely insert the filler neck of the fuel pump nozzle into the tank hook in place and refuel gt Only fill the tank until the pump noz
86. drive repeat the same programing steps with this remote control Before performing these steps make sure that new batteries have been installed in garage door drive remote control e Note that some remote controls only trans mit for a limited amount of time the indi cator lamp on the remote control goes out Press button on remote control again before transmission ends e Align the antenna cable of the garage door opener unit This can improve signal recep tion transmission Opening closing the garage door After it has been programed the integrated garage door opener performs the function of the garage door system remote control Please also read the operating instructions for the garage door system gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 139 gt Press button 2 or which you have programed to operate the garage door Garage door system with a fixed code indi cator lamp Q lights up green Garage door system with a rolling code indicator lamp Q flashes green The transmitter will transmit a signal as long as the button is pressed The transmission is halted after a maximum of ten seconds and indicator lamp lights up yellow Press but ton or again if necessary Clearing the memory Make sure that you clear the memory of the integrated garage door opener before selling the vehicle gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock
87. efficiency is reduced after washing the vehicle There is a risk of an accident After the vehicle has been washed brake carefully while paying attention to the traffic conditions until full braking power is restored H If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function is activated the vehicle brakes automati cally in certain situations To prevent dam age to the vehicle deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD function in the follow ing or other similar situations e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash E It is preferable to use car washes with adjustable high pressure pre cleaning that corresponds to the specification for the Cabriolet program In car washes that use high water pressures there is a risk that a small amount of water may leak into the vehicle H Lock the car if you wash it in an automatic car wash Otherwise the vehicle might be damaged H Never clean your vehicle in a Touchless Automatic Car Wash as these use special cleaning agents These cleaning agents can damage the paintwork or plastic parts H Make sure that the automatic transmis sion is in position N when washing your vehicle in a tow through car wash The vehi cle could be damaged if the transmission is in another position H Make sure that e the side windows and the roof are com pletely closed e the climate control blower is switched off e the windshield wiper switch is at position 0 The vehicle could otherwise be damaged You can wash
88. ft 10 m gt Pump up the tire again oO Oo N wo c z e xe o Som a a Flat tire Breakdown assistance After a maximum of ten minutes the tire pressure must be at least 200 kPa 2 0 bar 29 psi Z WARNING If the required tire pressure is not reached after the specified time the tire is too badly damaged The tire sealant cannot repair the tire in this instance Damaged tires and a tire pressure that is too low can significantly impair the vehicle s braking and driving char acteristics There is a risk of accident Do not continue driving Contact a qualified specialist workshop Tire pressure reached Z WARNING A tire temporarily sealed with tire sealant impairs the driving characteristics and is not suitable for higher speeds There is a risk of accident You should therefore adapt your driving style accordingly and drive carefully Do not exceed the specified maximum speed with a tire that has been repaired using tire sealant H Residue from the tire sealant may come out of the filler hose after use This could cause stains Therefore place the filler hose in the plastic bag which contained the TIREFIT kit Q Environmental note Have the used tire sealant bottle disposed of professionally e g at a qualified specialist workshop If tire pressure of 200 kPa 2 0 bar 29 psi has been achieved after a maximum period of ten minutes gt Switch off the tire
89. function using the on board computer gt page 203 You will initially see the stored speed for about five seconds when you activate DIS TRONIC PLUS Deactivating DISTRONIC PLUS Z WARNING DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated and releases the brakes if the vehicle is slowed down to a speed below 20 mph 30km h by the system provided that DISTRONIC PLUS does not detect a vehicle directly in front At this point the driver must apply the brakes in order to slow down further and bring the vehicle to a standstill Cruise control lever There are several ways to deactivate DIS TRONIC PLUS gt Briefly press the cruise control lever for wards Q or gt Brake unless the vehicle is stationary When you deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS you willsee the DISTRONIC PLUS Off message in the multifunction display for approximately five seconds The last speed stored remains stored until you switch off the engine DISTRONIC PLUS is not deactivated if you depress the accelerator pedal If you accel erate to overtake DISTRONIC PLUS adjusts the vehicle s speed to the last speed stored after you have finished over taking DISTRONIC PLUS is automatically deactiva ted if e you engage the electric parking brake or if the vehicle is automatically secured with the electric parking brake e you are driving slower than 15 mph 25 km h and there is no vehicle in front or if the vehicle in front is no longer detec ted
90. g when a person is seated in the front passenger seat That person could for example come into contact with the vehicle s interior especially if the person is sitting too close to the dash board This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury When the front passenger seat is occupied always ensure that e the classification of the person in the front passenger seat is correct and the front passenger front air bag is enabled or disa bled in accordance with the person in the front passenger seat e the person is seated properly with a cor rectly fastened seatbelt e the front passenger seat has been moved back as far back as possible If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit when it should not the front passenger seat may not be used Do not install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat Have the Occupant Classifi cation System OCS checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist work shop Z WARNING Objects between the seat surface and the child restraint system could affect OCS oper ation This could result in the front passenger air bag not functioning as intended during an accident This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Do not place any objects between the seat surface and the child restraint system The entire base of the child restraint system must always rest on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest of the
91. in the table for different numbers of occupants and amounts of luggage The actual number of seats may differ Paks ghai Some tire pressure tables show only the rim diameters instead of the full tire size e g R18 The rim diameter is part of the tire size and can be found on the tire sidewall gt page 326 If the tire pressures have been set to the lower values for lighter loads and or lower road speeds the pressures should be reset to the higher values e if you want to drive with an increased load and or e if you want to drive at higher road speeds The tire pressures for increased loads and or higher road speeds shown in the tire pressure table may have a negative effect on driving comfort If the tire pressure is not set correctly this can lead to an excessive build up of heat and a sudden loss of pressure For more information contact a qualified spe cialist workshop Important notes on tire pressure Z WARNING If the tire pressure drops repeatedly the wheel valve or tire may be damaged Tire pressure that is too low may result in a tire blow out There is a risk of an accident e Check the tire for foreign objects e Check whether the wheel is losing air or the valve is leaking If you are unable to rectify the damage con tact a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING If you fit unsuitable accessories onto tire valves the tire valves may be overloaded and malfunction which
92. injury in the event of an accident cannot be ruled out Always adapt your driving style to suit the prevailing road and weather conditions and maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front Drive carefully Function PRE SAFE intervenes e in emergency braking situations e g when BAS is activated e in critical driving situations e g when phys ical limits are exceeded and the vehicle understeers or oversteers severely e on vehicles with the Driving Assistance package if BAS PLUS intervenes power fully or the radar sensor system detects an imminent danger of collision in certain sit uations PRE SAFE takes the following measures depending on the hazardous situation detec ted e the seat belts are pre tensioned e if the vehicle skids the side windows are closed so that only a small gap remains e vehicles with the memory function the front passenger seat is adjusted if it is in an unfavorable position If the hazardous situation passes without resulting in an accident PRE SAFE slackens the belt pre tensioning All settings made by PRE SAFE can then be reversed If the seat belt pre tensioning is not reduced gt Move the seat backrest or seat back slightly when the vehicle is stationary The seat belt pre tensioning is reduced and the locking mechanism is released Children in the vehicle The seat belt adjustment is an integral part of the PRE SAFE convenience function Infor mation
93. intended Furthermore an incorrectly fas tened seat belt can cause additional injury for example in an accident during braking or an abrupt change of direction This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury For this reason always secure persons under 5 ft 1 50 m in height in suitable restraint systems If a child younger than 12 years and under 5 ft 1 50 m in height is traveling in the vehicle e always secure the child in a child restraint system suitable for this Mercedes Benz vehicle The child restraint system must be Occupant safety ca appropriate to the age weight and size of the child e always observe the instructions and safety notes in the Children in the vehicle sec tion of this Operator s Manual gt page 57 in addition to the child D restraint system manufacturer s installa tion instructions O e be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant classifica tion system OCS gt page 49 Z WARNING The seat belts may not perform their intended protective function if e they are damaged modified extremely dirty bleach or dyed e the seat belt buckle is damaged or extremely dirty e the Emergency Tensioning Devices belt anchorages or inertia reels have been modi fied Seat belts may be damaged in an accident although the damage may not be visible e g due to splinters of glass Modified or damaged seat belts may tear or fail e g in an accident Mo
94. lack of concentration on the part of the driver A warning tone also sounds gt f necessary take a break During long journeys take regular breaks in good time so you get enough rest ATTENTION ASSIST is inoperative gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The HOLD function is deactivated The vehicle is skidding A warning tone also sounds gt Reactivate the HOLD function later gt page 181 The radar sensor system is deactivated gt Switch on the radar sensor system gt page 207 i On board computer and displays 6 Display messages i On board computer and displays Display messages Lane Keeping Assist Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual Lane Keeping Assist Inoperative Blind Spot Assist Currently Unavail able See Opera tor s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Lane Keeping Assist is deactivated and temporarily inoperative Possible causes are e the windshield in the camera s field of vision is dirty e visibility is impaired due to heavy rain snow or fog e there are no lane markings for a longer period e the lane markings are worn dark or covered e g by dirt or snow When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears Lane Keeping Assist is operational again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt
95. lamp is still on gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Warning and indicator lamps Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions V A EBD is not available due to a malfunction Therefore ABS BAS z The yellow ABS warning BAS PLUS ESP PRE SAFE PRE SAFE Brake the HOLD func lamp is lit while the tion and hill start assist are also unavailable for example 5 engine is running A ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated 2 warning tone also oO DiS A WARNING 5 The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore A lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec 2 ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can 5 increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle 2 There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction O display a gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop praxe USA only ABS and ESP are not available due to a malfunction Therefore Canada only BAS BAS PLUS EBD PRE SAFE PRE SAFE Brake the HOLD 2 function and hill start assist for example are not available either
96. listed above The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop ESP BAS PRE SAFE the HOLD function and hill start assist are temporarily unavailable BAS PLUS and PRE SAFE Brake may also have failed ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Self diagnosis is not yet complete A WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Carefully drive a suitable distance making slight steering move ments at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h The functions mentioned above are available again when the warning lamp goes out If the warning lamp is still on gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop 3 On board computer and displays Se Warning and indicator lamps _ On board computer and displays Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions park USA only gt Observe the
97. longer active The brightness of the indicator warning lamps is adjusted automatically according to the ambient light Collision warning Ifa vehicle is detected in the monitoring range of Blind Spot Assist and you switch on the corresponding turn signal a double warning tone sounds Red warning lamp Q flashes If the turn signal remains on vehicles detected are indicated by the flashing of red warning lamp There are no further warning tones Switching on Blind Spot Assist gt Make sure that the radar sensor system gt page 207 and Blind Spot Assist gt page 204 are activated in the on board computer gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock Warning lamps in the exterior mirrors light up red for approximately 1 5 seconds and then turn yellow Lane Keeping Assist General notes Lane Keeping Assist monitors the area in front of your vehicle with camera Q which is mounted at the top of the windshield Lane Keeping Assist detects lane markings on the road and warns you before you leave your lane unintentionally If you select km on the on board computer in the Display Unit Speed Odometer func tion gt page 204 Lane Keeping Assist is active starting at a speed of 60 km h If the miles display unit is selected the assistance range begins at 40 mph A warning may be given if a front wheel passes over a lane marking It will warn you by means of intermittent vibration in the stee
98. of charge is too low Shifting the transmission to position P does not start the engine SLK 55 AMG The engine starts automatically if e you switch off the ECO start stop function by pressing the ECO button e in transmission position D or N the brake pedal is released and the HOLD function is not active e you depress the accelerator pedal e you engage reverse gear R e you move the transmission out of position P e you switch to drive program S or M e you unfasten your seat belt or open the driver s door e the vehicle starts to roll e the brake system requires this e the temperature in the vehicle interior devi ates from the set range Driving e the system detects moisture on the wind shield when the air conditioning system is switched on e the battery s condition of charge is too low Shifting the transmission to position P does not start the engine If you shift the transmission from R to D the ECO start stop function is available again once the ECO symbol reap pears in green in the multifunction display Deactivating activating the ECO start stop function SLK 250 gt To deactivate press ECO button Q Indicator lamp and the ECO sym bol in the multifunction display go out gt To activate press ECO button Q Indicator lamp 2 lights up If all conditions for automatic engine switch off gt page 144 are fulfilled the
99. on COMAND and activate audio CD mode or MP3 mode see the separate oper ating instructions gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Audio menu gt To select the next previous track briefly press the A or W button gt To select a track from the track list rapid scrolling press and hold the A or Y button until desired track Q has been reached If you press and hold A or W the rapid scrolling speed is increased Not all audio drives or data carriers support this function If track information is stored on the audio device or medium the multifunction display will show the number and title of the track The current track does not appear in audio AUX mode Auxiliary audio mode external audio source connected Video DVD operation Example CD DVD changer display gt Switch on COMAND and select video DVD see the separate operating instructions gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Audio menu gt To select the next previous scene briefly press the A or W button gt To select a scene from the scene list rapid scrolling press and hold the A or Y button until desired scene has been reached Telephone menu Introduction A WARNING If you operate information syst
100. operational again gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 161 gt Clean the sensors in the radiator trim and the bumper gt page 287 gt Restart the engine gt AMG vehicles reactivate ESP gt page 65 PRE SAFE Brake is inoperative due to a malfunction BAS PLUS or the distance warning signal may also have failed gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The restraint system is faulty The warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster Z WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop For further information about the restraint system see gt page 40 2 On board computer and displays a Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The restraint system has malfunctioned at the front on the left or right The amp warning lamp also lights up in the instrument clus Front Left Malfunc ter tion Service Required or Front A WARNING Right Malfunction The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig Service Required gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is
101. or large objects to the SmartKey the SmartKey could be uninten tionally turned in the ignition lock This could cause the engine to be switched off There is a risk of an accident Do not attach any heavy or large objects to the SmartKey Remove any bulky key rings before inserting the SmartKey into the ignition lock H Keep the SmartKey away from strong magnetic fields Otherwise the remote control function could be affected Strong magnetic fields can occur in the vicinity of powerful electrical installations Do not keep the SmartKey e with electronic devices e g a mobile phone or another SmartKey e with metallic objects e g coins or metal foil e inside metallic objects e g a metal case This can affect the functionality of the SmartKey MOM Mid To lock the vehicle To unlock the trunk lid To unlock the vehicle wit gt To unlock centrally press the a but ton If you do not open the vehicle within approximately 40 seconds of unlocking e the vehicle is locked again e the theft deterrent locking system is armed again gt To lock centrally press the button The SmartKey centrally locks unlocks e the doors e the trunk lid e the stowage compartment in the center console e the fuel filler flap The turn signals flash once when unlocking and three times when locking You can also set an audible signal to confirm
102. piratory organs or clothing or be swallowed There is a risk of injury If you come into contact with the electrolyte observe the following e Rinse off the electrolyte from your skin immediately with water e Immediately rinse the electrolyte out of your eyes thoroughly with clean water e If the electrolyte is swallowed immediately rinse your mouth out thoroughly Do not induce vomiting e If electrolyte comes into contact with your skin or hair or is swallowed seek medical attention immediately e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with electrolyte e If an allergic reaction occurs seek medical attention immediately The rear view mirror and the exterior mirror on the driver s side automatically go into anti glare mode if the following conditions are met simultaneously e the ignition is switched on and e incident light from headlamps strikes the sensor in the rear view mirror The mirrors do not go into anti glare mode if reverse gear is engaged or if the interior light ing is switched on Parking position for the exterior mir ror on the front passenger side Setting and storing the parking position Using reverse gear You can position the front passenger side exterior mirror in such a way that you can see the rear wheel on that side as soon as you engage reverse gear You can store this posi tion gt Make sure that the vehicle is stationary and that the SmartKey is in
103. position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press button for the exterior mirror on the front passenger side gt Engage reverse gear The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves to the preset parking position gt Use adjustment button to adjust the exterior mirror to a position that allows you to see the rear wheel and the curb The parking position is stored If you shift the transmission to another position the exterior mirror on the front passenger side returns to the driving posi tion You can position the front passenger side exterior mirror in such a way that you can see the rear wheel on that side as soon as you engage reverse gear This setting can be stored using memory button M gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt With the exterior mirror on the front passenger side activated use adjustment button 8 to adjust the exterior mirror In the exterior mirror the rear wheel and the curb should be visible gt Press memory button M and one of the arrows on adjustment button within three seconds The parking position is stored if the exterior mirror does not move gt If the mirror moves out of position repeat the steps Calling up a stored parking position set ting Mirrors eee Using the memory button Seats steering wheel and mirrors ste Memory function Seats steering wheel and mirrors m gt Turn the SmartKey to p
104. press button Q The SPORT handling mode warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up The SPORT handling mode message appears in the multifunction display gt To deactivate SPORT handling mode briefly press button Q The SPORT handling mode warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out SPORT SPORT gt To deactivate ESP press button until the amp ESP OFF warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster The amp OFF message appears in the mul tifunction display gt To activate ESP briefly press button The amp ESP OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out The ESP ON message appears in the multifunc tion display Characteristics of activated SPORT han dling mode If SPORT handling mode is activated and one or more wheels start to spin the amp ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster flashes ESP only stabilizes the vehicle to a limited degree When SPORT handling mode is activated e ESP only improves driving stability to a limited degree e the engine s torque is restricted only to a limited degree and the drive wheels can spin The spinning of the wheels results in a cutting action which provides better grip e ETS is still active e ESP still provides support when you brake Characteristics when ESP is deactivated If ESP is deactivated and one or more
105. programing Certain garage door drives are incompatible with the integrated garage door opener If you have difficulty programing the integrated garage door opener contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Alternatively you can call the following tele phone assistance services e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes e Canada Customer Service at 1 800 387 0100 e HomeLink hotline 1 800 355 3515 free of charge More information on HomeLink and or compatible products is also available online at http www homelink com Notes on the declaration of conformity gt page 25 USA FCC ID CB2HMIHL4 Canada IC 279B HMIHL4 Important safety notes A WARNING When you operate or program the garage door with the integrated garage door opener per sons in the range of movement of the garage door can become trapped or struck by the garage door There is a risk of injury When using the integrated garage door opener always make sure that nobody is within the range of movement of the garage door Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Inhaling these exhaust gases leads to poisoning There is a risk of fatal injury Therefore never leave the engine running in enclosed spaces with out sufficient ventilation Programming Programing buttons Pay attention to the Important safety notes gt page 270 Garage door remote cont
106. properly without a booster seat Special seat belt retractor Z WARNING If the seat belt is released while driving the child restraint system will no longer be secured properly The special seat belt retrac tor is disabled and the inertia real draws in a portion of the seat belt The seat belt cannot be immediately refastened There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Stop the vehicle immediately paying atten tion to road and traffic conditions Reactivate the special seat belt retractor and secure the child restraint system properly The seat belt on the front passenger side is equipped with a special seat belt retractor When activated the special seat belt retrac tor ensures that the seat belt cannot slacken once the child seat is secured Installing a child restraint system gt Make sure you observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instruc tions gt Pull the seat belt smoothly out of the belt loop gt Engage seat belt tongue in belt buckle Activating the special seat belt retractor gt Pull the seat belt out fully and let the inertia reel retract it again While the seat belt is retracting you should hear a ratcheting sound The special seat belt retractor is enabled gt Push the child restraint system down so that the seat belt is tight and does not loosen Removing a child restraint system deactivat ing the special seat belt retractor gt Make sure
107. risk of accident Check the tires regularly for signs of damage and replace any damaged tires immediately Z WARNING M S tires with a tire tread depth of less than Ye in 4 mm are not suitable for use in winter and do not provide sufficient traction There is a risk of an accident M S tires with a tread depth of less than Y in 4 mm must be replaced immediately At temperatures below 45 F 7 C use win ter tires or all season tires Both types of tire are identified by the M S marking Only winter tires bearing the 4 snowflake symbol in addition to the M S marking pro vide the best possible grip in wintry road con ditions Only these tires will allow driving safety sys tems such as ABS and ESP to function opti mally in winter These tires have been devel oped specifically for driving in snow Use M S tires of the same make and tread on all wheels to maintain safe handling charac teristics Always observe the maximum permissible speed specified for the M S tires you have mounted When you have mounted M S tires gt Check the tire pressures gt page 317 gt Vehicles for USA restart the tire pressure monitor gt page 318 gt Vehicles for Canada restart the tire pres sure loss warning system gt page 318 For more information on driving with the emergency spare wheel see gt page 341 Snow chains Z WARNING If snow chains are installed to the front
108. seat as far back as possible Always make sure that the shoulder belt strap is correctly routed from the vehicle belt loop to the shoulder belt guide on the child restraint system The shoulder belt strap must be routed forwards and downwards from the vehicle belt loop Always observe the child restraint system manufacturer s instal lation instructions If OCS determines that e the front passenger seat is unoccupied the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up after the system self test and remains lit This indicates that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated the front passenger seat is occupied by a child of up to 12 months old in a standard child restraint system the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up after the system self test and remains lit This indi cates that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated But in the case of a 12 month old child ina standard child restraint system the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp can go out after the system self test This indicates that the front passenger front air bag is activated The result of the classifi cation is dependent on among other fac tors the child restraint system and the child s stature Make sure that the condi tions for a correct classification are met If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains off do not install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat the front passenger seat is occu
109. seat belts and air bags generally do not protect against objects penetrating the vehicle from the out side Information on restraint system operation can be found under Triggering of the Emer gency Tensioning Device and air bags gt page 54 For more information about children traveling with you in the vehicle and on child restraint systems see Children in the vehicle gt page 57 Important safety notes Z WARNING Modifications to the restraint system may cause it to no longer work as intended The restraint system may then not perform its intended protective function and may fail in an accident or trigger unexpectedly for example This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Never modify parts of the restraint system Never tamper with the wiring the electronic components or their software If itis necessary to modify an air bag system to accommodate a person with disabilities con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for details USA only for further information con tact our Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 Restraint system warning lamp The functions of the restraint system are checked after the ignition is switched on and at regular intervals while the engine is run ning Therefore malfunctions can be detec ted in good time The amp restraint system warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up when the igni tion is switched on
110. specialist workshop Parking Guidance is malfunctioning gt page 185 gt Restart the engine If the display message continues to be displayed gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Parking Guidance is deactivated Possible causes are e the vehicle is skidding e the sensors are dirty e a malfunction has occurred A warning tone also sounds gt Reactivate Parking Guidance later gt page 185 If the parking space symbol does not appear in the multifunction display at speeds below 19 mph 30 km h gt Clean the sensors gt page 287 gt Restart the engine If the parking space symbol still does not appear in the multifunc tion display at speeds below 19 mph 30 km h gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Parking Guidance has been deactivated because you are no longer following the recommended path gt Park again and while doing so observe the display messages in the multifunction display The vehicle is parked A warning tone also sounds The display message disappears automatically DISTRONIC PLUS has been deactivated gt page 171 If it was deactivated automatically a warning tone also sounds DISTRONIC PLUS is operational again after having been tempo rarily unavailable You can now reactivate DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 171 Fy On board computer and displays Pa Display messages On board computer and displays Display messages DISTRONIC PLUS Cur rently Unavailabl
111. switch on the seat heating again Seats steering wheel and mirrors i fal Steering wheel Seats steering wheel and mirrors m Activating deactivating Z WARNING When AIRSCARF is switched on very hot air can flow from the vents in the head restraints This could result in burns in the immediate vicinity of the air vents There is a risk of injury Reduce the heater output before it becomes too hot The AIRSCARF function warms the head and neck area of vehicle occupants with warm air The warm air flows out of the holes in the head restraints The three red indicator lamps in the button indicate the heating level you have selected gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt To switch on press button Q Three red indicator lamps in the button light up The blower starts up after a preheating phase of seven seconds gt Press button C repeatedly until the desired heating level is set gt To switch off press button Q repeatedly until all the indicator lamps go out The blower continues running for seven seconds to cool down the heating ele ments Ifthe battery voltage is too low AIRSCARF may switch off Problems with AIRSCARF AIRSCARF has switched off prematurely or will not switch on The vehicle s electrical sys tem voltage is too low because too many electrical consumers are switched on gt Switch off electrical consumers that you do not n
112. system BAS PLUS can detect obstacles that are in the path of your vehicle for an extended period of time If the radar sensor system is malfunctioning BAS PLUS will not be available The brake system is still available with complete brake boosting effect and BAS BAS PLUS can help you to minimize the risk of a collision with a vehicle or reduce the effects of such a collision If BAS PLUS detects a danger of collision you are assisted when braking Important safety notes Z WARNING BAS PLUS cannot always clearly identify objects and complex traffic situations In such cases BAS PLUS may e intervene unnecessarily e not intervene There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake Terminate the intervention in a non critical driving situation A WARNING BAS PLUS does not react e to people or animals e to oncoming vehicles e to crossing traffic e when cornering As aresult BAS PLUS may not intervene in all critical situations There is a risk of an acci dent Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake In the event of snowfall or heavy rain the rec ognition can be impaired Recognition by the radar sensor system is also impaired in the event of e dirt on the sensors or anything else cover ing the sensors e there is interference by other radar sources e there are strong radar reflections for exampl
113. the Ea Occupant safety A Y Ge N ignition is switched on and then goes out again The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must light up for approximately six seconds The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp then displays the status of the front passenger front air bag If the status of the front passenger front air bag changes while the vehicle is in motion an air bag display message may appear in the instrument clus ter gt page 224 When the front passenger seat is occupied always pay attention to the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp Be aware of the status of the front passenger front air bag both before and during the jour ney If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp e is lit the front passenger front air bag is deactivated They will then not be deployed in the event of an accident e does not light up the front passenger front air bag is enabled If in the event of an accident all deployment criteria are met the front passenger front air bag is deployed A WARNING If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is lit the front passenger front air bag is disabled It will not be deployed in the event of an accident and cannot perform its intended protective function A person in the front passenger seat could then for example come into contact with the vehicle s interior espe cially if the person is sitting too close to the dashboard This poses an increased risk of injury or ev
114. the engine is at normal operating temper ature e the set temperature for the vehicle interior has been reached e the battery is sufficiently charged e the system detects that the windshield is not fogged up when the air conditioning system is switched on e the hood is closed e the driver s door is closed and the driver s seat belt is fastened If the conditions for automatic engine switch off are not all fulfilled the ECO symbol is lit yellow All of the vehicle s systems remain active when the engine is stopped automatically The engine can be automatically switched off an unlimited number of times The HOLD function can be activated if the engine has been switched off automati cally It is then not necessary to continue applying the brakes during the automatic stop phase When you depress the accel erator pedal the engine starts automati cally and the braking effect of the HOLD function is deactivated 1e brivis Automatic engine start Operation SLK 250 The engine starts automatically if e you switch off the ECO start stop function by pressing the ECO button e you engage reverse gear R e you unfasten your seat belt or open the driver s door e the vehicle starts to roll e the brake system requires this e the temperature in the vehicle interior devi ates from the set range e the system detects moisture on the wind shield when the air conditioning system is switched
115. the multifunction display the tire pressure in one or more tires has drop ped suddenly and the tires must be checked Observe the instructions and safety notes in the display messages in the Tires section gt page 236 If the wheel positions on the vehicle are rotated the tire pressures may be dis played for the wrong positions for a short time This is rectified after a few minutes of driving and the tire pressures are displayed for the correct positions Restarting the tire pressure monitor When you restart the tire pressure monitor all existing warning messages are deleted and the warning lamps go out The monitor uses the currently set tire pressures as the refer ence values for monitoring In most cases the tire pressure monitor will automatically detect the new reference values after you have changed the tire pressure However you can also define reference values manually as described here The tire pressure monitor then monitors the new tire pressure values gt Set the tire pressure to the value recom mended for the corresponding driving sit uation on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s side B pillar gt page 314 Additional tire pressure values for different loads can also be found on the tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap gt page 314 gt Make sure that the tire pressure is correct on all four wheels Tire pressure a gt Make sure that the Sm
116. the trunk partition e not place any objects on or in front of the trunk partition bo S N 2 O 3 bo E D 2 O Opening and closing e not place any objects on the cover behind the roll bars e not allow the cargo to push the trunk partition upwards The trunk partition can be used to cover lug gage and loads in the trunk Opening and closing POT NRJ gt To close pull back trunk partition by the handle in the direction of the arrow until it engages on both sides in the eyelets on the cargo compartment lip gt To open grip the handle of trunk parti tion gt Press the release button in the handle of trunk partition Q Trunk partition Q is unlocked gt Pull trunk partition Q up out of the eyelets on the cargo compartment lip gt Push trunk partition Q forwards against the direction of the arrow by handle Important safety notes Z WARNING If you use the wind screen in darkness or in other conditions offering poor visibility your view to the rear is further impaired There is a risk of an accident Only use the wind screen when visibility con ditions are good Z WARNING If the wind screen is incorrectly installed it could detach itself during a journey and endanger other road users There is a risk of an accident and injury Install the wind screen as described H Install or remove the wind screen only when the roof is open You could otherwise damage the w
117. the vehicle in an automatic car wash from the very start If the vehicle is very dirty pre wash it before cleaning it in an automatic car wash After using an automatic car wash wipe off wax from the windshield and the wiper blades This will prevent smears and reduce wiping noises caused by residue on the wind shield Washing by hand In some countries washing by hand is only allowed at specially equipped washing bays Observe the legal requirements in all coun tries concerned gt Do not use hot water and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight gt Use a soft sponge to clean gt Use a mild cleaning agent such as a car shampoo approved by Mercedes Benz gt Thoroughly hose down the vehicle with a gentle jet of water gt Do not point the water jet directly towards the air inlet gt Use plenty of water and rinse out the sponge frequently gt Rinse the vehicle with clean water and dry thoroughly with a chamois gt Do not let the cleaning agent dry on the paintwork When using the vehicle in winter remove all traces of road salt deposits carefully and as soon as possible Power washers Z WARNING The water jet from a circular jet nozzle dirt blasters can cause invisible exterior damage to the tires or chassis components Compo nents damaged in this way may fail unexpect edly There is a risk of an accident Do not use power washers with circular jet nozzles to clean the vehicle Have dama
118. tion of arrow 6 until it engages Make sure that studs and latch fit into the respective brackets gt Check whether wind screen Q is fully inserted into all four brackets and is sitting securely gt If this is not the case remove wind screen 1 again and repeat the steps above Removing Removing from the left side of the vehicle exam ple gt Stop the vehicle paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Press unlocking button L Q Meanwhile pull wind screen on the side of the vehi cle facing you upwards and tilt it Removing from the left side of the vehicle exam ple gt Pull wind screen 2 out of the bracket of the opposite roll bar in the direction of the arrow gt Secure wind screen to the trunk floor by the rubber strips gt page 258 Important safety notes A WARNING You could lose control of the vehicle if you fold AIRGUIDE in out while the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of an accident b gt tees ES Opening and closing Opening and closing Only fold AIRGUIDE in out while the vehicle is stationary H AIRGUIDE can only be positioned cor rectly by folding it in or out AIRGUIDE can not be dismantled Do not try to remove AIRGUIDE from its anchorage Otherwise you could damage AIRGUIDE or the vehicle AIRGUIDE can be folded out or back in from the driver s side or passenger side When operating AIRGUIDE preferably stand on th
119. tire inflation compressor s on off switch is set to OFF gt Insert plug into the socket of the ciga rette lighter or into a 12 V power socket in your vehicle Observe the notes on the cigarette lighter gt page 260 Observe the notes on sock ets gt page 261 gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the igni tion lock gt page 139 gt Press on off switch on the tire inflation compressor to ON The tire inflation compressor is switched on The tire is inflated The tire pressure is shown on pressure gauge 3 gt Inflate the tire to the specified tire pres sure The specified tire pressure is printed on the yellow label of the emergency spare wheel Emergency spare wheel Ea gt When the specified tire pressure has been reached press on off switch to OFF on the tire inflation compressor The tire inflation compressor is switched off gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tion lock gt If the tire pressure is higher than the speci fied pressure press pressure release but ton until the correct tire pressure has been reached gt Unscrew union nut Q on the air hose from the valve gt Screw the cap onto the valve of the col lapsible spare wheel again Removing an air hose gt To remove the hose from the tire inflation compressor push down the rocker switch on the hose connector and pull out the hose gt Stow plug and the air hose in the lower section of t
120. tire pressure depress pressure release button 4 next to pres sure gauge 2 gt When the tire pressure is correct unscrew the filler hose from the valve of the sealed tire gt Screw the valve cap onto the tire valve of the sealed tire gt To remove the tire sealant bottle from the tire inflation compressor press together the locking tabs on the yellow cap gt Pull the tire sealant bottle out of the tire inflation compressor The filler hose remains attached to the tire sealant bottle gt Stow the tire sealant bottle and the tire inflation compressor gt Drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop and have the tire changed there gt Have the tire sealant bottle and the filler hose replaced as soon as possible at a qualified specialist workshop gt Have the tire sealant bottle replaced every four years at a qualified specialist work shop Battery vehicle Special tools and expert knowledge are required when working on the battery e g removal and installing You should therefore Battery vehicle have all work involving the battery carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING Work carried out incorrectly on the battery can lead for example to a short circuit and thus damage the vehicle electronics This can lead to function restrictions applying to safety relevant systems e g the lighting sys tem ABS anti lock braking system or ESP Electronic Stabil
121. tires M S tires and if necessary snow chains Only in this way will the driv ing safety systems described in this section work as effectively as possible Driving safety systems ae Driving safety systems General information ABS regulates brake pressure in such a way that the wheels do not lock when you brake This allows you to continue steering the vehi cle when braking The yellow ABS warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up when the ignition is switched on It goes out when the engine is running Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 61 A WARNING If ABS is faulty the wheels could lock when braking The steerability and braking charac teristics may be severely impaired Addition ally further driving safety systems are deac tivated There is an increased danger of skid ding and accidents Drive on carefully Have ABS checked imme diately at a qualified specialist workshop When ABS is malfunctioning other systems including driving safety systems will also become inoperative Observe the information on the ABS warning lamp gt page 245 and display messages which may be shown in the instrument cluster gt page 213 ABS works from a speed of about 5 mph 8 km h regardless of road surface condi tions ABS works on slippery surfaces even if you only brake gently Braking gt If ABS intervenes continue to dep
122. to print Model Capacity SLK 250 Approx 10 1 US qt 9 6 I SLK 350 Approx 11 0 US qt 10 4 I SLK 55 AMG Use MB 325 0 or MB 326 0 approved antifreeze corrosion inhibitor E Technical data Technical data Important safety notes A WARNING Windshield washer concentrate could ignite if it comes into contact with hot engine compo nents or the exhaust system There is a risk of fire and injury Make sure that no windshield washer con centrate is spilled next to the filler neck H Only use washer fluid that is suitable for plastic lamp lenses e g MB SummerFit or MB WinterFit Unsuitable washer fluid could damage the plastic lenses of the headlamps H Do not add distilled or de ionized water to the washer fluid container Otherwise the level sensor may be damaged H Only MB SummerFit and MB WinterFit washer fluid should be mixed together The spray nozzles may otherwise become blocked When handling washer fluid observe the important safety notes on service products gt page 347 At temperatures above freezing gt Fill the washer fluid reservoir with a mixture of water and windshield washer fluid e g MB SummerFit gt Add 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts water At temperatures below freezing gt Fill the washer fluid reservoir with a mixture of water and washer fluid e g MB Winter Fit ae Service products and filling capacities Adapt the mixing ratio to the outside temp
123. weight of the accessories e the load limit e the weight of the factory installed optional equipment Kilopascal kPa Metric unit for tire pressure 6 9 kPa corre sponds to 1 psi Another unit for tire pressure is bar There are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar Load index In addition to the load bearing index the load index may also be imprinted on the sidewall of the tire This specifies the load bearing capa city more precisely Curb weight The weight of a vehicle with standard equip ment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant It also includes the air condi tioning system and optional equipment if these are installed in the vehicle but does not include passengers or luggage Maximum load rating The maximum tire load is the maximum per missible weight in kilograms or lbs for whicha tire is approved Maximum permissible tire pressure Maximum permissible tire pressure for one tire Maximum load on one tire Maximum load on one tire This is calculated by dividing the maximum axle load of one axle by two PSI pounds per square inch A standard unit of measure for tire pressure Aspect ratio Relationship between tire height and tire width in percent Tire pressure This is pressure inside the tire applying an outward force to each square inch of the tire s surface The tire pressure is specified in pounds per square inch psi in kilopascal kPa or in bar The tire pressure should o
124. when towing the vehicle e in the car wash In order to activate DISTRONIC PLUS the fol lowing conditions must be fulfilled e the engine must be started It may take up to two minutes after pulling away before DISTRONIC PLUS is operational e your vehicle must not be secured by the electric parking brake e ESP must be activated e the transmission must be in position D e the hood must be closed e the driver s door must be closed when you shift from P to D or your seat belt must be fastened e the front passenger door must be closed e the vehicle must not skid Activating gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you or press it up or down DISTRONIC PLUS is selected gt To adjust the set speed in 1 mph incre ments 1 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up Q to the pressure point for a higher speed or down 4 for a lower speed Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up or down the last speed stored is increased or reduced or gt To adjust the set speed in 5 mph incre ments 10 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up Q past the pressure point for a higher speed or down 4 for a lower speed Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up or down the last speed stored is increased or reduced gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Your vehicle adapts its speed to that of the vehicle in front but only up to the desir
125. 1 Important safety notes s 61 Warning laMe sisir 245 Accident Automatic measures after an acci AG Mba sees E E E E EREET 57 Activating deactivating cooling with air dehumidification 127 Active light function 0 112 ADAPTIVE BRAKE ececeeereeees 67 Adaptive Highbeam Assist Display message ossis 228 Function notes cceeseseeeeeseeees 112 Switching On Off eiior 113 Additional speedometer 205 Additives engine oil 350 Air bags Deployment ed wvessvevieseterctsbeesecesssensts 54 Display message ceecee 224 Front air bag driver front PASSENGEN siiin 47 Head Dag s ccccessssslacsesstaccisasssesesenes 48 Important safety notes s 46 IMEFODUCEIOM i sscssccseascansceeacisscsebeneeess 46 Knee Dag veces ecciseccetpeesaceceseeeess 47 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indica LOM AMP evatevesveececvaveviecvosheseovececvcsdeces 41 Side impact air bag sesser 48 Air conditioning system see Climate control AIRGUIDE cennin 91 AIRSCARF Problem malfunction 100 Switching On Off eee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 100 AIRSCARF vents Setting the blower output 135 Air vents Important safety notes 134 Setting ss ccescoeesercu cise aceseesceses 134 Setting the blower output of the AIRSCARF Vents 0 eeeseeeeeseeereeeees 135 Setting the center air vents 134 Setting the side air vents
126. 33 To set the airflow gt page 130 To switch the rear window defroster on off gt page 132 Air conditioning system Below you can find a number of notes and recommendations to help you use the air conditioning system optimally e Switch on cooling with air dehumidification using the ae button The indicator lamp in the ac button lights up e Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C e Recommendation for air distribution in winter set the 1 4 and W4 settings Recommendation for air distribution in summer set the setting e Only use the Windshield defrosting func tion briefly until the windshield is clear again e Only use air recirculation mode briefly e g if there are unpleasant outside odors or when in a tunnel The windows could oth erwise fog up since no fresh air is drawn into the vehicle in air recirculation mode ECO start stop function During automatic engine switch off the cli mate control system only operates at a reduced capacity If you require full climate control capacity the ECO start stop function can be deactivated by pressing the ECO but ton gt page 147 Overview of climate control systems Be Control panel for dual zone automatic climate control Pe PI Canada only To set the temperature left gt page 129 To defrost the windshield gt page 131 To switch the ZONE function on off To sw
127. ATENET oeaan heise 299 Display MeSSage iscsi 229 Important safety notes 0 0 297 Jump Starting sccssccsssceccosscesscesesesnccss 301 ONIE cecesectscscatsvssdescs euassvedeeeesesee 297 Belt see Seat belts Blind Spot Assist Activating deactivating 204 Display message ccecce 232 Notes fUNCtION eeeeeeeseeeeeeenees 189 Brake Assist see BAS Brake Assist System Brake fluid Display message eccere 220 NOES 3 saitescsesteascetccevedeassstecbeseseas 350 Brake force distribution elec tronic see EBD electronic brake force distribution Brake lamps Display message s c 226 Brakes AB Sir a E S 61 BAS or A ARER A 62 BAS PULUS iescht earnan ss hiken 62 Brake fluid notes seese 350 Display Message eeeeeeseeseeeeees 213 EBD ces cssesentspeesnusessdusrcveasaesssatenscenseetes 67 High performance brake system 168 Important safety notes s 166 Maintem ame ssc ccasceessisdeastvecsieseceas 167 Parking Drake sccicssssccsstes coos cevscecacese 162 Riding LIPS 2eviect scnezieacieseseteessiesbeceres 166 Warning lamp acrescer 245 Breakdown see Flat tire see Towing away Brightness control instrument cluster lighting cece eeeeeeeeeee 31 Bulbs see Replacing bulbs California Important notice for retail cus tomers and lessees ccseeeeeeeeeees 23 Calling up a malfunction see Display messages Car see Vehicle Care Carpets vssssescetetcensieshshaciveceteackeees 289
128. As a result Mercedes Benz cannot guarantee vehicle safety if retreaded tires are mounted Do not mount used tires if you have no information about their previous usage _ Wheels and tires Overview of abbreviations used in the follow ing tire tables e BA both axles e FA front axle e RA rear axle The recommended pressures for various operating conditions can be found e onthe Tire and Loading Information placard with the recommended tire pressures on the B pillar on the driver s side e inthe tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap Observe the notes on recommended tire pressures under various operating conditions gt page 314 Check tire pressures regularly and only when the tires are cold Comply with the mainte nance recommendations of the tire manufac turer in the vehicle document wallet Notes on the vehicle equipment always equip the vehicle with e tires of the same size on a given axle left right e the same type of tires at a given time sum mer tires winter tires MOExtended tires Exception it is permissible to install a dif ferent type or make in the event of a flat tire Observe the MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics section gt page 293 Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tires are not equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory It is therefore recommended that you addi tionally equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit if you mount tires th
129. Changing a wheel The following must be observed when raising the vehicle e to raise the vehicle only use the vehicle specific jack that has been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz If used incor rectly the jack could tip over with the vehi cle raised e the jack is designed only to raise and hold the vehicle for a short time while a wheel is being changed It is not suited for per forming maintenance work under the vehi cle e avoid changing the wheel on uphill and downhill slopes e before raising the vehicle secure it from rolling away by applying the parking brake and inserting wheel chocks Never disen gage the parking brake while the vehicle is raised e the jack must be placed on a firm flat and non slip surface On a loose surface a large flat load bearing underlay must be used On a slippery surface a non slip underlay must be used e g rubber mats e do not use wooden blocks or similar objects as a jack underlay Otherwise the jack will not be able to achieve its load bearing capacity due to the restricted height e make sure that the distance between the underside of the tires and the ground does not exceed 1 2 in 3 cm e never place your hands and feet under the raised vehicle e do not lie under the vehicle e do not start the engine when the vehicle is raised e do not open or close a door or the trunk lid when the vehicle is raised e make sure that no persons are present in the vehi
130. E Maintenance and care Example gt Pull oil dipstick Q out of the dipstick guide tube gt Wipe off oil dipstick gt Slowly slide oil dipstick Q into the guide tube to the stop and take it out again If the level is between MIN mark and MAX mark the oil level is correct gt If the oil level has dropped to MIN mark or below add 1 1 US qt 1 0 liter of engine oil Adding engine oil Z WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following Z WARNING If engine oil comes into contact with hot com ponents in the engine compartment it may ignite There is a risk of fire and injury Make sure that engine oil is not spilled next to the filler neck Let the engine cool down and thoroughly clean the engine oil off the com ponents before starting the engine Ea Engine compartment Q Environmental note When adding oil take care not to spill any If oil enters the soil or waterways it is harmful to the environment H Only use engine oils and oil filters that have been approved for vehicles with a ser vice system You can obtain a list of the engine oils and oil filters tested and approved in accordance with the Mercedes Benz Specifications for Service
131. ECO symbol is shown in green in the multifunction display If not all conditions for automatic engine switch off gt page 144 are fulfilled the ECO symbol is shown in yellow in the multifunction display If this is the case the ECO start stop func tion is not available Conditions for the automatic engine switch off gt page 144 147 Driving and parking _ Driving and parking oi ving If indicator lamp is off the ECO start gt To switch off in drive program C press stop function has been deactivated man ECO button ually or as the result of a malfunction The or engine will then not be switched off auto p Switch to drive program S or M matically when the vehicle stops gt page 153 The ECO start stop function is activated Indicator lamp and the ECO sym each time the engine is switched on bol in the multifunction display go out SLK 350 gt To activate press ECO button Indicator lamp lights up If drive pro gram S or Mis active the automatic trans mission switches to drive program C If all conditions for automatic engine switch off gt page 144 are fulfilled the ECO symbol is shown in green in the multifunction display If not all conditions for automatic engine switch off gt page 144 are fulfilled the ECO symbol is shown in yellow in the multifunction display gt To d
132. LESS GO gt Press the Start Stop button gt page 140 The engine stops and all the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster go out When the driver s door is closed this cor responds to key position 1 When the driv er s door is open this corresponds to key position 0 Key removed If you try to switch off the engine when the transmission is not in position P a message appears in the multifunction display A signal sounds General notes Z WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi cle they could set it in motion by for example e release the parking brake e shift the automatic transmission out of park position P or shift manual transmission into neutral e start the engine In addition they may operate vehicle equip ment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle The function of the electric parking brake is dependent on the on board voltage If the on board voltage is low or there is a malfunction in the system it may not be possible to apply the released parking brake gt If this is the case only park the vehicle on level ground and secure it to prevent it roll ing away gt Vehicles with automatic transmission shift the automatic transmission to posi tion P gt Vehicles with manual transmission engage first gear
133. MECA esseen e 108 Switching On Off ssssssrssesrsrssssssss 109 Luggage cover see Trunk partition Lumbar support see 99 C MES tires 0 c necaancanaiwaence 312 MAGIC SKY CONTROL eee 92 Malfunction message see Display messages Manual transmission Engaging reverse gear 150 GAP EVET seereis 150 P lingaWay eienenn 142 Shift recommendation 151 Starting the engine sisses 142 Matte finish cleaning instruc TIONS cccnnceiadennoenias 286 mbrace Call priority scssi 265 Display MeSSage seeeeseeeeeeeees 220 Downloading destinations COMANDI sss csacesedecesevscedesaxsenstsdesets Downloading routes ssec Emergency Call seriuse General notes cs20e Geo fencing Locating a stolen vehicle MB info call button sessir Remote vehicle locking 0 Roadside Assistance button Search amp SENA scscesscscecssecesencees 266 SOlHLEST 35 cciceccveceeisesbeacstecetecevens ch 262 Sped ACM vis cessceseeceeeesevynesvercees 269 SYSTE Mien na E 262 Triggering the vehicle alarm 270 Vehicle remote malfunction diag NOSIS ste szecetecedeth cs iectavatstesvtezseeestaceees 268 Vehicle remote unlocking 267 Mechanical key FUNCtION NOTES ceeeeseeeeeseseeeeenens 74 Locking vehicle essees 80 Unlocking the driver s door 80 Media Interface see Separate operating instructions Memory card audio Memory function ee eeeeeee
134. On board computer and displays Display messages Clutch Overheated Avoid Pulling Away Engage Diseng Clutch Quickly if Required Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The clutch is under considerable load and the permitted operating temperature has been exceeded A warning tone also sounds Avoid frequent pulling away and driving at walking pace over lon ger distances gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 161 gt Leave the engine running The clutch is cooled more quickly with the engine running or gt If possible continue driving at a steady speed gt Remove your foot from the clutch pedal and do not allow the clutch to slip The clutch may also cool down during the journey It may take several minutes for it to cool down When the clutch has cooled down the display message disappears The clutch is fully operational again The trunk lid is open gt Close the trunk lid The hood is open A WARNING The open hood may block your view when the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of an accident gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 161 gt Close the hood At least one door is open A warning tone also sounds gt Close all the d
135. Outside temperature display 195 Overhead control panel 36 ess Paint code number ee 346 Paintwork cleaning instructions 285 Panic alanimi lt cccos c s cccececsdecsdsacpsncssnenczeve 40 Parking Important safety notes s 161 Parking brak sce siisss init 162 Position of exterior mirror front PASSENEF SIDES scescessccssserecosseeess 105 see PARKTRONIC Parking aid Parking Guidance ceseeeeseees 185 see Exterior mirrors see PARKTRONIC Parking assistance see PARKTRONIC Parking brake Display message ccr 215 Electric parking brake esee 162 Warning lamp sses sesters 250 Parking Guidance Display message s e Important safety notes Parking lamps Switching on Off cssseseceesseenes PARKTRONIC Deactivating activating 184 Driving SYStOM ceeeeeeseeeeeeeneeees 182 FUNCtION NOTES ceeeseseeeeeteeees 182 Important safety notes 182 Problem malfunction 185 Range of the sensors s es 183 Warning display ceeeeeseeeeeeeees 184 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF Indicator lamp sorcis Problems malfunction Pets in the vehicle 0 0 0 0 ee eeeeeeees Pivoting draft stop see AIRGUIDE Plastic trim cleaning instruc TOMS a E E E 288 Power washers e 285 Power windows see Side windows PRE SAFE anticipatory occupant protection Display message seee 220 Operation secesecct testes setastissevazebesctees 56 PRE SAFE B
136. PARK TRONIC gt page 182 Parking Guidance is only an aid It is not a replacement for your attention to your imme diate surroundings You are always responsi ble for safe maneuvering parking and exiting a parking space When maneuvering parking or pulling out of a parking space make sure that there are no persons animals or objects in the area in which you are maneuvering Z WARNING If objects are located above the detection range Parking Guidance may provide steering instructions too soon You may cause a colli sion as a result There is a risk of an accident If objects are located above the detection range stop and switch off Parking Assist E If unavoidable you should drive over obstacles such as curbs slowly and not at a sharp angle Otherwise you may damage the wheels or tires When PARKTRONIC is deactivated Parking Guidance is also unavailable Parking Guidance may also display spaces not suitable for parking e g e where parking or stopping is prohibited e in front of driveways or entrances and exits e on unsuitable surfaces tea Driving systems _ Driving and parking Use Parking Guidance for parking spaces e that are parallel to the direction of travel e that are on straight roads not bends e that are on the same level as the road i e not on the pavement for example Parking Guidance may not detect flat curbs Parking tips e On narrow roads drive as close to the park ing space a
137. RY EXIT feature adjusts the steering wheel you and other vehicle occupants particularly children could become trapped There is a risk of injury While the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature is mak ing adjustments make sure that no one has any body parts in the sweep of the steering wheel If somebody becomes trapped e press one of the memory function position buttons or e move the switch for steering wheel adjust ment in the opposite direction to that in which the steering wheel is moving The adjustment process is stopped gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Convenience submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Easy Entry Exit function If the Easy Entry Exit function is activa ted the vehicle steering wheel is displayed in orange in the multifunction display gt Press the OK button to save the setting Fy On board computer and displays ad Menus and submenus mi On board computer and displays Further information on the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature gt page 101 Switching the belt adjustment on off gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Convenience submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to
138. Release the clutch pedal slowly do not depress the accelerator pedal while doing so gt As soon as the engine starts depress the clutch pedal immediately and shift to neu tral gt Stop at asuitable place in accordance with the traffic conditions gt Depress the parking brake gt Remove the rigid towing bar or towing rope gt Remove the towing eye gt page 304 gt Switch off the hazard warning lamps Fuses Important safety notes Z WARNING If you manipulate or bridge a faulty fuse or if you replace it with a fuse with a higher amper age the electric cables could be overloaded This could result in a fire There is a risk of an accident and injury Always replace faulty fuses with the specified new fuses having the correct amperage H Only use fuses that have been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles and which have the correct fuse rating for the system concerned Otherwise components or sys tems could be damaged The fuses in your vehicle serve to close down faulty circuits If a fuse blows all the compo nents on the circuit and their functions stop operating Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses of the same rating which you can recognize by the color and value The fuse ratings are listed in the fuse allocation chart If a newly inserted fuse also blows have the cause traced and rectified at a qualified spe cialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Secure the vehic
139. The indicator lamp in the SOS button flashes con tinuously The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display and must be confirmed In this case summon assistance by other means N Oo Sem m oO oO me c oO oO oO oO z e N Stowage and features Making an emergency call Par et gt To initiate an emergency call manually press cover Q briefly to open gt Press SOS button briefly The indicator lamp in SOS button flashes until the emergency call is conclu ded gt Wait for a voice connection to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter gt After the emergency call close cover Q If the mobile phone network is unavaila ble mbrace will not be able to make the emergency call If you leave the vehicle immediately after pressing the SOS button you will not know whether mbrace placed the emergency call In this case always summon assistance by other means Roadside Assistance button Par PD gt Press Roadside Assistance button Q This initiates a call to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance button flashes while the call is active The multifunction display shows the Con necting Call message The audio output is muted If a connection can be made the Call Con nected message appears in the multifunction display If a mobile phone network and GPS reception are available the system tran
140. Traction is the result of friction between the tires and the road surface Treadwear indicators Narrow bars tread wear bars that are dis tributed over the tire tread If the tire tread is level with the bars the wear limit of 16 in 1 6 mm has been reached Occupant distribution The distribution of occupants in a vehicle at their designated seating positions Total load limit Rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kilograms 150 Ib multiplied by the num ber of seats in the vehicle Changing a wheel The Breakdown assistance section gt page 292 contains information and notes on how to deal with a flat tire Information on driving with MOExtended tires in the event of a flat tire can be found under MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics gt page 293 Z WARNING Interchanging the front and rear wheels may severely impair the driving characteristics if the wheels or tires have different dimensions The wheel brakes or suspension components may also be damaged There is a risk of acci dent Rotate front and rear wheels only if the wheels and tires are of the same dimensions H On vehicles equipped with a tire pressure monitor electronic components are loca ted in the wheel Tire mounting tools should not be used near the valve This could damage the elec tronic components Only have tires changed at a qualified spe cialist workshop Always pay attention to the instructions and s
141. a result a reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and warning message will appear if the tire pres may affect the vehicle s handling and stop sure drops significantly ping ability The tire pressure monitor does not warn you Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute Of an incorrectly set tire pressure Observe for proper tire maintenance and it is the driv the notes on the recommended tire pressure er s responsibility to maintain correct tire gt page 314 pressure even if underinflation has not The tire pressure monitor is not able to warn reached the level to trigger illumination ofthe you of a sudden loss of pressure e g if the TPMS low tire pressure telltale tire is penetrated by a foreign object In the _ Wheels and tires event of a sudden loss of pressure bring the vehicle to a halt by braking carefully Avoid abrupt steering maneuvers The tire pressure monitor has a yellow warn ing lamp in the instrument cluster for indicat ing a pressure loss or malfunction Whether the warning lamp flashes or lights up indi cates whether a tire pressure is too low or the tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning e if the warning lamp is lit continuously the tire pressure on one or more tires is signif icantly too low The tire pressure monitor is not malfunctioning e if the warning lamp flashes for around a minute and then remains lit constantly the tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning In addition to the
142. about the convenience function can be found under Belt adjustment gt page 45 Immediately after an accident the following measures are implemented depending on the type and severity of the impact e by activating the hazard warning lamps e the emergency lighting is activated e the vehicle doors are unlocked e the front side windows are lowered e in vehicles with a memory function the electrically adjustable steering wheel is raised e the engine is switched off e vehicles with mbrace automatic emer gency call Children in the vehicle If a child younger than 12 years and under 5 ft 1 50 m in height is traveling in the vehicle e always secure the child in a child restraint system suitable for Mercedes Benz vehi cles The child restraint system must be appropriate to the age weight and size of the child e be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes in this section in addition to the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions e be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant classifica tion system OCS gt page 49 Ea Children in the vehicle Safety Z WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi cle they could set it in motion by for example e release the parking brake e shift the automatic transmission out of park position P or shift manual transmission into neutral e start the engine In addition they may ope
143. accelerate or pull away again Automatic transmission For maximum acceleration push the selector lever to the left or pull and hold the left hand steering wheel paddle shifter until the transmission shifts to the optimal gear for the current speed Kickdown You can also use kickdown for maximum acceleration in manual drive program M gt Depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point The automatic transmission shifts to a lower gear depending on the engine speed AMG vehicles it is not possible to use kickdown in manual drive program M Switching off the manual drive program gt Press the program selector button gt page 153 repeatedly until E C in AMG vehicles or S appears in the multifunction display Driving and parking Ea Refueling E Driving and parking Problem The transmission has problems shifting gear Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The transmission is losing oil gt Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist work shop immediately The acceleration ability The transmission is in emergency mode is deteriorating The transmission no longer changes gear H Do not use any sharp edged objects to remove the selector lever gaiter from the center console This could damage the selector lever gaiter gt Apply the electric parking brake It is only possible to shift into second gear and reverse gear gt Stop the vehicle
144. accumulation of 18 000 miles approximately 29 000 km on the odometer of the vehicle whichever occurs first a reasonable number of repair attempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more of the following occurs 1 the same substantial defect or malfunc tion results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven that defect or malfunc tion has been subject to repair two or more times and you have directly noti fied Mercedes Benz USA LLC in writing of the need for its repair 2 the same substantial defect or malfunc tion of a less serious nature than cate gory 1 has been subject to repair four or more times and you have directly notified us in writing of the need for its repair or 3 the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different substantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days Please send your written notice to Mercedes Benz USA LLC Customer Assistance Center One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 Introduction rs Maintenance The Service and Warranty Booklet describes all the necessary maintenance work which should be done at regular intervals Always have the Service and Warranty Book let with you when you bring the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The ser vice advisor will record every service for you in the Service and Warranty Booklet Roadside Assi
145. activate press the button again OK Further information about Blind Spot Assist gt page 189 Activating deactivating Lane Keeping Assist gt Press the lt or buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Dri veAssist menu gt Press A or Y to select Lane Keep ing Assist gt Press the OK button The current selection is displayed gt Press OK to confirm gt Press W or A to set Off Standard or Adaptive gt Press the OK button to save the setting When Lane Keeping Assist is activated the multifunction display shows the lane mark ings as bright lines in the assistance graphic For further information about Lane Keeping Assist see gt page 190 Maintenance menu In the Service menu you have the following options e Calling up display messages gt page 212 e Restarting the tire pressure loss warning system gt page 318 e Checking the tire pressure electronically gt page 318 e Calling up the service due date gt page 283 Settings menu Introduction In the Sett menu you have the following options e Changing the instrument cluster settings gt page 204 e Changing the light settings gt page 205 e Changing the vehicle settings gt page 207 e Changing the convenience settings gt page 207 e Res
146. ad e the trunk partition is closed e the trunk lid is closed e the outside temperature is above 5 F 15 C You could otherwise damage the roof trunk and other parts of the vehicle Vehicle dimensions when opening clos ing the roof gt page 353 Make sure that the roof and rear window are clean and dry before opening the roof Otherwise water or dirt could enter the vehicle interior or trunk Important safety notes Z WARNING When opening or closing the roof body parts could be trapped by for example the roof mechanism trunk lid or side windows There is a risk of injury When raising or lowering the roof make sure that no body parts are in the vicinity of moving components If someone becomes trapped release the button Opening and closing gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 161 gt Close the trunk partition gt page 90 gt Close the trunk lid gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt Open the cover in the lower center console Roof switch Q is located under the cover gt To open pull roof switch until the entire roof is stowed away in the trunk The Vario Roof in Operation message appears in the multifunction display Once the opening procedure is complete the message disappears and a tone will sound All of the side windows open gt To close press and hold roof switch until the roof is fully closed The Vari
147. additional display messages in the multifunction Canada only display The red electric parking brake indicator lamp flashes or lights up and or warning lamp for the electric parking brake lights up LE The restraint system is faulty The red restraint sys N WARNING tem warning lamp is lit ee z F 2 while the engine is run The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig ning gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Drive on carefully gt Have the restraint system checked at a qualified specialist workshop immediately For further information about the restraint system see gt page 40 Warning and indicator lamps Ea Engine Problem a The yellow Check Engine warning lamp lights up while the engine is running rJ The yellow reserve fuel warning lamp lights up while the engine is run ning rJ The yellow reserve fuel warning lamp flashes while the vehicle is in motion In addition the Check Engine warning Ks lamp may light up E The red coolant warn ing lamp lights up while the engine is running and the coolant tem perature gauge is at the start of the scale Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There may be a malfunction for example e in the engine management e in the fuel
148. afety notes when changing a wheel gt page 333 The wear patterns on the front and rear tires differ depending on the operating conditions Rotate the wheels before a clear wear pattern has formed on the tires Front tires typically wear more on the shoulders and the rear tires in the center If your vehicle s tire configuration allows you can rotate the wheels according to the inter vals in the tire manufacturer s warranty book in your vehicle documents If no warranty book is available the tires should be rotated every 3 000 to 6 000 miles 5 000 to 10 000 km or earlier if tire wear requires Do not change the direction of wheel rotation Clean the contact surfaces of the wheel and the brake disc thoroughly every time a wheel is rotated Check the tire pressure and if nec essary restart the tire pressure loss warning system or the tire pressure monitor Tires with a specified direction of rotation have additional benefits e g if there is a risk of hydroplaning You will only gain these ben efits if the correct direction of rotation is maintained An arrow on the sidewall of the tire indicates its correct direction of rotation Store wheels that are not being used in a cool dry and preferably dark place Protect the tires from oil grease gasoline and diesel Z WARNING The water jet from a circular jet nozzle dirt blasters can cause invisible exterior damage to the tires or chassis components Compo nent
149. ake sure that all the side windows are fully closed When the roof is open only the two front side windows can be operated using the switch on the center console Using the SmartKey Z WARNING When using the convenience closing feature parts of the body could be trapped in the clos ing area when a side window is being closed There is a risk of injury Observe the complete closing procedure when the convenience closing feature is oper ating Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure If someone is trapped gt Release the button immediately gt Press and hold the a button until the side windows open again You can use the SmartKey to open or close all side windows simultaneously gt Close the roof gt page 88 gt Open the trunk partition gt page 89 gt Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver s door handle sce vincows os gt To open all side windows press the o button on the SmartKey until the side win dows are fully opened gt To interrupt the opening procedure release the o button gt To close all side windows press the _ button on the SmartKey until the side windows are fully closed gt To interrupt the closing procedure release the button Convenience closing with KEYLESS GO Z WARNING When using the convenience closing feature
150. ake sure that there are no objects between the air bag and the vehicle s occu pants e Adjust the seats properly before beginning your journey Always make sure that the seat is in an almost upright position The center of the head restraint must support the head at about eye level e Move the driver s and front passenger seats as far back as possible The driver s seat position must allow the vehicle to be driven safely e Only hold the steering wheel on the out side This allows the air bag to be fully deployed e Always lean against the backrest while driv ing Do not lean forwards or lean against the door or side window You may other wise be in the deployment area of the air bags e Always keep your feet in the footwell in front of the seat Do not put your feet on the dashboard for example Your feet may oth erwise be in the deployment area of the air bag e For this reason always secure persons less than 5 ft 1 50 m tall in suitable restraint systems Up to this height the seat belt cannot be worn correctly If a child is traveling in your vehicle also observe the following notes e Always secure children under 12 years of age and less than 5 ft 1 50 m in height in suitable child restraint systems e Only secure a child in a rearward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat when the front passenger front air bag is deactivated If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is permanently
151. ake the SmartKey with you when Z WARNING leaving the vehicle As long as the Smart Flammable materials introduced through Key is in the vehicle environmental influence or by animals can e the vehicle can be started using the ignite if in contact with the exhaust system or Start Stop button parts of the engine that heat up There is a risk of fire e electrically powered equipment can be operated Carry out regular checks to make sure that there are no flammable foreign materials in the engine compartment or in the exhaust system H Do not depress the accelerator when starting the engine tea ving _ Driving and parking AMG vehicles the exhaust flap of the exhaust system will be checked after every cold start A resulting noise can be heard during this process During a cold start the engine runs at higher speeds to enable the catalytic con verter to reach its operating temperature The sound of the engine may change during this time Manual transmission gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Fully depress the clutch pedal gt Shift to neutral N You can only start the engine when the clutch pedal is fully depressed Automatic transmission gt Shift the transmission to position P The transmission position display in the multifunction display shows P You can also start the engine when the transmission is in position N Starting procedure with the SmartKey gt Turn the Sm
152. al con tacts There is a risk of fatal injury Never touch the parts or the electrical con tacts of the Xenon bulb Always have work on the Xenon bulbs carried out at a qualified spe cialist workshop If your vehicle is equipped with Xenon bulbs you can recognize this by the following the cone of light from the Xenon bulbs moves from the top to the bottom and back again when you start the engine For this to be observed the lights must be switched on before starting the engine Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety You must therefore make sure that these function correctly at all times Have the headlamp setting checked regularly Other bulbs Z WARNING Bulbs lamps and connectors can get very hot when operating If you change a bulb you could burn yourself on these components There is a risk of injury Allow these components to cool down before changing a bulb Do not use a bulb that has been dropped or if its glass tube has been scratched The bulb may explode if e you touch it eit is hot e you drop it e you scratch it Only operate bulbs in enclosed lamps designed for that purpose Only install spare bulbs of the same type and the specified volt age Marks on the glass tube reduce the service life of the bulbs Do not touch the glass tube with your bare hands If necessary clean the glass tube when cold with alcohol or spirit and rub it off with a lint free cloth Protect bulbs f
153. al firmly and hold until the display message disap pears gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away before you leave it gt page 161 You can restart the engine The brake pads linings have reached their wear limit gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop One or more main features of the mbrace system are malfunc tioning gt Have the mbrace system checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop Important functions of PRE SAFE have failed All other occupant safety systems e g air bags remain available gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately Display messages Ea Display messages PRE SAFE Functions Cur rently Limited See Operator s Manual PRE SAFE Functions Limited See Operator s Man ual A SRS Malfunction Service Required Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions PRE SAFE Brake is deactivated or temporarily inoperative Pos sible causes are e function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow e the sensors in the radiator trim and the bumper are dirty e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative e g due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio sta tions or other sources of electromagnetic radiation e AMG vehicles ESP is deactivated e the system is outside the operating temperature range e the on board voltage is too low When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears PRE SAFE Brake is
154. ance Do not start the vehicle using a rapid charging device If your vehicle s battery is discharged the engine can be jump started from another vehicle or from a second battery using jumper cables Observe the following points e The battery is not accessible in all vehicles If the other vehicle s battery is not accessible jump start the vehicle using a second battery or a jump starting device e You may only jump start the vehicle when the engine and exhaust system are cold e Do not start the engine if the battery is frozen Let the battery thaw first e Only jump start from batteries with a 12 V voltage rating e Only use jumper cables which have a sufficient cross section and insulated terminal clamps e If the battery is fully discharged leave the battery that is being used to jump start connected for a few minutes before attempting to start This charges the battery slightly e Make sure that the two vehicles do not touch Make sure that e the jumper cables are not damaged e when the jumper cables are connected to the battery uninsulated sections of the terminal clamp do not come into contact with other metal sections e the jumper cables cannot come into contact with parts which can move when the engine is running such as the V belt pulley or the fan gt Secure the vehicle by applying the electric parking brake gt Manual transmission depress the clutch pedal fully and shift to neutral gt Automatic transmission
155. and transmission settings e the vehicle pulling away in first gear e the automatic transmission shifting up later e the fuel consumption possibly being higher as a result of the later automatic transmis sion shift points Manual drive program M General notes In this drive program you can briefly change gear yourself by using the steering wheel pad dle shifters The transmission must be in posi tion D You can activate manual drive program M in the E and S automatic drive programs As well as temporary drive program M you can also activate permanent drive pro gram M gt page 153 Further information about permanent drive program M gt page 155 Activating gt Shift the transmission to position D gt Pull the left or right steering wheel paddle shifter gt page 154 Manual drive program M is temporarily acti vated The selected gear and M appear in the multifunction display Upshifting gt Briefly press the selector lever to the right towards D or gt Pull the right hand steering wheel paddle shifter gt page 154 In cases where it is permissible the auto matic transmission shifts up to the next gear If the maximum engine speed on the cur rently engaged gear is reached and you continue to accelerate the automatic transmission automatically shifts up in order to prevent engine damage Shift recommendation The gearshift recommendations assist you in adopting an econo
156. anel until the side win dow is completely closed gt page 84 gt Hold the switch for an additional second gt If the corresponding side window remains closed after the button has been released the side window has been reset correctly If this is not the case repeat the steps above again Roof a7 Problems with the side windows Z WARNING If you close a side window again immediately after it has been blocked or reset the side window closes with increased or maximum force The reversing feature is then not active Parts of the body could be trapped in the closing area in the process This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area To stop the closing process release the switch or push the switch again to reopen the side window Problem A side window cannot be closed because it is blocked by objects e g leaves in the window guide A side window cannot be closed and you can not see the cause Important safety notes Z WARNING Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt Remove the objects gt Close the side window If a side window is obstructed during closing and reopens again slightly gt Immediately after the window blocks pull the corresponding switch again until the side window has closed The side window is closed with increased force If a side window is obstructed again during closing and reopens aga
157. approval for the tire pressure MONITOF nsisssicsessessisiissssssss 321 Tire pressure monitoring system Checking the tire pressure elec tronically 5 ccvseesas cose cececvdaassveneovvcscees 320 FUNCtION NOTES cceseeseeceeseenees 318 GeneralinOtes 2 csscesevavesseeveseveess 318 Important safety notes 319 Restarting s s ssscsesstsecaicescstsectsessastes 321 Warning lamp sessirnir 254 Warning message seee 320 Tires Aspect ratio definition s s s 331 Average weight of the vehicle occupants definition ee 330 Bar definition soseri 330 Changing a wheel nesese 332 Characteristics scicssescrsiisss 329 Checking s 0 c0 cesacexsscseoeeateostesseseidees 311 Curb weight definition 331 Definition Of terMS sepetine 329 Direction of rotation seses 332 Display message seeeeseeseeeeeee 236 Distribution of the vehicle occu pants definition 0 eeeeeeeeeeeee 332 DOT Tire Identification Number MIN 329 DOT Department of Transporta tion definition ssssrscsseeiss 330 GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GEFINN arisia 330 GVW Gross Vehicle Weight def IMITION sisisersiesisririnerrossirirssiinsne 330 GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing definition 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeee 330 Important safety notes s s s 310 Increased vehicle weight due to optional equipment definition 330 Kilopascal kPa definition 330 Labeling overview esses 326 Load bear
158. ar suitable footwear to ensure correct usage of the pedals A WARNING If you switch off the ignition while driving safety relevant functions are only available with limitations or not at all This could affect for example the power steering and the brake boosting effect You will require considerably more effort to steer and brake There is a risk of an accident Do not switch off the ignition while driving A WARNING If the parking brake has not been fully released when driving the parking brake can e overheat and cause a fire e lose its hold function There is a risk of fire and an accident Release the parking brake fully before driving off the engine s full performance until it has reached operating temperature Only shift the automatic transmission to the desired drive position when the vehicle is stationary Where possible avoid spinning the drive wheels when pulling away on slippery roads You could otherwise damage the drive train HB AMG vehicles at low engine oil temper atures below 68 F 20 C the maximum engine speed is restricted in order to pro tect the engine To protect the engine and maintain smooth engine operation avoid driving at full throttle when the engine is cold SmartKey To remove the SmartKey Vehicles with automatic transmission shift the transmission to position P Power supply for some consumers such as the windshield wipers Ignition
159. area of the vehicle interior A WARNING When AIRSCARF is switched on very hot air can flow from the vents in the head restraints This could result in burns in the immediate vicinity of the air vents There is a risk of injury Reduce the heater output before it becomes too hot In order to ensure the direct flow of fresh air through the air vents into the vehicle interior please observe the following notes e keep the air inlet grille on the hood and in the engine compartment on the front passenger side free of blockages such as ice snow or leaves e never cover the air vents or air intake grilles in the vehicle interior You can move the adjusters for the air vents vertically or horizontally to set the direction of the airflow For optimal climate control in the vehicle open the air vents completely and set the adjusters to the central position gt To open the center air vent turn the adjuster in one of center air vents Q coun ter clockwise gt To close the center air vent turn the adjuster in one of center air vents Q clock wise until it engages Setting the air vents Side window defroster vent Side air vent gt To open a side air vent turn the adjuster in side air vent counter clockwise gt To close a side air vent turn the adjuster in side air vent clockwise until it engages A WARNING Very hot or very cold air can flow from the air vents This could result in b
160. arm e the lap belt passes tightly and as low down as possible across your lap The lap belt must always be routed across your hip joints and not across your abdo men This applies particularly to pregnant women If necessary push the lap belt down to your hip joint and pull it tight using the shoulder section of the belt e the seat belt is not routed across sharp pointed or fragile objects If you have such items located on or in your clothing e g pens keys or eyeglasses store these in a suitable place e only one person is using a seat belt at a time Infants and children must never travel sit ting on the lap of a vehicle occupant In the event of an accident they could be crushed between the vehicle occupant and seat belt e objects are never secured with a seat belt if the seat belt is also being used by one of the vehicle s occupants Seat belts are only intended to secure and restrain vehicle occupants Always observe the notes in the Stowage options compart ments section for securing objects luggage or loads gt page 256 Fastening seat belts Please take note of the safety notes on seat belts gt page 42 and the notes on their cor rect use gt page 44 gt Adjust the seat gt page 96 The seat backrest must be in an almost upright position gt Pull the seat belt smoothly out of belt loop and engage belt tongue 2 into belt buckle Q The driver s and front passenger s seat be
161. artKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press the lt or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Service menu gt Press the A or W button to select Tire Pressure gt Press the OK button The multifunction display shows the cur rent tire pressure for the individual tires or the Tire pressure will be displayed after driving a few minutes mes sage gt Press the W button The Use Current Pressures as New Reference Values message appears in the multifunction display If you wish to confirm the restart gt Press the OK button The Tire Pressure Monitor Restarted message appears in the multifunction dis play After driving for a few minutes the system checks whether the current tire pressures are within the specified range The new tire pressures are then accepted as reference values and monitored If you wish to cancel the restart gt Press the 4 button The tire pressure values stored at the last restart will continue to be monitored Radio type approval for the tire pres sure monitor Country Radio type approval number USA FCC ID MRXMW2433A FCC ID MRXGG4 FCC ID MRXMC34MA4 IC 2546A MW2433A IC 2546A GG4 IC 2546A MC34MA4 Canada al Wheels and tires Loading the vehicle Loading the vehicle Z WARNING Overloaded tires can overheat causing a blowout Overloaded t
162. artKey to position 3 in the igni tion lock gt page 139 and release it as soon as the engine is running To start the engine using the SmartKey instead of KEYLESS GO pull the Start Stop button out of the ignition lock Using KEYLESS GO to start the engine The Start Stop button can be used to start the vehicle manually without inserting the SmartKey into the ignition lock The Start Stop button must be inserted in the ignition lock and the SmartKey must be in the vehicle This mode for starting the engine operates independently of the ECO start stop automatic engine start function gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Press the Start Stop button gt page 140 once The engine starts Manual transmission H Change gear in good time and avoid spin ning the wheels You could otherwise dam age the vehicle gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Depress the clutch pedal fully gt Shift to either first gear or reverse gear R gt Release the electric parking brake gt page 162 gt Release the brake pedal gt Slowly release the clutch pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal Follow the shift recommendations in the multifunction display for an economical driving style gt page 151 The vehicle locks centrally once you have pulled away The locking knobs in the doors drop down You can open the doors from the inside at any time You can also d
163. at est regardless of wear With MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics you can continue to drive your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires MOExtended tires may only be used in con junction with an active tire pressure loss warning system or with an active tire pressure monitor and on wheels specifically tested by Mercedes Benz Notes on driving with MOExtended tires with a flat tire gt page 293 Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tires are not equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory It is therefore recommended that you additionally equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit if you mount tires that do not feature run flat properties e g winter tires A TIREFIT kit can be obtained from a quali fied specialist workshop Winter operation Have your vehicle winter proofed at a quali fied specialist workshop at the onset of win ter Observe the notes in the Changing a wheel section gt page 332 At temperatures below 45 F 7 C summer tires lose elasticity and therefore traction and braking power Change the tires on your vehi cle to M S tires Using summer tires at very cold temperatures could cause cracks to form thereby damaging the tires perma nently Mercedes Benz cannot accept responsibility for this type of damage A WARNING Damaged tires can cause tire inflation pres sure loss As a result you could lose control of your vehicle There is a
164. at do not feature run flat properties e g winter tires A TIREFIT kit may be obtained from a qualified specialist work shop Not all wheel and tire combinations are available at the factory for all countries The following pages contain information on approved wheel rims and tire sizes for equipping your vehicle with winter tires o Wheel and tire combinations Winter tires are not available at the factory as standard equipment or optional extras If you want to equip your vehicle with approved winter tires it may be necessary to obtain wheel rims in the corresponding size The size of the approved winter tires may differ from the standard tires This is dependent on the model and the equip ment installed at the factory The tires and wheel rims as well as further information can be obtained at a qualified specialist workshop Wheel and tire combinations ee Tires SLK 250 Summer tires R17 Tires Alloy wheels FA 225 45 R17 91 W4 FING 78 N58 WZ Ini Wheel offset 1 65 in 42 mm RA 245 40 R17 91 W45 RA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 42 in 36 mm R18 Tires Alloy wheels FA 225 40 R18 92 Y XL FA 7 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 65 in 42 mm is RA 245 35 R18 92 Y XL RA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 42 in 36 mm c ge Winter tires R17 wn o Tires Alloy wheels D BA 225 45 R17 91 H M S amp 4 BA 7 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 65 in 42 mm io SLK 350 Summer tires R17 Tires Alloy wheels
165. ate the collapsible spare wheel gt page 342 Only then lower the vehicle Lowering the vehicle Z WARNING The wheels could work loose if the wheel nuts and bolts are not tightened to the specified tightening torque There is a risk of accident Have the tightening torque immediately checked at a qualified specialist workshop after a wheel is changed Wheel and tire combinations Wheel and tire combinations H For safety reasons Mercedes Benz rec ommends that you only use tires and wheels which have been approved by Mercedes Benz specifically for your vehi cle These tires have been specially adapted for use with the control systems such as ABS or ESP and are marked as follows gt Turn the crank of the jack counter clock wise until the vehicle is once again standing firmly on the ground e MO Mercedes Benz Original e MOE Mercedes Benz Original Extended gt Place the jack to one side tires featuring run flat characteristics gt Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a cross wise pattern in the sequence indicated 4 to The specified tightening torque is 96 lb ft 130 Nm gt Turn the jack back to its initial position gt Stow the jack and the rest of the vehicle tools in the trunk again gt AMG vehicles and vehicles with AMG e MO1 Mercedes Benz Original only cer tain AMG tires Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires may only be used on wheels that have been specifically appr
166. atically The engine can be switched off automat ically a maximum of four times first stop and three subsequent stops in succession The ECO symbol is shown in yellow in the multifunction display after the engine has been started automatically for the fourth time When the ECO symbol is shown in green in the multifunction display automatic engine switch off is again possi ble The HOLD function can be activated if the engine has been switched off automati cally It is then not necessary to continue applying the brakes during the automatic stop phase When you depress the accel erator pedal the engine starts automati cally and the braking effect of the HOLD function is deactivated Vehicles with manual transmission SLK 250 beings The ECO start stop function switches off the engine automatically at low speeds gt Brake the vehicle gt Engage neutral N follow gearshift instruc tion to engage neutral N if necessary gt Release the clutch pedal The engine is switched off automatically Vehicles with automatic transmission SLK 250 If the vehicle is braked to a standstill in D or N the ECO start stop function switches off the engine automatically SLK 350 If the vehicle is braked to a standstill in D or N the ECO start stop function switches off the engine automatically The ECO start stop function is operational when e the indicator lamp in the ECO but
167. attempted to move the transmission selector lever to position D R or N without depressing the brake pedal gt Depress the brake pedal Display messages ES Display messages Risk of Rolling Transmission Not in P Service Required Do Not Shift Gears Visit Dealer Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A WARNING You have switched off the engine with the Start Stop button and opened the driver s door You wanted to lock the vehicle A warning tone also sounds or You have turned off the engine with the Start Stop button and opened the driver s door while the transmission was in position N gt Shift the transmission to position P While the HOLD function or DISTRONIC PLUS is active you have e opened the driver s door and released the seat belt or e switched off the engine or e opened the hood A tone may also sound at regular intervals If you attempt to lock the vehicle the tone becomes louder You cannot start the engine gt Shift the transmission to position P You can restart the engine You cannot change the transmission position due to a malfunction A warning tone also sounds If transmission position D is selected gt Drive to a qualified specialist workshop without shifting the transmission from position D If transmission position R N or P is selected gt Notify a qualified specialist workshop or breakdown service Fy On board computer and displays aal Display messages _
168. ave the NECK PRO head restraints checked for functionality at a qualified specialist work shop after a rear end collision ea Occupant safety Resetting triggered NECK PRO head restraints Do not insert your finger between the uphols tery of the head restraint and the seat Pay particular attention while resetting the NECK PRO head restraints gt Tilt the top of the NECK PRO head restraint cushion forwards in the direction of arrow Q gt Push the NECK PRO head restraint cushion down as far as it will go in the direction of arrow 2 gt Firmly push the NECK PRO head restraint cushion back in the direction of arrow until the cushion engages gt Repeat this procedure for the second NECK PRO head restraint Resetting the NECK PRO head restraints requires a lot of strength If you have diffi culty resetting the NECK PRO head restraints have this work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Introduction PRE SAFE is only available in vehicles with the Driving Assistance package AMG vehicles PRE SAFE is not available In certain hazardous situations PRE SAFE takes pre emptive measures to protect the vehicle occupants Important safety notes H Make sure that there are no objects in the footwell or behind the seats There is a dan ger that the seats and or objects could be damaged when PRE SAFE is activated Although your vehicle is equipped with PRE SAFE the possibility of
169. ave the occupant get out of the vehicle gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition gt Observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp in the center console and the multifunction display and check the fol lowing Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on e the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must light up and remain lit If the indicator lamp is on OCS has deactivated the front passenger air bag and front passenger knee bag gt page 49 e the Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual orFront Passenger Airbag Disabled See Oper ator s Manual display messages must not be shown in the multifunction display gt Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary sys tem checks have been completed gt Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the mul tifunction display If these conditions are fulfilled the front passenger seat can be occupied again Whether the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit or goes out depends on how OCS classifies the occupant If the conditions are not fulfilled the system is not operating cor rectly Pry On board computer and displays oe Display messages _ On board computer and displays Display messages Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Man ual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately For further informat
170. bels of the respective original containers Always store service products sealed in their original containers Always keep service products out of the reach of children Q Environmental note Dispose of service products in an environ mentally responsible manner Service products include the following e Fuels e Lubricants e g engine oil transmission oil e Coolant e Brake fluid e Windshield washer fluid e Climate control system refrigerant Comply with all valid regulations with respect to handling storing and disposing of service fluids Components and service products must be matched You should therefore only use prod ucts that have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Information about tested and approved prod ucts can be obtained from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com You can recognize service products approved by Mercedes Benz by the following inscrip tion on the containers e MB Freigabe e g MB Freigabe 229 51 e MB Approval e g MB Approval 229 5 1 Other designations or recommendations indi cate a level of quality or a specification in accordance with an MB Sheet Number e g Oo Technical data Service products and filling capacities bel Technical data incorrectly there is a risk of fire and explo sion You must avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Switch off the engine and if applicable the auxiliary hea
171. bo S k m ee Driving systems Driving and parking e you Steer actively e g swerve to avoid an obstacle or change lanes quickly e you Cut the corner on a sharp bend In order that you are warned only when nec essary and in good time if you cross the lane marking the system recognizes certain con ditions and warns you accordingly The warning vibration occurs earlier if e you approach the outer lane marking on a bend e the road has very wide lanes e g a high way e the system recognizes solid lane markings The warning vibration occurs later if e the road has narrow lanes e you Cut the corner on a bend Useful information 0 eee 194 Important safety notes 194 Displays and operation 194 Menus and submenus 197 Display messages cccceee 212 Warning and indicator lamps 244 ie On board computer and displays fea Displays and operation A On board computer and displays Useful information This Operator s manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops
172. can cause tire pressure loss Due to their design retrofitted tire pres sure monitors keep the tire valve open This can also result in tire pressure loss There is a risk of an accident Only screw the standard valve cap or other valve caps approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle onto the tire valve fo Wheels and tires Use a suitable pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The outer appearance of a tire does not permit any reliable conclusion about the tire pressure On vehicles equipped with the electronic tire pressure monitoring sys tem the tire pressure can be checked using the on board computer The tire temperature and pressure increase when the vehicle is in motion This is depend ent on the driving speed and the load Therefore you should only correct tire pres sures when the tires are cold Wheels and tires The tires are cold e if the vehicle has been parked without direct sunlight on the tires for at least three hours and e if the vehicle has been driven for less than 1 mile 1 6 km The tire temperature changes depending on the outside temperature the vehicle speed and the tire load If the tire temperature changes by 18 F 10 C the tire pressure changes by approximately 10 kPa 0 1 bar 1 5 psi Take this into account when check ing the pressure of warm tires Only correct the tire pressure if it is too low for the current operating conditions If you check the tire pressure when the tir
173. can lead to corrosion damage and damage to electronic components The vehicle should preferably be washed by hand using a soft sponge car shampoo and plenty of water Use only insect remover and car shampoo from the range of recommended and approved Mercedes Benz care products gt Clean the inside and outside of the win dows with a damp cloth and a cleaning agent that is recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning the wheels i leani iper blades H Do not use acidic wheel cleaning products elsaning wip to remove brake dust This could damage wheel bolts and brake components Z WARNING You could become trapped by the windshield wipers if they start moving while cleaning the windshield or wiper blades There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before cleaning the windshield or wiper blades H Do not pull the wiper blade Otherwise the wiper blade could be damaged H Do not clean wiper blades too often and do not rub them too hard Otherwise the graphite coating could be damaged This could cause wiper noise H Hold the wiper arm securely when folding back The windshield could be damaged if the wiper arm smacks against it suddenly gt Fold the windshield wiper arms away from the windshield gt Carefully clean the wiper blades with a damp cloth gt Fold the windshield wiper arms back again before switching on the ignition Cl
174. cceccecieecsestetases ceseeceas 348 Gear indicator on board com Pull oiec iier eita Esi 208 Genuine parts ee 21 Glove DOK sis leiriin eiert eses seridir 256 E Handbrake see Parking brake Hazard warning lamps 6 111 Display message ecer 242 Head bags Display message eee 222 Operation sesrennnnr naene 48 Headlamps Cleaning system notes 352 Fogging UP ss cvsceececsenpscesececcscens 113 see Automatic headlamp mode Head level heating AIRSCARF 100 Head restraints ACjUSTING ooo ee eeeeteesteeeneeteeeeneeeneeeees 98 see NECK PRO head restraints Heating see Climate control High beam headlamps Changing bulbs oe eeeeeeeeneees 116 Display message ecer 226 Switching On Off cesses 111 Hill start assist a eeeeeeee 143 HOLD function AGVAN soc ccissesecesss at dectessteasestss 181 Dea Ctivating ssnstinin 181 Display message seeeeseeeeeeeees 231 FUNCtION NOTES sssrin 181 Hood ICIOSIING scis2 i05 ssesastesestesarecsetesestceat 279 Display message seee 240 Important safety notes 0 0 278 OPEMING s vsccsscececterecopaetanccveteneeceass 278 HORNS siitectessicacnauwiteimatanidie 30 Hydroplaning 0 0 0 0 eeeeeeeseeeneeeees 168 Ignition lock see Key positions Immobilizer 0 0 0 eee cece ee ceeeteeeeeeees 69 Indicator lamps see Warning and indicator lamps Indicators see Turn signals Instrument cluster OVGIVIEW s ccvessedsereccertsierec
175. cesccececiesccesscespeceeecarecossevenes Viscosity ESP Electronic Stability Pro gram AMG menu on board computer Characteristics ccsccescceceseeeeeees 64 Deactivating activating AMG VENICICS ccssvsceccsecesosvsecesstcecteesecesteeses 65 Deactivating activating notes except AMG vehicles Display message EWS eee E S FUNCtION NOTES ssissssssiieccrscsii General NOLES sinense Important safety information 64 Warning lamp wicccsdees secvencvtevevevoxeees 247 ETS Electronic Traction System 63 Exhaust check 165 Exhaust pipe cleaning instruc TOMS 555 ccesscascsateesesisceeseretcasteceneeceseneotss 287 Exterior lighting Setting OPTIONS s5c6 20005 cse cessesedereaets 108 see Lights Exterior mirrors ACUUSTING asccieccesecacsestatidsescstescesseeeas 103 Dipping automatic oe eee 104 Folding in out automatically 104 Folding in out electrically 104 Folding in when locking on board COMPULER 9 3 sssssosvexsvevsveeoeeseesstace 208 Out of position troubleshooting 104 Storing settings memory func UI OM onnea 106 Storing the parking position 105 Eyeglasses compartment 257 Filler cap see Fuel filler flap Filling capacities Technical data 347 Flat tire MOExtended tires cssscesssescesees 293 Preparing the vehicle 0 0 eee 292 TIREFIT Kit iveciseevescteversdeciccasntosete ees 294 see E
176. ches to Park ing Guidance Depending on your distance from the park ing space the Please Drive Backward message will appear in the multifunction display gt If necessary reverse towards the parking space This is indicated by an arrow point ing backwards Continue backing up until you hear a tone Stop the stop position has been reached The arrow is white The Please Steer Wheel to the Right or Please Steer Wheel to the Left message appears in the multifunction dis play Backing up into the parking space gt While the vehicle is stationary turn the steering wheel in the specified direction until the arrow is white and a warning tone sounds gt To reverse into the parking space main tain the steering wheel angle and reverse carefully gt Stop as soon as you hear a warning tone The vehicle has reached the position in which you need to countersteer The Please Steer Wheel to the Right or Please Steer Wheel to the Left message appears in the multifunction dis play gt To countersteer while the vehicle is sta tionary turn the steering wheel in the specified direction until the arrow is white and a warning tone sounds gt To reverse into the parking space main tain the steering wheel angle and reverse carefully gt Stop as soon as you hear a warning tone at the latest when PARKTRONIC sounds the continuous warning tone The Parking Guidance Finished mes sage appears in the multifunctio
177. cialist workshop Important safety notes Z WARNING Flammable material such as leaves grass or twigs may ignite if they come into contact with hot parts of the exhaust system or exhaust gas flow There is a risk of fire Park the vehicle so that no flammable mate rials come into contact with parts of the vehi cle which are hot Take particular care not to park on dry grassland or harvested grain fields Z WARNING If you switch off the ignition while driving safety relevant functions are only available with limitations or not at all This could affect for example the power steering and the brake boosting effect You will require considerably more effort to steer and brake There is a risk of an accident Do not switch off the ignition while driving Z WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi cle they could set it in motion by for example e release the parking brake e shift the automatic transmission out of park position P or shift manual transmission into neutral e start the engine In addition they may operate vehicle equip ment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle i Driving and parking sia Parking e Driving and parking H Always secure the vehicle correctly against rolling away Otherwise the vehicle or its drivet
178. ck e Lug wrench Securing the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away GOE EETA T If your vehicle is equipped with a wheel chock it can be found in the tire change tool kit gt page 292 The folding wheel chock is an additional securing measure to prevent the vehicle from rolling away for example when changing a wheel gt Fold both plates upwards Q gt Fold out lower plate gt Guide the lugs on the lower plate fully into the openings in base plate 3 O Wheels and tires _ Wheels and tires Pad HPH Securing the vehicle on level ground gt On level ground place chocks or other suitable items under the front and rear of the wheel that is diagonally opposite the wheel you wish to change PaO HSE TE Securing the vehicle on slight downhill gradients gt On light downhill gradients place chocks or other suitable items in front of the wheels of the front and rear axle Raising the vehicle A WARNING If you do not position the jack correctly at the appropriate jacking point of the vehicle the jack could tip over with the vehicle raised There is a risk of injury Only position the jack at the appropriate jack ing point of the vehicle The base of the jack must be positioned vertically directly under the jacking point of the vehicle H The jack is designed exclusively for jack ing up the vehicle at the jacking points Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged
179. cle 008 57 Important safety notes eee 41 Pets in the vehicle ccceseeeeees 60 PRE SAFE anticipatory occu pant protection cceeeeeeseeeseees 56 ocs Condition S eers earan na 49 Faults vecseceocuceccevenestessensteteessceceveoeetess 53 Operati OM i ss etesecstcts ce todetittas tts setstes 49 System self test ccccceesseceseeeeeees 51 Odometer cceeecccccccssseeeeeeesseeeeees 197 Oil see Engine oil On board computer AMG Menu cceeseeeeeeesseeeeessteeeeeees 208 Assistance MENU eeseeeeeteeetees 203 Audio MEMU sss tsetsenin 200 Convenience submenu 0 207 Displaying a service message 283 Display messages secc 212 DISTRONIC PLUS scisterseivcines 177 Factory settings submenu 208 Important safety notes 0 0 194 Instrument cluster submenu 204 Lighting SUDMEMNU eee eeeeeeeeeeee 205 Menu OVErVIEW ceeeeeeeteeeeeeeeee 197 Message MEMOS ceecee Navigation menu Operaatio saeia RACETIMER wisccsceciccseosiiecictincnn Service MENU csssaiisssestssieliuecscatseisads Settings Menu s sssseoseesoseeesessee cere Standard display Telephone menu TP MENU senec Vehicle submenu Video DVD operation sesse 201 Operating safety Declaration of conformity 25 Important safety notes eee 24 Operating system see On board computer Operator s Manual Vehicle equipment sissies 22
180. cle e the vehicle must not be locked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO gt page 73 Do not keep the SmartKey e with electronic devices e g a mobile phone or another SmartKey e with metallic objects e g coins or metal foil e inside metallic objects e g a metal case This can impair the functionality of the KEY LESS GO key The engine can be turned off while the vehicle is in motion by pressing and holding the Start Stop button for approximately three seconds This function operates inde pendently of the ECO start stop automatic engine switch off function Key positions with KEYLESS GO i a Start Stop button Ignition lock As soon as the ignition is switched on all the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster light up If an indicator lamp does not go out after starting the engine or lights up while driving see gt page 245 If Start Stop button has not yet been pressed this corresponds to the SmartKey being removed from the ignition gt To switch on the power supply press Start Stop button Q once The power supply is switched on You can now activate the windshield wipers for example If you then open the driver s door when in this position the power supply is deactiva ted gt To switch on the ignition press Start Stop button Q twice The ignition is switched on The ignition is switched off when e the driver s door is opened and e you press Start Stop butto
181. cle have the configuration and operation of the radar sensors checked at a qualified spe cialist workshop This also applies to colli sions at low speeds where there is no visible damage to the front of the vehicle Function gt To activate deactivate activate or deac tivate PRE SAFE Brake in the on board computer gt page 203 When PRE SAFE Brake is deactivated the assistance graphic shows the 6 symbol in the multifunction display Starting at a speed of around 4 mph 7 km h this function warns you if you rapidly approach a vehicle in front An intermittent warning tone will then sound and the A distance warning lamp will light up in the instrument cluster gt Brake immediately to defuse the situation or gt Take evasive action provided it is safe to do So PRE SAFE Brake can also brake the vehicle automatically under the following conditions e the driver and front passenger have their seat belts fastened and e the vehicle speed is between approx imately 4 mph 7 km h and 124 mph 200 km h At speeds of up to approximately 40 mph 70 km h PRE SAFE Brake can also detect stationary objects Examples of stationary objects are stopped or parked vehicles If there is an increased risk of collision preventive passenger protection measures PRE SAFE are activated If the risk of collision with the vehicle in front remains and you do not brake take evasive
182. cle when the vehicle is raised gt Using lug wrench Q loosen the bolts on the wheel you wish to change by about one full turn Do not unscrew the bolts com pletely Pats a The jacking points are located just behind the front wheel housings and just in front of the rear wheel housings arrows Covers front example vehicles with AMG equip ment AMG vehicles and vehicles with AMG equipment to protect the vehicle body the vehicle has covers next to the jacking points on the outer sills Changing a wheel gt AMG vehicles and vehicles with AMG equipment fold cover 2 upwards Li LL gt Position jack at jacking point Example gt Make sure the foot of the jack is directly beneath the jacking point gt Turn crank clockwise until jack sits completely on jacking point and the base of the jack lies evenly on the ground gt Turn crank until the tire is raised a max imum of 1 2 in 3 cm from the ground Removing a wheel H Do not place wheel bolts in sand or ona dirty surface The bolt and wheel hub threads could otherwise be damaged when you screw them in Wheels and tires __ Wheels and tires PAG g gt Unscrew the uppermost wheel bolt com pletely gt Screw alignment bolt Q into the thread instead of the wheel bolt gt Unscrew the remaining wheel bolts fully gt Remove the wheel Mounting a new wheel Z WARNING Oiled or g
183. cles with manual transmission shift to neutral gt Vehicles with automatic transmission shift the transmission to position N The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Changes in the outside temperature are dis played after a short delay Indicated temperatures just above the freez ing point do not guarantee that the road sur face is free of ice The road may still be icy Driving systems ke especially in wooded areas or on bridges The vehicle could skid if you fail to adapt your driving style Always adapt your driving style and drive at a speed to suit the prevailing weather conditions You should pay special attention to road con ditions when temperatures are around freez ing point For more information on driving with snow chains see gt page 313 For more information on driving with summer tires see gt page 312 Observe the notes in the Winter operation section gt page 312 General notes Cruise control maintains a constant road speed for you It brakes automatically in order to avoid exceeding the set speed On long and steep downhill gradients especially if the vehicle is laden you must select a lower gear in good time By doing so you will make use of the braking effect of the engine This relieves the load on the brake system and prevents the brakes from overheating and wearing too quickly Use
184. cns 271 Replacing bulbs Important safety notes s 114 Overview of bulb types eee 115 Removing replacing the cover front wheel arch Reporting safety defects Reserve fuel tank see Fuel Reserve fuel Display message ecce 231 Warning lamp eccessi 251 see Fuel Residual heat climate control 133 Restraint system Display message ssec 221 IMtrodUCtiO N cc cctsescsssessesseceeestascdesebece 40 Warning lamp seese 250 Warning lamp function eee 41 Reverse gear Engaging automatic transmis SOM enr EE 151 Engaging manual transmission 150 Reversible floor panel trunk 258 Reversing feature Side WINCOWS nesses 83 LAADIDE o A EEEE EE 81 Reversing lamps display mes SABC E E EEEE 227 Roadside Assistance breakdown 23 Roof Display message seeeeeeeseeeeees 241 Important safety notes s es 87 Opening closing with roof SWITCH cssdsae hevssevarseretesetessoocesssazeess 88 Opening closing with Smart KEV erar AE EAE EKES 89 OVETVIEW sirae re a eeiieeieiaees 87 Problem malfunction s es 94 REIOCKING ssvisssissisiiriisirecisisiaisais 89 Roof Carrien sessisisiiisreiiissesstissrecarsis 258 Roof lining and carpets cleaning guidelines eeeeeeeeeeeeees 289 Roof switch o oo eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 88 C Safety Children in the vehicle sese 57 Child restraint systems eee 59 Occupant Classificatio
185. cribes all Maintenance and care models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 26 Engine compartment Important safety notes Z WARNING If the hood is unlatched it may open up when the vehicle is in motion and block your view There is a risk of an accident Never unlatch the hood while driving Z WARNING When opening and closing the hood it may suddenly fall into the closed position There is a risk of injury to persons within range of movement of the hood Open and close the hood only when no one is within its range of movement Z WARNING Opening the hood when the engine is over heated or when there is a fire in the engine compartment could expose you to hot gases or other service products There is a risk of injury Let an overheated engine cool down before opening the hood If there is a fire in the engine compartment keep the hood closed and contact the fire department Z WARNING The engine compartment contains moving components Certain components such as the radiator fan may continue to run or start again suddenly when the ignition is off There is a r
186. crofiber cloth moistened with a solution contain ing 1 detergent e g dish washing liq uid Rub carefully and always wipe entire seat sections to avoid leaving visible lines Leave the seat to dry afterwards Cleaning results depend on the type of dirt and how long it has been there e Clean Alcantara covers with a damp cloth Make sure that you wipe entire seat sections to avoid leaving visible lines Cleaning the seat belts A WARNING Seat belts can become severely weakened if bleached or dyed This could cause the seat belts to tear or fail for instance in the event of an accident This poses an increased risk of injury or fatal injury Never bleach or dye the seat belts H Do not clean the seat belts using chemical cleaning agents Do not dry the seat belts by heating at temperatures above 176 F 80 C or in direct sunlight gt Use clean lukewarm water and soap solu tion Cleaning the headliner and carpets gt Headliner if itis very dirty use a soft brush or dry shampoo gt Carpets use the carpet and textile clean ing agents recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz 1 Maintenance and care Useful information 0 eee 292 Where will find 00 0 eee 292 Flat tire ee eects nres 292 Battery vehicle ceeee 297 Jump starting e a 301 Towing and tow starting 303 FUSES di e a E S 306 m Breakdown assistance ae Flat tire hod B
187. d tire width and is shown in percent The aspect ratio is calculated by dividing the tire width by the tire height Tire code tire code 8 specifies the tire type R represents radial tires D represents diagonal tires B represents diagonal radial tires Optionally tires with a maximum speed of over 149 mph 240 km h may have ZR in the size description depending on the man ufacturer e g 245 40 ZR 18 Rim diameter rim diameter is the diam eter of the bead seat not the diameter of the rim flange The rim diameter is specified in inches in Load bearing index load bearing index is a numerical code that specifies the maxi mum load bearing capacity of a tire Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit The maximum permissi ble load can be found on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 322 Example Load bearing index 91 indicates a maximum load of 1 356 Ib 615 kg that the tires can bear For further information on the maximum tire load in kilograms and Ibs see gt page 328 For further information on the load bearing index see Load index gt page 328 Speed rating speed rating specifies the approved maximum speed of the tire Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Regardless of the speed rating always observe the speed limits Drive carefully and adapt your
188. d to do so by DISTRONIC PLUS Z WARNING DISTRONIC PLUS brakes your vehicle with up to 40 of the maximum braking force If this braking force is insufficient DISTRONIC PLUS warns you visually and audibly There is a risk of an accident In such cases apply the brakes yourself and try to take evasive action E If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function is activated the vehicle brakes automati cally in certain situations To prevent dam age to the vehicle deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD function in the follow ing or other similar situations e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash If you fail to adapt your driving style DIS TRONIC PLUS can neither reduce the risk of accident nor override the laws of physics DISTRONIC PLUS cannot take into account the road traffic and weather conditions DIS TRONIC PLUS is only an aid You are respon sible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in lane Do not use DISTRONIC PLUS e in road and traffic conditions which do not allow you to maintain a constant speed e g in heavy traffic or on winding roads e on slippery road surfaces Braking or accel erating could cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle could then skid e when there is poor visibility e g due to fog heavy rain or snow DISTRONIC PLUS may not detect narrow vehicles driving in front e g motorcycles or vehicles driving on a
189. deployed on the side on which the impact occurs If the system determines that they can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt aheadbag may be deployed in other accident situations gt page 54 The headbag on the front passenger side does not deploy under the following condi tions e OCS has detected that the front passenger seat is unoccupied e the front passenger seat belt is not fas tened If the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle the headbag on the front passenger side deploys if an appropriate accident situa tion occurs In this case it will deploy regard less of whether the front passenger seat is occupied or not Introduction The Occupant Classification System OCS categorizes the person in the front passenger seat Depending on that result the front passenger front air bag and front passenger knee bag are either enabled or deactivated The system does not deactivate e the side impact air bag e the front passenger head bag e the Emergency Tensioning Devices Prerequisites To beclassified correctly the front passenger must sit e with the seat belt fastened correctly e in an almost upright position with their back against the seat backrest e with their feet resting on the floor if possi ble If the front passenger does not observe these conditions OCS may produce a false classi fication e g because the front passenger e transfers their weight by support
190. diately depress the brake firmly until the warning message in the multifunction display goes out DISTRONIC PLUS is deac tivated Shift to P gt Shift the transmission to position P to pre vent the vehicle from rolling away DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated The warn ing message in the multifunction display disappears The horn will also sound at regular intervals if DISTRONIC PLUS is activated and you e switch the engine off open the driver s door and remove your seat belt e open the hood The sounding of the horn alerts you to the fact that the vehicle has been parked while DIS TRONIC PLUS is still activated The sound becomes louder if you attempt to lock the vehicle The vehicle is not locked until DIS TRONIC PLUS is deactivated If the engine has been switched off it cannot be started again until DISTRONIC PLUS has been deactivated Storing the current speed or calling up the last stored speed Z WARNING If you call up the stored speed and it differs from the current speed the vehicle acceler ates or decelerates If you do not know the stored speed the vehicle could accelerate or brake unexpectedly There is a risk of an acci dent Pay attention to the road and traffic condi tions before calling up the stored speed If you do not know the stored speed store the desired speed again gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal
191. different line In particular the detection of obstacles can be impaired if e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e snow or heavy rain e interference by other radar sources e strong radar reflections for example in parking garages If DISTRONIC PLUS no longer detects a vehi cle in front DISTRONIC PLUS may unexpect edly accelerate the vehicle to the stored speed This speed may e be too high if you are driving in a filter lane or an exit lane e be so high when driving in the right hand lane that you overtake vehicles in the left hand lane e beso high when driving in the left hand lane that you overtake vehicles in the right hand lane If there is a change of drivers advise the new driver of the speed stored Cruise control lever Cruise control lever To store the current speed or a higher speed To set the specified minimum distance To store the current speed or call up the last stored speed Driving systems Driving systems Driving and parking To store the current speed or a lower speed To deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS Activating DISTRONIC PLUS storing maintaining and calling up a speed Important safety notes Hi If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function is activated the vehicle brakes automati cally in certain situations To prevent dam age to the vehicle deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD function in the follow ing or other similar situations e
192. dified Emergency Tensioning Devices could accidentally trigger or fail to deploy when necessary This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Never modify the seat belts Emergency Ten sioning Devices belt anchorages or inertia reels Make sure that the seat belts are undamaged not worn out and clean Follow ing an accident have the seat belts checked immediately at a qualified specialist work shop Only use seat belts that have been approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz Any such modifications could invalidate the vehicle s general operating permit Ea Occupant safety Safety Wd Proper use of the seat belts Observe the safety notes on the seat belt gt page 42 All vehicle occupants must be wearing the seat belt correctly before beginning the jour ney Also make sure that all vehicle occu pants are always wearing the seat belt cor rectly while the vehicle is in motion When fastening the seat belt always make sure that e the seat belt tongue is only inserted to the belt buckle belonging to that seat e the seat belt is tight across your body Avoid wearing bulky clothing e g a winter coat e the seat belt is not twisted Only then can the forces which occur be distributed over the area of the belt e the shoulder section of the belt is always routed across the center of your shoulder The shoulder section of the belt must not come into contact with your neck or be routed under your
193. display shows high priority display messages in red Some high priority dis play messages cannot be hidden The multifunction display shows these messages continuously until the causes for the mes sages have been remedied Message memory The on board computer saves certain display messages in the message memory You can call up the display messages gt Press the lt or button on the steering wheel to select the Serv menu If there are display messages the multifunction display shows 2 Messages for example gt Press the A or W button to select the entry e g 2 Messages gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the A or W button to scroll through the display messages When the ignition is switched off all display messages are deleted apart from some high priority display messages Once the causes of the high priority display messages have been rectified the corresponding display messages are also deleted Display messages ee Safety systems Display messages Currently Unavail able See Opera tor s Manual Inoperative See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ABS Anti lock Braking System ESP Electronic Stability Pro gram BAS Brake Assist PRE SAFE the HOLD function and hill start assist are temporarily unavailable BAS PLUS and PRE SAFE Brake may also have failed In addition the
194. down the g and buttons simultaneously for approximately six sec onds until the battery check lamp flashes twice gt page 75 General notes If the vehicle can no longer be locked or unlocked with the SmartKey use the mechanical key If you use the mechanical key to unlock and open the driver s door or the trunk lid the anti theft alarm system will be triggered gt page 69 There are several ways to turn off the alarm gt Toturn the alarm off with the SmartKey press the or button on the SmartKey or gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock or gt To deactivate the alarm with KEYLESS GO press the Start Stop button in the igni tion lock The SmartKey must be in the vehicle or gt Lock or unlock the vehicle using KEYLESS GO The SmartKey must be outside the vehicle If you unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key the fuel filler flap will not be unlocked automatically gt To unlock the fuel filler flap insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock Removing the mechanical key Pa Ot gt Push release catch Q in the direction of the arrow and at the same time remove mechanical key 2 from the SmartKey For further information about e unlocking the driver s door gt page 80 e unlocking the trunk gt page 82 e locking the vehicle gt page 80 Inserting the mechanical key gt Push mechanical key complet
195. driving habits ser vice practices and differences in road char acteristics and climate conditions Traction Z WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cor nering hydroplaning or peak traction char acteristics H Avoid wheelspin This can lead to damage to the drive train The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on a wet surface as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance All about wheels and tires Es The safe speed on a wet snow covered or icy road is always lower than on dry road surfa ces You should pay special attention to road con ditions when temperatures are around freez ing point Mercedes Benz recommends a minimum tread depth of in 4 mm on all four winter tires Observe the legally required minimum tire tread depth gt page 311 Winter tires can reduce the braking distance on snow covered surfaces in comparison with summer tires The braking distance is still much further than on surfaces that are not icy or covered with snow Take appropriate care when driving Further information on winter tires M S tires gt page 312 Temperature Z WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is estab lished for a tire
196. driving style to the traffic condi tions All about wheels and tires Sum mer tires Index Speed rating Q up to 100 mph 160 km h R up to 106 mph 170 km h S up to 112 mph 180 km h Ji up to 118 mph 190 km h H up to 130 mph 210 km h V up to 149 mph 240 km h Ww up to 168 mph 270 km h Y up to 186 mph 300 km h ZRA up to 186 mph 300 km h ZR Y over 186 mph 300 km h ZR over 149 mph 240 km h e Optionally tires with a maximum speed of over 149 mph 240 km h may have ZR in the size description depending on the manufacturer e g 245 40 ZR 18 The service specification is made up of load bearing index and speed rating If the size description of your tire includes ZR and there are no service specifica tions ask the tire manufacturer in order to find out the maximum speed If a service specification is available the maximum speed is limited according to the speed rating in the service specification Example 245 40 ZR18 97 Y In this exam ple 97 Y is the service specification The letter Y represents the speed rating The maximum speed of the tire is limited to 186 mph 300 km h The size description for all tires with maxi mum speeds of over 186 mph 300 km h must include ZR and the service specifi cation must be given in parentheses Exam ple 275 40 ZR 18 99 Y Speed rating Py Wheels and tires m Wheels and tires Y indicates that the maximum speed of the ti
197. e 2 On board computer and displays Ea Display messages _ On board computer and displays Display messages cic Currently Unavail able See Opera tor s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately ESP BAS PRE SAFE the HOLD function and hill start assist are temporarily unavailable BAS PLUS and PRE SAFE Brake may also have failed In addition the and warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated The self diagnosis function might not be complete for example A WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Carefully drive a suitable distance making slight steering move ments at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h If the display message disappears the functions mentioned above are avai
198. e ceeeeseeseeeeees 241 General Notesin 89 Opening closing sisesrissptririsss 90 Turn signals Changing bulbs front 0 eee 116 Display message seeeeeseeseeeeees 225 Switching on off cece eeeeeneeeeee 110 Type identification plate see Vehicle identification plate Unlocking Emergency unlocking seeeseeeees 80 From inside the vehicle central unlocking button eee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 79 Vanity mirror in the sun visor 260 Vehicle CORMECE USE saeti 26 Data ACQUISITION ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeteee 27 Display message seeeeseeseeeeees 238 EQuiPMENE 2 c scssessscecsececesconeceess 22 Individual settingS isisisi 204 Limited Warranty seese 27 Loading serieromaner tserte esens 322 Locking in an emergency s s 80 Locking SmartKey n se 72 LOWETINE vc eccvesssczsesce hebseseveteseceees ces 336 MAINEOM ANCE 2ccs5sc sccseseesessbocecovsenete gt 23 Parking for a long period 164 Pulling Way sericis isisa 142 RAISING serie esere piee 334 Reporting problems sessen 26 Securing from rolling away 333 TOWING WAY 0 eeeeeeseeseeereeeeeeeneeee 303 TOW StaMEING spiscina 303 Transporting oo eeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeees 305 Unlocking in an emergency 80 Unlocking SmartKey eee eee 72 VehICle Catal sacscctss cssesssezeoscassesescees 353 Vehicle battery see Battery vehicle Vehicle data eee eeeeseeeeeeneeees 353 Vehicle dimens
199. e See Operator s Man ual DISTRONIC PLUS Inoperative DISTRONIC PLUS Sus pended DISTRONIC PLUS mph Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions DISTRONIC PLUS is temporarily inoperative Possible causes are e function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow e the sensors in the radiator trim and the bumper are dirty e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative e g due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio sta tions or other sources of electromagnetic radiation e the system is outside the operating temperature range e the on board voltage is too low A warning tone also sounds When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears DISTRONIC PLUS is operational again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 161 gt Clean the sensors in the radiator trim and the bumper gt page 287 gt Restart the engine DISTRONIC PLUS is defective BAS PLUS Brake Assist PLUS and PRE SAFE Brake may be inoperative as well A warning tone also sounds gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop You have depressed the accelerator pedal DISTRONIC PLUS is no longer controlling the speed of the vehicle gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal An activation condition for
200. e defective tire must be replaced in every case TIREFIT kit Important safety notes TIREFIT is a tire sealant You can use TIREFIT to seal punctures of up to 0 16 in 4 mm particularly those in the tire tread You can use TIREFIT at outside tem peratures down to 4 F 20 C A WARNING In the following situations the tire sealant is unable to provide sufficient breakdown assis tance as it is unable to seal the tire properly e there are cuts or punctures in the tire larger than those mentioned above e the wheel rim is damaged e you have driven at very low tire pressures or on a flat tire There is a risk of an accident Do not drive the vehicle Contact a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING The tire sealant is harmful and causes irrita tion It must not come into contact with your skin eyes or clothing or be swallowed Do not inhale TIREFIT fumes Keep tire sealant away from children There is a risk of injury If you come into contact with the tire sealant observe the following e Rinse off the tire sealant from your skin immediately with water e If the tire sealant comes into contact with your eyes immediately rinse them thor oughly with clean water e If tire sealant is swallowed immediately rinse your mouth out thoroughly and drink plenty of water Do not induce vomiting and seek medical attention immediately e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact wi
201. e bulb yourself gt page 115 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand low beam headlamp is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 115 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The rear left hand or rear right hand turn signal is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 115 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop i On board computer and displays A Display messages La On board computer and displays Display messages heck Center Brake amp W Check Left Brake Lamp or Check Right Brake Lamp W Check Left Tail and Brake Lamps or Check Right Tail and Brake Lamps W Check Left High Beam or Check Right High Beam R O O NA License Plate Lamp Eog Check Left Fog Lamp or Check Right Fog Lamp Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The front left hand or front right hand turn signal is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 115 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The turn signal in the left hand or right hand exterior mirror is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The high mounted brake lamp is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand brake lamp is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or rig
202. e components to cool down before touch ing them H Do not clean the exhaust pipe with acid based cleaning agents such as sanitary cleansers or wheel cleaners 7 Maintenance and care E Maintenance and care gt Clean the exhaust pipe with a chrome care product tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Impurities combined with the effects of road grit and corrosive environmental factors may cause flash rust to form on the surface You can restore the original shine of the exhaust pipe by cleaning it regularly especially in win ter and after washing l Cleaning the display H For cleaning do not use any of the fol lowing e alcohol based thinner or gasoline e abrasive cleaning agents e commercially available household clean ing agents These may damage the display surface Do not put pressure on the display surface when cleaning This could lead to irrepara ble damage to the display gt Before cleaning the display make sure that it is switched off and has cooled down gt Clean the display surface using a commer cially available microfiber cloth and TFT LCD display cleaner gt Dry the display surface using a dry micro fiber cloth Cleaning the plastic trim Z WARNING Care products and cleaning agents containing solvents cause surfaces in the cockpit to become porous As a result plastic parts may come loose in the event of air bag deploy ment There is a risk of injury Do not use an
203. e con nection is re established after the transfer is complete If necessary you will be contacted at a later time by another means e g by e mail or phone Further functions of the vehicle remote mal function diagnosis include for example e transfer of service data to the Customer Assistance center If a service is overdue the COMAND display shows a message about various special offers at your work shop e monthly status information e mail on oil level air pressure maintenance brakes etc If applicable you will receive informa tion on special offers in the e mail USA only this information can also be called up under Owners Online at http www mbusa com Information on the data stored in the vehicle gt page 27 Information on Roadside Assistance gt page 23 Downloading routes Downloading routes allows you to transfer and save predefined routes in the navigation system To do this an SD memory card must be inserted into the COMAND system If no SD memory card is inserted you must insert the card into the card slot on the COMAND system before saving A route can be prepared and sent either by a customer service representative or via the mbrace portal on the Internet Each route can include up to 20 way points Once a route has been received by the navi Features Ea gation system you will see the lt route name gt has been saved to memory card Do you want to start route guidance messag
204. e deceleration or acceleration and the apparent type of acci dent e frontal collision e side impact e rollover Occupant safety Safety iE Safety Important safety notes A WARNING The function of the head restraint may be impaired if you e attach objects such as coat hangers to the head restraints for example e use head restraint covers If you do so the head restraints cannot fulfill their intended protective function in the event of an accident In addition objects attached to the head restraints could endanger other vehicle occupants There is an increased risk of injury Do not attach any objects to the head restraints and do not use head restraint cov ers Method of operation NECK PRO head restraints reduce the likeli hood of head and chest injuries The NECK PRO head restraints on the driver s and front passenger seats are moved forwards and upwards in the event of a rear end collision of a certain severity This provides better head support If the NECK PRO head restraints have been triggered in an accident you must reset the NECK PRO head restraints on the driver s and front passenger seat gt page 56 Other wise the additional protection will not be available in the event of another rear end col lision You can recognize when NECK PRO head restraints have been triggered by the fact that they have moved forwards and can no longer be adjusted Mercedes Benz recommends that you h
205. e in parking garages e a narrow vehicle traveling in front e g a motorbike e a vehicle traveling in front on a different line relative to the center of your vehicle Following damage to the front end of the vehi cle have the configuration and operation of the radar sensors checked at a qualified spe cialist workshop This also applies to colli sions at low speeds where there is no visible damage to the front of the vehicle Function To avoid a collision BAS PLUS calculates the brake force necessary if e you approach an obstacle and e BAS PLUS has detected a risk of collision When driving at a speed under 20 mph 30 km h if you depress the brake pedal BAS PLUS is activated The increase in brake pressure will be carried out at the last possi ble moment When driving at a speed above 20 mph 30 km h if you depress the brake pedal sharply BAS PLUS automatically raises the brake pressure to a value adapted to the traf fic situation BAS PLUS provides braking assistance in haz ardous situations with vehicles in front within a speed range between 4 mph 7 km h and 155 mph 250 km h At speeds of up to approximately 40 mph 70 km h BAS PLUS can also react to sta tionary objects Examples of stationary objects are stopped or parked vehicles If BAS PLUS demands particularly high braking force preventative passenger pro tection measures PRE SAFE are activa ted simultaneously gt Keep the bra
206. e in the COMAND display The route is saved to the SD memory card gt To start route guidance select Yes An overview of the route is shown in the display If you select No the saved route can be called up later via the navigation menu gt Select Start Route guidance is started Downloaded and saved data can be called up again in COMAND You can find further information in the sep arate COMAND Operating Instructions Speed alert You can define the upper speed limit which must not be exceeded by the vehicle If this selected speed is exceeded by the vehi cle a message will be sent to the Customer Assistance Center The Customer Assistance Center then forwards this information to you You can select the way in which you receive this information beforehand Possible options include text message e mail or an automated call The data you receive contains the following information e the location where the speed limit was exceeded e the time at which the speed limit was exceeded e the selected speed limit which was excee ded Geo fencing Geo fencing allows you to select areas which the vehicle should not enter or leave You will be informed if the vehicle crosses the boun daries of the selected areas You can select the way in which you receive this information N oO Son 5 oO oO me c oO oO b0 z e N Stowage and features beforehand Possible options include text
207. e maximum weight that can be carried fied value by one axle front or rear axle Never exceed the maximum load or the maxi mum gross axle weight rating for the front or rear axle The specifications shown on the Tire and Loading Information placard in the illustra tion are examples The maximum permis sible gross vehicle weight rating is vehicle specific and may differ from that in the illustration You can find the valid maximum permissible gross vehicle weight rating for your vehicle on the Tire and Loading Infor mation placard Pi WERI at Maximum number of seats Q indicates the maximum number of occupants allowed to travel in the vehicle This information can be found on the Tire and Loading Information placard The specifications shown on the Tire and Loading Information placard in the illustra tion are examples The number of seats is vehicle specific and can differ from the details shown The number of seats in your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load ing Information placard Pore a re y termining the correct load Step by step instructions The following steps have been developed as required of all manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 gt Step 1 Locate the statement The com bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s Ti
208. e side of the vehicle away from the traf fic after you have stopped the vehicle in accordance with road and traffic conditions Operating AIRGUIDE ara folding out from the left side of the vehi cle gt Stop the vehicle paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt To fold out AIRGUIDE turn disc in the direction of the arrow towards the middle of the vehicle to the stop gt Repeat with disc gt To fold in AIRGUIDE turn discs and back behind the roll bar to the stop Discs and can also be used inde pendently of each other e g when you are driving without a passenger General notes MAGIC SKY CONTROL is a glass roof the transparency of which can be changed by applying electrical voltage MAGIC SKY CONTROL can be switched between darkened and transparent states MAGIC SKY CONTROL darkens automat ically when you turn the SmartKey to posi tion O in the ignition lock or remove the SmartKey Risk of electric shock DANGER MAGIC SKY CONTROL operates using high voltage If the trim behind the overhead con trol panel is damaged or removed electrical components will be exposed If you touch these components you could get an electric shock There is a risk of fatal injury e Never remove the trim behind the overhead control panel e If the trim is damaged never touch the electrical components behind it e Always have work on the MAGIC SKY CON TROL carried out a
209. e specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Tire size designation load bearing capacity and speed rating Z WARNING Exceeding the stated tire load bearing capa city and the approved maximum speed could lead to tire damage or the tire bursting There is a risk of accident All about wheels and tires Therefore only use tire types and sizes approved for your vehicle model Observe the tire load rating and speed rating required for your vehicle Tire width Nominal aspect ratio in Tire code Rim diameter Load bearing index Speed rating General depending on the manufacturer s standards the size imprinted in the tire wall may not contain any letters or may contain one letter that precedes the size description If there is no letter preceding the size descrip tion as shown above these are passenger vehicle tires according to European manufac turing standards If P precedes the size description these are passenger vehicle tires according to U S manufacturing standards If LT precedes the size description these are light truck tires according to U S manu facturing standards If T precedes the size description these are compact emergency spare wheels at high tire pressure to be used only temporarily in an emergency Tire width tire width shows the nominal tire width in millimeters Height width ratio aspect ratio is the size ratio between the tire height an
210. e with 2 zone automatic climate control on vehicles for Canada ZONE gt To switch on press the button The indicator lamp in the button lights up The temperature setting for the driver s ZONE Operating the climate control systems side is not adopted for the front passenger side gt To switch off press button zone The indicator lamp in the button goes out The temperature setting for the driv er s side is adopted for the front passenger side ZONE General notes You can use this function to defrost the wind shield or to defrost the inside of the wind shield and the side windows Switch off the Windshield defrosting func tion as soon as the windshield is clear again Switching the Windshield defrosting function on off gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 139 gt To activate press the q button The indicator lamp in the g button lights up The climate control system switches to the following functions e high airflow e high temperature e air distribution to the windshield and front side windows e air recirculation mode off gt To deactivate press the button The indicator lamp in the g button goes out The previously selected settings are restored Air recirculation mode remains deactivated or gt 2 zone automatic climate control pre
211. eactivate press ECO button Q If this is the case the ECO start stop func Indicator lamp 2 goes out tion is not available gt To activate press ECO button Q Conditions for the automatic engine Indicator lamp lights up switch off gt page 144 If indicator lamp is off the ECO start OI indicator lamp is off the ECO start stop function has been deactivated man stop function has been deactivated man ually or as the result of a malfunction The ually or as the result of a malfunction The engine will then not be switched off auto engine will then not be switched off auto matically when the vehicle stops matically when the vehicle stops The ECO start stop function is activated each time the engine is switched on Each time the engine is started the ECO start stop function switches to the status on or off that was selected before switch SLK 55 AMG ing off the engine bing hi Problems with the engine Problem The engine does not start The engine does not start The starter motor can be heard The engine does not start You cannot hear the starter motor The engine is not run ning smoothly and is misfiring Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The HOLD function or DISTRONIC PLUS is activated gt Deactivate the HOLD function gt page 181 or DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 171 gt Try to start the engine again e There is a malfunction in the engine electronics
212. eactivate the automatic lock ing feature gt page 207 Automatic transmission Z WARNING If the engine speed is above the idling speed and you engage transmission position D or R the vehicle could pull away suddenly There is a risk of an accident When engaging transmission position D or R always firmly depress the brake pedal and do not simultaneously accelerate biogas Itis only possible to shift the transmission gt Remove your foot from the brake pedal from position P to the desired position if The vehicle is then held for about a second you depress the brake pedal Only then is Pull away the shift lock released Hill start assist is not active if gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Shift the transmission to position D or R e you are pulling away on a level road or ona downhill gradient e on vehicles with automatic transmission gt Release the brake pedal the transmission is in N gt Carefully depress the accelerator pedal e the electric parking brake is applied The electric parking brake gt page 162 is automatically released The red park USA only or Canada only indicator lamp in the instrument clus ter goes out e ESP is malfunctioning Introduction The vehicle locks centrally once you have AA i _i_i_i_iOSHT pulled away The locking knobs in the doors The ECO start stop function switches the drop down engine off
213. eaning the exterior lighting E Only use cleaning agents or cleaning cloths which are suitable for plastic light lenses Unsuitable cleaning agents or cleaning cloths could scratch or damage the plastic light lenses gt Clean the plastic lenses of the exterior lighting using a wet sponge and a mild cleaning agent e g Mercedes Benz car shampoo or cleaning cloths Mirror turn signals E Only use cleaning agents or cleaning cloths that are suitable for plastic lenses Unsuitable cleaning agents or cleaning cloths could scratch or damage the plastic lenses of the mirror turn signals gt Clean the plastic lenses of the mirror turn signals in the exterior mirror housing using a wet sponge and mild cleaning agent e g Mercedes Benz car shampoo or cleaning cloths Cleaning the sensors H If you clean the sensors with a power washer make sure that you keep a dis tance of at least 11 8 in 30 cm between the vehicle and the power washer nozzle Information about the correct distance is available from the equipment manufac turer gt Clean sensors of the driving systems with water car shampoo and a soft cloth Cleaning the exhaust pipe WARNING The exhaust tail pipe and tail pipe trim can become very hot If you come into contact with these parts of the vehicle you could burn yourself There is a risk of injury Always be particularly careful around the exhaust tail pipe and the tail pipe trim Allow thes
214. ector 3 with the bulb gt Pull the bulb out of connector gt Insert the new bulb into connector and into bracket for retainer Make sure the bulb is positioned correctly gt Press retainer down gt Attach housing cover Q and turn it clock wise until it engages gt Replace the cover in the front wheel hous ing gt page 115 High beam headlamps halogen head lamps cornering lamps Bi Xenon headlamps PRAISE gt Switch off the lights gt Open the hood gt Turn housing cover Q counter clockwise and pull it out gt At the bulb holder push the bulb upwards disconnect it and pull it out of bulb holder gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder 2 push it down and secure it in place gt Attach housing cover Q and turn it clock wise until it engages Side marker lamps halogen head lamps Due to their location have the bulbs in the side marker lamp changed at a qualified spe cialist workshop Turn signals halogen headlamps Pe ET gt Switch off the lights gt Open the hood gt Turn bulb holder Q counter clockwise and pull it out gt Take the bulb out of bulb holder gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder Q gt Insert bulb holder Q and turn it clockwise until it engages Windshield wipers Windshield wipers Backup lamp Switching the windshield wipers on off H Do not operate the windshield wipers when the windshield is d
215. ed stored speed When driving at speeds below 20 mph 30 km h you can only activate DISTRONIC PLUS if the vehicle in front has been detected and is shown in the multifunction display If the vehicle in front is no longer detected and displayed for example because it has changed lanes DISTRONIC PLUS is deactiva ted You will hear a warning tone if this is the case If you do not fully release the accelerator pedal the DISTRONIC PLUS Inactive message appears in the multifunction dis play The set distance to a slower moving vehicle in front will then not be maintained You will be driving at the speed you deter mine by the position of the accelerator pedal Pulling away and driving If you depress the brake DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated unless your vehicle is stationary gt If the vehicle in front pulls away remove your foot from the brake pedal gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you or gt Accelerate briefly Your vehicle pulls away and adapts its speed to that of the vehicle in front If there is no vehicle in front DISTRONIC PLUS operates in the same way as cruise control If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that the vehicle in front has slowed down it brakes your vehicle It maintains the preset distance to the vehicle in front If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that there is a risk of a collision you will be warned visually and acoustically DISTRONIC PLUS cannot pre vent a collision without you
216. ed special ist workshops gt page 26 Notes on breaking in a new vehicle The sensor system of some driving and driv ing safety systems adjusts automatically while a certain distance is being driven after the vehicle has been delivered or after repairs Full system effectiveness is not reached until the end of this teach in proce dure New and replaced brake pads and discs only reach their optimum braking effect after sev eral hundred kilometers of driving Compen sate for this by applying greater force to the brake pedal The more you look after the engine when it is new the more satisfied you will be with its performance in the future e You should therefore drive at varying vehi cle and engine speeds for the first 1 000 miles 1 500 km e Avoid heavy loads e g driving at full throt tle during this period E Notes on breaking in a new vehicle e Change gear in good time before the tach ometer needle is s of the way to the red area of the tachometer e Do not manually shift to a lower gear to brake the vehicle Vehicles with automatic transmission e Try to avoid depressing the accelerator pedal beyond the point of resistance kick down e Ideally for the first 1 000 miles 1 500 km drive in program C After 1 000 miles 1 500 km you can increase the engine speed gradually and bring the vehicle to full speed Additional breaking in notes for AMG vehi cles e Do not drive faster than
217. eed such as the rear window defroster or interior lighting gt Switch on AIRSCARF again Steering wheel Z WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine Z WARNING You can no longer steer the vehicle if the steering wheel lock has been engaged There is a risk of an accident Always switch off the ignition when towing the vehicle with a tow cable or a tow bar A WARNING Children could injure themselves if they adjust the steering wheel There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle The electrically adjustable steering wheel can still be adjusted when there is no key in the ignition lock Steering wheel ee Further related subjects e EASY ENTRY EXIT feature gt page 101 e Storing settings gt page 106 Important safety notes A WARNING If you drive off while the EASY ENTRY EXIT 1 feature is making adjustments you could lose Release lever control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Always wait until the adjustment process is complete before driving off To adj
218. eee Message memory on board com PUTET iiie Er 212 Messages see Display messages Mirrors see Exterior mirrors see Rear view mirror see Vanity mirror in the sun visor Mobile phone Menu on board computer 201 Modifying the programming SiMartKey cssscscsccscscssisesesccessecsssaceecees 73 MOExtended tires eseeeeee 293 Mounting wheels Lowering the vehicle sesse 336 Mounting a new wheel esee 336 Preparing the vehicle sissies 333 Raising the vehicle eeeeeeeees 334 Removing a wheel seee 335 Securing the vehicle against roll WAS AWAY 555552553555 eae los cade E 333 MP3 see separate operating instructions Multifunction display FUNCtION NOTES ceecesseceeeeeseeees 196 Permanent display sseeseeeees 205 Multifunction steering wheel Operating the on board computer 195 OVEIVIEW iaceat e rae 33 Navigation Menu on board computer 199 NECK PRO head restraints Important safety notes eee 56 OPCrabiOn seissioun 56 Resetting after being triggered 56 Notes on breaking in a new vehi Cle e S ERS 138 Occupant Classification System OCS COMA OMS asses tatecsteodisetevelineisa ibdeteess 49 FAUltSisieissceesittisseselisriadetecessieaesscaate 53 Oper atl Ones ccsccsecceeseasiesebassvadecccetecceys 49 System self test ccccesseceseeeeeees 51 Occupant safety Automatic measures after an acci CON EE EE EEEE 57 Children in the vehi
219. ees 269 Locating a stolen vehicle 268 MB info call button oo eee eee 265 Remote vehicle locking 00 267 Roadside Assistance button 264 Search amp Send sccccceeaeicseveces 266 SOURS EEEE 262 Speed alert ccccncsseaecenesaies 269 STE EERE T 262 Triggering the vehicle alarm 270 Vehicle remote malfunction diag MOSS erae 268 Vehicle remote unlocking 267 Telephone Accepting a call oo eee eeeeeeeseeeees 202 Display message s c 241 Menu on board computer 201 Number from the phone book 202 Re Gigli g sissccccessdccasddeessstectattesieaseses 202 Rejecting ending a call ee 202 Temperature Coolant seisis in 194 Coolant on board computer 208 Engine oil on board computer 208 Outside temperature eee 195 Setting climate control 129 Time see separate operating instructions Timing RACETIMER 0eee 209 TIREFIT Kitna 294 Tire pressure Calling up on board computer 318 Checking manually seses 317 Display message eere 236 nto a7 Important safety notes 0 0 0 318 MAXIMUM innne 316 NOEGS 550 cesnscsecvsedenet cashes ierit 315 Not reached TIREFIT eee 295 Reached TIREEIT scssi 296 Recommended sses 314 Tire pressure loss warning sys tem General NOteS sssrinin 317 Important safety notes 0 0 317 Restarting scossi 318 Tire pressure monitor Radio type
220. eetecsssstesty 31 Warning and indicator lamps 32 Instrument cluster lighting 194 Interior lighting Automatic Control oo eeeeeeeeseeeees 113 Delayed switch off on board COMPULEN cireres intria eis 206 Emergency lighting seese 114 Manual Control sisisi serores 114 OVERVIEW secriirsis sesucine 113 REAGIMS AMP sisccesecsasesssessseeccaiesaeess 113 Setting the brightness of the ambient lighting on board com PUTET ossessiva ierse sisse Jack Storage location sssceisesieisrsess 292 USING cececececdssecessvscecasecacopssovscceas 334 Jump starting engine 301 oe KEYLESS GO Convenience closing feature 85 Display message ecer 242 Eoo aT AEREE 73 Removing the Start Stop button 141 Start Stop DUON sssscisiiisiiiiissssesess 140 Starting the engine seee 142 UNO CKING as sss sss ccceitesecasiesdessdacsaceuses 73 Key positions KEYLESS GO iviccsseraccs actudssncssezaccees 140 SmartKey esnan 139 Kickdown DY IVINS tPS eeens 153 Manual drive program essees 157 Knee ag ee esseer tiss 47 Lamps see Warning and indicator lamps Lane Keeping Assist Activating deactivating 204 Display message ceee 232 Function information cc0 190 Lap time RACETIMER 04 209 License plate lamp display mes SASS cs ssccssss ahessitis RE 226 Light function active Display message ecer 227 Lights Activating deactivating the inte
221. ehicle Safety Stand ards 213 and 225 e Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 Confirmation that the child restraint system corresponds to the standards can be found on an instruction label on the child restraint system This confirmation can also be found Pets in the vehicle Safety WJ in the installation instructions that are inclu ded with the child restraint system Observe the warning labels in the vehicle inte rior and on the child restraint system General notes If you secure a child ina child restraint system on the front passenger seat be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant Classification System OCS gt page 49 You can thus avoid the risks that could arise as a result of e an incorrectly categorized person in the front passenger seat e the unintentional deactivation of the front passenger front air bag e the unsuitable positioning of the child restraint system e g too close to the dash board Rearward facing child restraint system If it is absolutely necessary to install a rear ward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat always make sure that the front passenger front air bag is deactiva ted Only if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is permanently lit gt page 41 is the front passenger front air bag deactiva ted Always observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation and operating instructi
222. ellow warning lamp lights up The red Park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes for about ten seconds after the electric parking brake has been applied or released It then goes out or remains lit The electric parking brake is malfunctioning e g because of over voltage or undervoltage gt Remove the cause for the overvoltage or undervoltage e g by charging the battery or restarting the engine gt Engage or release the electric parking brake If it remains impossible to apply or release the electric parking brake gt Switch off the ignition and turn it back on gt Engage or release the electric parking brake If the electric parking brake still cannot be released gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop If the electric parking brake still cannot be applied gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The yellow warning lamp lights up and the red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes It is not possible to apply the electric parking brake manually gt Vehicles with manual transmission engage first gear gt Vehicles with automatic transmission shift the transmission to P gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp lights up You attempted to release the electric parking brake while the igni tion was switched off
223. ely into the SmartKey until it engages and release catch is back in its basic position Important safety notes Z WARNING Batteries contain toxic and corrosive substan ces If batteries are swallowed it can result in severe health problems There is a risk of fatal Replacing the battery injury You require a CR 2025 3 V cell battery Keep batteries out of the reach of children If a battery is swallowed seek medical attention immediately gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 74 Mercedes Benz recommends that you have the batteries replaced at a qualified specialist workshop The SmartKey batteries contain perchlorate material which may require special handling and regard for the environment National guidelines must be observed during disposal In California see www dtsc ca gov Hazard ousWaste Perchlorate index cfm Poet had dt Checking the battery gt Press mechanical key into the SmartKey a E O opening in the direction of the arrow until battery compartment cover 1 opens Do not hold battery compartment cover Q closed while doing so gt Remove battery compartment cover Q Opening and closing Fii eh Pare it gt Press the or g button The battery is working properly if battery check lamp Q lights up briefly The battery is discharged if battery check Pee EE lamp Q does not light up briefly gt Change the battery g
224. emium grade gasoline with at least 91 AKI 95 RON H Only use the fuel recommended Operat ing the vehicle with other fuels can lead to engine failure H Do not use the following e E85 gasoline with 85 ethanol e E100 100 ethanol e M15 gasoline with 15 methanol e M30 gasoline with 30 methanol e M85 gasoline with 85 methanol e M100 100 methanol e Gasoline with metalliferous additives e Diesel Do not mix such fuels with the fuel recom mended for your vehicle Do not use addi tives This can otherwise lead to engine damage This does not include cleaning additives for the removal and prevention of residue build up gasoline may only be mixed with cleaning additives recommen ded by Mercedes Benz see Additives You can obtain further information from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center H To ensure the longevity and full perform ance of the engine only premium grade unleaded gasoline must be used If standard unleaded gasoline is unavaila ble and you have to refuel with unleaded gasoline of a lower grade observe the fol lowing precautions e Only fill the fuel tank to half full with reg ular unleaded gasoline and fill the rest with premium grade unleaded gasoline as soon as possible e Do not drive at the maximum speed e Avoid sudden acceleration and engine speeds over 3 000 rpm Using mixtures of methanol and ethanol is not permitted E10 fuel or E15 fuel unleaded gas oline with 10 o
225. emove your foot from the accelerator pedal The first time cruise control is activated it stores the current speed or regulates the speed of the vehicle to the previously stored speed Setting a speed Z WARNING Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has made the necessary adjustments Increase or decrease the set vehicle speed to a value that the prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Otherwise sudden and unexpected acceleration or deceleration of the vehicle could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others gt To adjust the set speed in 1 mph incre ments 1 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up Q to the pressure point for a higher speed or down for a lower speed Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up or down the last speed stored is increased or reduced gt To adjust the set speed in 5 mph incre ments 10 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up Q past the pressure point for a higher speed or down 4 for a lower speed Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up or down the last speed stored is increased or reduced Cruise control is not deactivated if you depress the accelerator pedal For exam ple if you accelerate briefly to overtake cruise control adjusts the vehicle s speed to the last speed stored after you have fin ished overtaking Driving systems Deactivating cruise contro
226. ems and com munication equipment integrated in the vehi cle while driving you will be distracted from traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Only operate the equipment when the traffic situation permits If you are not sure that this is possible park the vehicle paying attention to traffic conditions and operate the equip ment when the vehicle is stationary When telephoning you must observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are currently driving gt Switch on your mobile phone and COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Establish a Bluetooth connection to COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Tel menu Menus and submenus Ea Fy On board computer and displays ro Menus and submenus Pd On board computer and displays You will see one of the following display mes sages in the multifunction display e Phone READY or the name of the network provider the mobile phone has found a network and is ready to receive e Phone No Service there is no network available or the mobile phone is searching for a network Accepting a call Example incoming call gt Press the button on the steering wheel to accept an incoming call If someone calls you when you are in the Tel menu a display message appears in the
227. en fatal injury When the front passenger seat is occupied always ensure that e the classification of the person in the front passenger seat is correct and the front passenger front air bag is enabled or disa bled in accordance with the person in the front passenger seat e the front passenger seat has been moved back as far back as possible e the person is seated correctly Make sure both before and during the jour ney that the status of the front passenger front air bag is correct Z WARNING If you secure a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is off the front passenger front air bag can deploy in the event of an accident The child could be struck by the air bag This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Make sure that the front passenger front air bag has been disabled The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit Z WARNING If you secure a child in a forward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat and you position the front passenger seat too close to the dashboard in the event of an accident the child could e come into contact with the vehicle s inte rior if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator lamp is lit for example e be struck by the air bag if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is off This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Move the front passenger
228. ences and gt Solutions The seat belt warning lamp reminds the driver and front passenger to fasten their seat belts gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 44 The driver s seat belt is not fastened gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 44 The warning tone ceases The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 44 The warning lamp goes out There are objects on the front passenger seat gt Remove the objects from the front passenger seat and stow them in a secure place The warning lamp goes out The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt The vehicle is being driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h or has briefly been driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 44 The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent warning tone ceases There are objects on the front passenger seat The vehicle is being driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h or has briefly been driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h gt Remove the objects from the front passenger seat and stow them in a secure place The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent warning tone ceases Warning and indicator lamps Ea Safety systems Problem erare USA only Canada only The red brake system warning lamp comes on while the engine is run ning A warning tone also sounds The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit
229. enience closing feature Important safety information Opening closing all Opening closing front Overview Problem malfunction Resetting SmartKey Changing the battery sses Changing the programming Checking the battery sses Convenience opening feature Display message Door central locking unlocking Important safety notes Loss Mechanical key neersien Opening closing the roof 5 Overview Positions ignition lock Problem malfunction Starting the engine Snow chains Sockets Center console General notes Under the armrest Spare wheel Stowing Specialist workshop Special seat belt retractor Speed controlling see Cruise control Speedometer Activating deactivating the addi tional speedometer cceeeeeeee Digital In the Instrument cluster Segments Selecting the unit of measure ment SPORT handling mode Activating deactivating AMG vehicles Warning lamp Standing lamps Display message seescerseecree 227 Switching On Off eeeeeeeeeeeees 110 Start stop function see ECO start stop function Starting engine 0 0 0 eee 141 Steering display message 241 Steering wheel Adjusting electrically ee 101 Adjusting manually s es 101 Button OVErVIEW eeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeees 33 Buttons on board computer 195 Cleaning wi ncnccicnaanacsncence 288 Important safety notes s 100 Paddle shifters
230. er ature e Down to 14 F 10 C mix 1 part MB Win terFit to 2 parts water e Down to 4 F 20 C mix 1 part MB Win terFit to 1 part water e Down to 20 2 F 29 C mix 2 parts MB WinterFit to 1 part water Add windshield washer fluid e g MB SummerFit or MB WinterFit to the washer fluid all year round Important safety notes The climate control system of your vehicle is filled with refrigerant R 134a The instruction label regarding the refrigerant type used can be found on the radiator cross member H Only the refrigerant R 134a and the PAG oil approved by Mercedes Benz may be used The approved PAG oil may not be mixed with any other PAG oil that is not approved for R 134a refrigerant Other wise the climate control system may be damaged Service work such as topping up refrigerant or replacing components may only be carried out by a qualified specialist workshop All applicable regulations must be adhered to SAE standard J639 included Always have work on the climate control sys tem carried out at a qualified specialist work shop Refrigerant instruction label i R 134a eros rir a PO AJA Example refrigerant instruction label Warning symbol Refrigerant filling capacity Applicable standards PAG oil part number Type of refrigerant Warning symbol Q advises you about e possible dangers e having service work carried out at a quali fied specialis
231. er Mounting an emergency spare wheel may severely impair the driving characteristics There is a risk of an accident To avoid hazardous situations e adapt your driving style accordingly and drive carefully e never mount more than one spare wheel or emergency spare wheel that differs in size only use a spare wheel or emergency spare wheel of a different size briefly e do not switch ESP off e have a spare wheel or emergency spare wheel of a different size replaced at the nearest qualified specialist workshop Observe that the wheel and tire dimensions as well as the tire type must be correct When using an emergency spare wheel or spare wheel of a different size you must not exceed the maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h Snow chains must not be mounted on emer gency spare wheels You should regularly check the pressure of the emergency spare wheel particularly prior to long trips and correct the pressure as nec essary gt page 314 The applicable value is found on the wheel or under Technical data gt page 344 An emergency spare wheel may also be mounted against the direction of rotation Observe the time restriction on use as well as the speed limitation specified on the emer gency spare wheel Replace the tires after six years at the latest regardless of wear This also applies to the emergency spare wheel When you are driving with the collapsible spare wheel mounted the tire pres
232. era ture gauge shows a value above 248 F 120 C The coolant warning lamp may also be on and a warning tone may sound Manual transmission H Only engage gear when the clutch pedal is depressed H When shifting between 5th and 6th gear you should always push the gear lever all the way to the right You could otherwise shift unintentionally into 3rd or 4th gear and damage the transmission a Manual transmission Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The coolant level is too low The coolant is too hot and the engine is no longer being cooled sufficiently gt Stop as soon as possible and allow the engine and the coolant to cool down gt Check the coolant level gt page 281 Observe the warning notes as you do so and add coolant if necessary If the coolant level is correct the engine radiator fan may be faulty The coolant is too hot and the engine is no longer being cooled sufficiently gt At coolant temperatures below 248 F 120 C drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop gt Avoid heavy loads on the engine as you do so e g driving in mountainous terrain and start stop traffic If you shift down at too high a speed trans Gear lever mission braking this can cause the engine R Reverse gear to overrev leading to engine damage 1 6 Forward gears Never hold the vehicle stopped on a hill by using the clutch pedal There is otherwise a
233. ere is a risk of an accident and injury Never leave animals unattended in the vehi cle Always secure animals properly during the journey e g use a suitable animal trans port box of driving sai In this section you will find information about the following driving safety systems e ABS Anti lock Braking System gt page 61 e BAS Brake Assist System gt page 62 e BAS PLUS Brake Assist System Plus gt page 62 e ESP Electronic Stability Program gt page 63 e EBD Electronic Brake force Distribution gt page 67 e ADAPTIVE BRAKE gt page 67 e PRE SAFE Brake gt page 67 If you fail to adapt your driving style or become distracted the driving safety sys tems can neither reduce the risk of accident nor override the laws of physics Driving safety systems are merely aids designed to assist driving You are responsible for the dis tance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed and for braking in good time Always adapt your driving style to suit the prevailing road and weather conditions and maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front Drive care fully The driving safety systems described only work as effectively as possible when there is adequate contact between the tires and the road surface Please pay special atten tion to the notes on tires recommended minimum tire tread depths etc gt page 310 In wintry driving conditions always use winter
234. erminal of a connected battery does not come into contact with vehicle parts e Never place metal objects or tools on a battery e It is important that you observe the described order of the battery terminals when connecting and disconnecting a battery e When jump starting make sure that the battery poles with identical polarity are connected e Itis particularly important to observe the described order when connecting and disconnecting the jumper cables e Never connect or disconnect the battery terminals while the engine is running Oo Breakdown assistance Z WARNING A discharged battery can freeze at temperatures below freezing point When jump starting the vehicle or charging the battery gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Allow the frozen battery to thaw out before charging it or jump starting H Avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts Otherwise the catalytic converter could be damaged by the non combusted fuel If at low temperatures the indicator lamps warning lamps in the instrument cluster do not light up it is highly likely that the discharged battery has frozen In this case you may neither charge the battery nor jump start the vehicle The service life of a thawed out battery may be shorter The starting characteristics can be impaired particularly at low temperatures Have the thawed out battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop Jump starting ae Breakdown assist
235. es make sure that you touch only the wiper arm of the wiper H Never open the hood if a windshield wiper arm has been folded away from the wind shield Never fold a windshield wiper arm without a wiper blade back onto the windshield Hold the windshield wiper arm firmly when you change the wiper blade If you release the windshield wiper arm without a wiper blade and it falls onto the windshield the windshield may be damaged by the force of the impact Mercedes Benz recommends that you have the wiper blades changed at a qualified specialist workshop H Always position the windshield wiper arms vertically before folding them away from the windshield By doing so you will avoid damage to the hood Replacing the wiper blades Removing the wiper blades gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 139 gt Set the windshield wipers to position gt When the wiper arms have reached a ver tical position turn the SmartKey to position 0 and remove it from the ignition lock gt page 139 gt Fold the windshield wiper arms away from the windshield gt Press both release clips gt Fold wiper blade in the direction of arrow 8 away from wiper arm gt Remove wiper blade in the direction of arrow Windshield wipers ee Installing the wiper blades gt Position new wiper blade Q with recess on lug gt Fold wiper blade in the di
236. es are warm the result ing value will be higher than if the tires were cold This is normal Do not reduce the tire pressure to the value specified for cold tires The tire pressure would otherwise be too low Observe the recommended tire pressures for cold tires e onthe Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side e inthe tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap e printed in yellow on the rim of the emer gency collapsible spare wheel depending on vehicle equipment Underinflation Z WARNING Tires with pressure that is too low can over heat and burst as a consequence In addition they also suffer from excessive and or irreg ular wear which can severely impair the brak ing properties and the driving characteristics There is a risk of an accident Avoid tire pressures that are too low in all the tires including the spare wheel Underinflated tires may e overheat leading to tire defects e have an adverse effect on handling charac teristics e wear quickly and unevenly e have an adverse effect on fuel consumption Overinflation Z WARNING Tires with excessively high pressure can burst because they are damaged more easily by road debris potholes etc In addition they also suffer from irregular wear which can severely impair the braking properties and the driving characteristics There is a risk of an accident Avoid tire pressures that are too high i
237. escri bed in the following Driving safety systems a It may be best to deactivate ESP in the fol lowing situations e when using snow chains e in deep snow e on sand or gravel Activate ESP as soon as the situations described above no longer apply ESP will otherwise not be able to stabilize the vehi cle if the vehicle starts to skid or a wheel starts to spin E Avoid spinning the driven wheels for an extended period with ESP deactivated You could otherwise damage the drivetrain Deactivating activating ESP gt To switch off press button Q The ESP OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up gt To switch on press button Q The amp ESP OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out Characteristics when ESP is deactivated If ESP is deactivated and one or more wheels start to spin the the instrument cluster flashes In such situa ee ESP warning lamp in tions ESP will not stabilize the vehicle If you deactivate ESP e ESP no longer improves driving stability e engine torque is no longer limited and the drive wheels are able to spin The spinning of the wheels results in a cut ting action for better traction on loose sur faces e traction control is still activated e ESP still provides support when you brake Deactivating activating ESP AMG vehicles Important safety notes
238. est properly If you do not take a break and ATTENTION ASSIST still detects increasing lapses in concentra tion you will be warned again after 15 minutes at the earliest ATTENTION ASSIST is reset when you con tinue your journey and starts assessing your tiredness again if e you switch off the engine e you take off your seat belt and open the driver s door e g for a change of drivers or to take a break When ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated the o Symbol appears in the multifunction display in the assistance graphics display General notes The Driving Assistance package consists of DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 171 Blind Spot Assist gt page 189 and Lane Keeping Assist gt page 190 Blind Spot Assist General notes Blind Spot Assist uses a radar sensor system to monitor the areas on both sides of your vehicle It supports you from a speed of approximately 20 mph 30 km h A warning display in the exterior mirrors draws your attention to vehicles detected in the moni tored area If you then switch on the corre sponding turn signal to change lanes you will also receive a visual and audible collision warning Blind Spot Assist uses sensors in the rear bumper for monitoring purposes For Blind Spot Assist to assist you the radar sensor system must be operational Important safety notes A WARNING Blind Spot Assist does not react to e vehicles overtaken too closely on the side placing them i
239. ety notes on service products gt page 347 The brake fluid change intervals can be found in the Maintenance Booklet Only use brake fluid approved by Mercedes Benz according to MB Approval 331 0 Information about approved brake fluid can be obtained at any qualified specialist work shop or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com Have the brake fluid regularly replaced at a qualified specialist workshop and the replacement confirmed in the Maintenance Booklet Important safety notes Z WARNING If antifreeze comes into contact with hot com ponents in the engine compartment it may ignite There is a risk of fire and injury Let the engine cool down before you add anti freeze Make sure that antifreeze is not spilled next to the filler neck Thoroughly clean the antifreeze from components before starting the engine H Only add coolant that has been premixed with the desired antifreeze protection You could otherwise damage the engine Further information on coolants can be found in the Mercedes Benz Specifications for Service Products MB BeVo 310 1 e g on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com Or con tact a qualified specialist workshop H Always use a suitable coolant mixture even in countries where high temperatures prevail Otherwise the engine cooling system is not sufficiently protected from corrosion and overheating Have the coolant regularly replaced at a qualified specia
240. ew mirror The required distance between remote control and the integrated garage door opener depends on the garage door drive system Several attempts might be neces sary You should test every position for at least 25 seconds before trying another position Synchronizing the rolling code Pay attention to the Important safety notes gt page 270 If the garage door system uses a rolling code you will also have to synchronize the garage door system with the integrated garage door opener in the rear view mirror To do this you will need to use the programing button on the door drive control panel The programing but ton may be positioned at different locations depending on the manufacturer It is usually located on the door drive unit on the garage ceiling Familiarize yourself with the garage door drive operating instructions e g under Pro graming of additional remote controls before carrying out the following steps Your vehicle must be within reach of the garage door or gate opener drive Make sure that neither your vehicle nor any persons objects are present within the sweep of the door or gate gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 139 gt Get out of the vehicle gt Press the programing button on the door drive unit E Stowage and features Stowage and features Usually you now have 30 seconds to ini tiate the next step gt Get into the vehicle gt Pres
241. f driving the current tire pressure of each tire is shown in the Service menu of the mul tifunction display Tire pressure Ea Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate if the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the warning lamp will flash for approximately a minute and then Example current tire pressure display remain continuously illuminated This For information on the message display refer sequence will be repeated every time the vehi to the Checking the tire pressure electroni cle is started as long as the malfunction cally section gt page 320 exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated Important safety notes the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunc A WARNING tions may occur for a variety of reasons Each tire including the spare if provided including the installation of incompatible should be checked at least once a month replacement or alternate tires or wheels on when cold and inflated to the pressure rec the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from func ommended by the vehicle manufacturer on tioning properly Always check the TPMS mal the Tire and Loading Information placard on function telltale after replacing one or more the driver s door B pillar or the tire pressure tires or wheels on your veh
242. f the driver or front passenger unfasten their seat belts during the journey the seat belt warning is activated again For more information on the 2 seat belt warning lamp see Warning and indi cator lamps in the instrument cluster seat belts gt page 244 AT EES Introduction The installation point of an air bag can be rec ognized by the AIR BAG symbol An air bag complements the correctly fas tened seat belt It is no substitute for the seat belt The air bag provides additional protec tion in applicable accident situations Not all air bags are deployed in an accident The different air bag systems function inde pendently from one another gt page 54 However no system available today can com pletely eliminate injuries and fatalities It is also not possible to rule out a risk of injury caused by an air bag due to the high speed at which the air bag must be deployed Important safety notes Z WARNING If you do not sit in the correct seat position the air bag cannot protect as intended and could even cause additional injury when deployed This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury To avoid hazardous situations always make sure that all of the vehicle s occupants e have fastened their seat belts correctly including pregnant women e are sitting correctly and maintain the great est possible distance to the air bags e follow the following instructions Always m
243. fo call or a Roadside Assistance call this is initiated by the Customer Assistance center You will see the Roadside Assis tance Connected message in the COMAND display If the vehicle remote malfunction diagnosis can be started the Request for vehicle diagnosis received Start vehicle diagnosis message appears in the display gt Confirm the message with Yes gt When the Vehicle Diagnosis Please start ignition message appears turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 139 gt When the Please follow the instruc tions received by phone and move your vehicle to a safe position message appears follow the customer ser vice representative s instructions The message in the display disappears If you select Cancel the vehicle remote malfunction diagnosis is canceled com pletely The vehicle operating state check begins You will see the Vehicle diagnosis activated message When the diagnosis is completed the Send vehicle diagnostics data Voice connection may be interrupted dur ing data transfer message appears The vehicle data can now be sent to the Customer Assistance center gt Press OK to confirm the message The voice connection with the Customer Assistance center is terminated You will see the Vehicle Diagnosis Transferring data message The vehicle data is sent to the Customer Assistance center Depending on what the customer service rep resentative agreed with you the voic
244. form Tire Quality Grading Standards definition 0 0 0 330 Wear indicator definition 332 Wheel and tire combination 339 Wheel rim definition 0 0 0 ee 330 see Flat tire Towing Important safety guidelines 303 Installing the towing eye 304 Removing the towing eye sese 304 With the rear axle raised Towing away With both axles on the ground 305 Tow starting Emergency engine starting 306 Important safety notes 0 0 303 Installing the towing eye s es 304 Removing the towing eye sees 304 Transmission Selector EVEN seriinin 151 see Automatic transmission see Manual transmission Transporting the vehicle 305 Trim pieces cleaning instruc TIONS iiinis rererere tiscar 288 Trip computer on board com PUET 2 66 secs ea ceaca ecsereecstsreteeectess 197 Trip odometer Calling Up ccecscccacsescesssecueteveacesseess 197 Resetting on board computer 198 Trunk Emergency release eeeseeeeeeeeees 82 Important safety notes s 80 Locking separately sssr 82 Opening closing manually from QUIESIAS EE 81 Opening automatically from out SIGE sscsescstecesvece vosieetecssiceestevbeassenecis Overview Trunk lid Display MeSSage sinisisi 240 Opening CIOSING cee eeeeeeeeereeeneees 80 Opening dimensions eeee 353 Trunk load maximum 060 353 Trunk partition Display Messag
245. forwards facing child restraint system must as far as possible be resting on the backrest of the front passenger seat Always comply with the child restraint system manufacturer s instal lation instructions After the system self test the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp displays the sta tus of the front passenger front air bag gt page 49 For more information about the OCS see Problems with the Occupant Classification System gt page 53 Occupant safety ca Problems with the Occupant Classification System OCS Be sure to observe the notes on System self test gt page 51 Problem The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up and remains lit even though the front passenger seat is occu pied by an adult ora person of a stature cor responding to that of an adult The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp does not light up and or does not stay on The front passenger seat is e unoccupied e occupied by the weight of a child up to 12 months oldina child restraint sys tem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The classification of the person on the front passenger seat is incorrect gt Make sure the conditions for a correct classification of the per son on the front passenger seat are met gt page 49 gt f the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit the front passenger seat may not be used gt Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an aut
246. g cleaned the wheels with wheel cleaner Wheel cleaners could cause increased corrosion of the brake discs and brake pads linings For this reason you should drive for a few minutes after clean ing Braking heats the brake discs and the brake pads linings thus drying them The vehicle can then be parked Cleaning the windows Z WARNING You could become trapped by the windshield wipers if they start moving while cleaning the windshield or wiper blades There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before cleaning the windshield or Always have paintwork repairs carried out wiper blades at a qualified specialist workshop H Do not use wash programs with a hot wax treatment under any circumstances Do not use dry cloths abrasive products solvents or cleaning agents containing sol vents to clean the inside of the windows Do not touch the insides of the windows with hard objects e g an ice scraper or ring There is otherwise a risk of damaging the windows Observe these notes if your vehicle has a clear matte finish This will help you to avoid damage to the paintwork due to incorrect treatment These notes also apply to light alloy wheels with a clear matte finish H Clean the water drainage channels of the windshield and the rear window at regular intervals Deposits such as leaves petals and pollen may under certain circumstan ces prevent water from draining away This
247. g is canceled when driving for an extended period next to long vehicles such as trucks bo i a To c bo 2 z m es Driving systems _ Driving and parking The two radar sensors for Blind Spot Assist are integrated into the sides of the rear bumper Make sure that the bumper is free of dirt ice or slush in the vicinity of the sensors The sensors must not be covered for exam ple by cycle racks or overhanging loads Fol lowing a severe impact or in the event of dam age to the bumpers have the function of the sensors checked at a qualified specialist workshop Blind Spot Assist may otherwise not work properly Indicator and warning display Yellow indicator lamp red warning lamp When Blind Spot Assist is activated indicator lamp in the exterior mirrors lights up yel low at speeds of up to 20 mph 30 km h At speeds above 20 mph 30 km h the indica tor lamp goes out and Blind Spot Assist is operational If a vehicle is detected within the blind spot monitoring range at speeds above 20 mph 30 km h warning lamp on the corre sponding side lights up red This warning is always emitted when a vehicle enters the blind spot monitoring range from behind or from the side When you overtake a vehicle the warning only occurs if the difference in speed is less than 7 mph 12 km h The yellow indicator lamp goes out if reverse gear is engaged In this event Blind Spot Assist is no
248. g style and operating conditions For this reason it is impossible to state a mileage that will be valid under all circum stances An aggressive driving style will lead to high wear You can obtain more informa tion on this from a qualified specialist work shop New and replaced brake pads and discs only reach their optimum braking effect after sev eral hundred kilometers of driving Compen sate for this by applying greater force to the brake pedal Keep this in mind and adapt your driving and braking accordingly during this break in period Excessive heavy braking results in corre spondingly high brake wear Observe the brake system warning lamp in the instrument cluster and note any brake status messages in the multifunction display Especially for high performance driving it is important to maintain and have the brake system checked regularly i Driving on wet roads Hydroplaning If water has accumulated to a certain depth on the road surface there is a danger of hydroplaning occurring even if e you drive at low speeds e the tires have adequate tread depth For this reason in the event of heavy rain or in conditions in which hydroplaning may occur you must drive in the following manner e lower your speed e avoid ruts e avoid sudden steering movements e brake carefully Driving on flooded roads H Do not drive through flooded areas Check the depth of any water before driving
249. ge 80 the vehicle using the mechanical key gt Have the SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves gt Lock unlock the vehicle using the remote control function of the SmartKey To do this hold the SmartKey as close as possible to the vehicle and press the g or button If the vehicle can also not be locked unlocked using the remote control function gt Unlock gt page 80 or lock gt page 80 the vehicle using the mechanical key KEYLESS GO is malfunctioning gt Lock unlock the vehicle using the remote control function of the SmartKey gt Have KEYLESS GO checked at a qualified specialist workshop If the vehicle can also not be locked unlocked using the remote control function gt Unlock gt page 80 or lock gt page 80 the vehicle using the mechanical key gt Have KEYLESS GO checked at a qualified specialist workshop gt Have the SmartKey deactivated at a qualified specialist work shop gt Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers gt f necessary have the locks changed as well gt Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers gt If necessary have the locks changed as well Opening and closing O ze boos 0O O Opening and closing be Problem The engine can no lon ger be started using the SmartKey Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The o
250. ge of direction and distance graphic 2 The distance indi cator shortens towards the top of the display as you approach the point of the announced change of direction Menus and submenus ep Fe On board computer and displays pal Menus and submenus Ai On board computer and displays Change of direction announced with a lane recommendation ae F D oY I o Road into which the change of direction leads Distance to change of direction and visual distance display Recommended lane and new lane during a change of direction Lanes not recommended Recommended lane Change of direction symbol j f EE E On multilane roads lane recommendations can be displayed for the next change of direc tion if the digital map supports this data Dur ing the change of direction new lanes may be added Recommended lane and new lane during a change of direction in this lane you will be able to complete the next two changes of direction without changing lane Lane not recommended you will not be able to complete the next change of direction if you stay in this lane Recommended lane 6 in this lane you will only be able to complete the next change of direction without changing lane Other status indicators of the naviga tion system e you have reached the destination or an intermediate destination e New Route or Calculating Route calculating a new route Off Map or Off Mapped
251. ged tires or chassis components replaced imme diately H Always maintain a distance of at least 11 8 in 30 cm between the vehicle and the power washer nozzle Information about the correct distance is available from the equipment manufacturer Move the power washer nozzle around when cleaning your vehicle Do not aim directly at any of the following e tires e door gaps roof gaps joints etc e electrical components e battery e connectors e lights seals e trim e ventilation slots Damaged seals or electrical components can lead to leaks or failures H Do not use high pressure cleaners if the tank recess is open while you clean it This can cause damage to the seals or other components Cleaning the paintwork H Do not affix e stickers e films e magnetic plates or similar items to painted surfaces You could otherwise damage the paintwork Scratches corrosive deposits areas affected by corrosion and damage caused by inade quate care cannot always be completely repaired In such cases visit a qualified spe cialist workshop gt Remove dirt immediately where possible while avoiding rubbing too hard gt Soak insect remains with insect remover and rinse off the treated areas afterwards gt Soak bird droppings with water and rinse off the treated areas afterwards gt Remove coolant brake fluid tree resin oils fuels and greases by rubbing gently with a cloth soaked in petroleum ether
252. ght or to the left The exterior mirror must be set to a position that provides you with a good overview of traffic conditions Seats steering wheel and mirrors D Adjusting the exterior mirrors The exterior mirrors reduce the size of the image Visible objects are actually closer than they appear This means that you could mis judge the distance from road users traveling behind e g when changing lane There is a risk of an accident The convex exterior mirrors provide a larger For this reason always make sure of the field of vision actual distance from the road users traveling The exterior mirrors are automatically heated behind by glancing over your shoulder after starting the vehicle if the rear window defroster is switched on and the outside tem A WARNING perature is low Mirror heating lasts up to 10 The exterior mirror on the front passenger minutes side reduces the size of the image Visible You can also heat up the exterior mirrors objects are actually closer than they appear manually by switching on the rear window This means that you could misjudge the dis defroster tance from road users traveling behind e g when changing lane There is a risk of an acci dent For this reason always make sure of the actual distance from the road users traveling behind by glancing over your shoulder Mirrors Folding the exterior mirrors in or out electrically Seats steering wheel and mirrors E gt Ma
253. ghting on board com PUTET rori Eei 206 Interior lighting scccniscsiesies 206 Diagnostics connection 25 Digital speedometer ee 198 Display messages ASSYST PLUS aryere 282 Calling up on board computer 212 Driving SYSteMS iieri eisir ENSiM c c scssscescesedercbesonseseet General NOteS sisirin Hiding on board computer KEVVESS GO reiia nenies MA SINUS E E E Safety systems ssssssssssesireris SMAKE Y serenti TiFOS rere n eea TEESE Er Etis WOMIGIGS eressze e orrir rites Distance recorder see Trip odometer Distance warning warning lamp 253 DISTRONIC PLUS Cruise control lever sisscicsississesss 173 Deactivating eeeeeeesseeseeeeeeeneeees 178 Display Message eeeeeeeeseeeeees 233 Displays in the multifunction dis DIAY E EEE 177 Driving tipS presisie 179 FUNCTION NOLES sosisssssisssrrssrsisserss 171 Important safety notes s 172 Setting the specified minimum CISTANGE s44 Jvsnsvevsucetsncectssaadessseavesates 177 Warning lamp wescstscscccscssscssees cecosecos 253 Doors Automatic locking on board com PUTET caer a stators tlee chee teeeeaeeaess Automatic locking switch Central locking unlocking SmartKey ecese estirarse Control panel ssssesiisirsiiesiesiiss Display message secere Emergency locking seeren Emergency unlocking ssec Important safety notes s es Opening from inside eee OVET VIEW AE n EEE Dr
254. gine 071 At Next Refueling Check Engine 0il Level Add 1 quart Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The battery is no longer being charged and the battery charge level is too low A warning tone also sounds gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 161 gt Observe the instructions in the display message E See Operator s Manual gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The engine is switched off and the battery charge level is too low gt Switch off electrical consumers that you do not need such as the rear window defroster and interior lighting gt Leave the engine running for a few minutes or drive a long dis tance The battery is being charged The engine oil level has dropped to the minimum level A warning tone also sounds gt Check the oil level at the latest when next refueling gt page 279 gt f necessary add engine oil gt page 280 gt Have the engine checked at a qualified specialist workshop if engine oil needs to be added more often than usual H Avoid long journeys with too little engine oil The engine will otherwise be damaged Information on approved engine oils can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com AMG vehicles the engine oil level is too low
255. gt page 139 gt Press and hold buttons 2 and The indicator lamp initially lights up yellow and then green gt Release buttons and The memory of the integrated garage door opener in the rear view mirror is cleared Calling up the compass Pe Bt miingi Compass 2 displays the compass direction in which the vehicle is currently traveling N NE E SE S SW W or NW To receive a correct display in rear view mir ror Q the compass must be calibrated and the magnetic field zone set Stowage and features Setting the compass Stowage and features South America zone map gt Set your location using the zone maps gt Push a round pen into opening gt page 273 for approximately three seconds The zone currently selected appears in compass display 2 gt page 273 gt To select the zone push a round pen into opening 3 gt page 273 until the desired zone is selected If after a few seconds the display in com pass display 2 gt page 273 changes direction the zone has been selected Calibrating the compass gt Make sure that there is sufficient space for you to drive in a circle without impeding traffic In order to calibrate the compass correctly do the following e calibrate the compass in the open and not in the vicinity of steel structures or high voltage transmission lines e switch off electrical consumers such as the climate control windshield wi
256. gt page 61 ADAPTIVE BRAKE enhances braking safety and offers increased braking comfort In addi tion to the braking function ADAPTIVE BRAKE also has the HOLD function gt page 181 and hill start assist gt page 143 General information Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 61 PRE SAFE Brake is only available in vehicles with DISTRONIC PLUS For PRE SAFE Brake to assist you when driv ing the radar sensor system must be opera tional With the help of the radar sensor system PRE SAFE Brake can detect obstacles that are in front of your vehicle for an extended period of time PRE SAFE Brake can help you to minimize the risk of a collision with a vehicle ahead and reduce the effects of such a collision If PRE SAFE Brake has detected a risk of collision you will be warned visually and acoustically as well as by automatic braking PRE SAFE Brake cannot prevent a collision without your intervention Important safety notes A WARNING PRE SAFE Brake will initially brake your vehi cle by a partial application of the brakes if a danger of collision is detected There may be a collision unless you also brake Automatic emergency braking cannot prevent a colli sion There is a risk of an accident Always apply the brakes yourself and try to take evasive action A WARNING PRE SAFE Brake cannot always clearly iden tify objects and complex traffic conditions In t
257. has caused the system to be deactivated the ECO symbol is not displayed The ECO start stop function is only available in drive program C If automatic cylinder shut off is active in drive program C then 4 the number of active cylinders is also shown in the ECO symbol This means that the engine is operating with four cylinders If cylinder shut off is not active the engine will operate with all eight cylinders In this case 8 the number of active cylinders is shown in the ECO symbol Automatic engine switch off Operation SLK 250 The ECO start stop function is operational and the ECO symbol is displayed in green in the multifunction display if e the indicator lamp in the ECO button is lit green e the outside temperature is within the range that is suitable for the system e the engine is at normal operating temper ature e the set temperature for the vehicle interior has been reached e the battery is sufficiently charged e the system detects that the windshield is not fogged up when the air conditioning system is switched on e the hood is closed e the driver s door is closed and the driver s seat belt is fastened If the conditions for automatic engine switch off are not all fulfilled the symbol is lit yellow All of the vehicle s systems remain active when the engine is stopped autom
258. have been tampered with e the battery is disconnected e the accelerator pedal has been depressed e g by a vehicle occupant There is a risk of an accident If you wish to exit the vehicle always turn off DISTRONIC PLUS and secure the vehicle against rolling away Deactivating DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 178 If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that the vehicle in front is stopping it brakes your vehicle until it is stationary Once your vehicle is stationary it remains stationary and you do not need to depress the brake After a time the electric parking brake secures the vehicle and relieves the service brake Depending on the specified minimum dis tance your vehicle will come to a standstill at a sufficient distance behind the vehicle in front The specified minimum distance is set using the control on the cruise control lever Driving systems m Driving and parking Driving systems E Driving and parking The electric parking brake automatically secures the vehicle if DISTRONIC PLUS is activated and e the driver s door is open and the driver s seat belt is unfastened e the engine is switched off unless it is auto matically switched off by the ECO start stop function e the hood is opened e a system malfunction occurs e the power supply is not sufficient If there is a malfunction in the vehicle elec tronics a warning message may also appear in the multifunction display Brake Immediately gt Imme
259. he blower housing gt Stow the tire inflation compressor in the vehicle P Wheels and tires a Emergency spare wheel All models Collapsible spare wheel 4 5Bx 17 H2 Wheel offset 0 47 in 12 mm Depending on the country the engine and the wheels mounted your vehicle may be equipped with TIREFIT or a collapsible spare wheel The specified tire pressure is printed in yellow on the emergency spare wheel Wheels and tires 6 Use of snow chains is not permitted Observe the notes in the section on snow chains Useful information 0 eee 346 Information regarding technical data neice G eee eee ee sa 346 Identification plates 05 346 Service products and filling capaci ties eee es ecees 347 Vehicle data eee ee cesses 353 Pl Technical data Identification plates Useful information This Operator s manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and POS BS functions Example vehicle identification plate USA only Read the information on qualified special VIN ist workshops gt page 26 Vehicle model Information regarding technical data DAIMLER AG The data stated here specifical
260. he closing procedure release the button When the roof is closed and the trunk par tition is open the roof cannot be opened using the SmartKey functions Instead all of the side windows open or close simulta neously gt page 84 Additionally the Trunk Partition Open message appears in the multifunction display Important safety notes Z WARNING If you do not fully open close the soft top the soft top hydraulics depressurize after a short time This causes the soft top to lower unex pectedly and may cause you or others to be trapped There is a risk of injury Always open or close the soft top completely The roof is not locked if e the e28 symbol and the Vario Roof in Operation message appear in the multi function display e the e28 symbol and the Open Close Vario Roof Completely message appear and you hear a warning tone e you hear a warning tone for up to 10 sec onds when pulling away or while driving Locking You can lock the roof again if it is not locked fully gt Pullover and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Press the roof switch gt page 88 General notes H To avoid damaging the roof or luggage when folding back the roof you should e only load the trunk to below
261. he exterior mir rors in out 98 106 104 l Door control panel Function Selects the right exte rior mirror Opens closes the right side window Opens closes the left side window Adjusts the exterior lt gt mirrors al Selects the left exte rior mirror At a glance ie Re 83 83 103 103 37 Useful information 0 0 0 0 eee 40 Panic alantm cescecee e 40 Occupant safety cccseeeeeeeeee 40 Z Children in the vehicle 57 Pets in the vehicle scsccccsssseees 60 D Driving safety systems 61 E Protection against theft 69 V Ei Occupant safety Occupant safety Safety Wo Useful information This Operator s manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 26 Panic alarm Pate Thad gt To activate press least one second An alarm sounds and the exterior lighting flashes gt To deactivate press again PANIC button A for at PANIC button or gt Insert the Smar
262. he metal pin in the valve Use the tip of a pen for example Then check the tire pressure again using the tire pressure gauge gt Screw the valve cap onto the valve gt Repeat these steps for the other tires General notes While the vehicle is in motion the tire pres sure loss warning system monitors the set tire pressure using the rotational speed of the wheels This enables the system to detect significant pressure loss ina tire If the speed of rotation of a wheel changes as a result of a loss of pressure a corresponding warning message will appear in the multifunction dis play Youcan recognize the tire pressure loss warn ing by the Run Flat Indicator Active Press OK to Restart message which appears in the Service menu of the multi function display Information on the message display can be found in the Restarting the tire pressure loss warning system section gt page 318 Important safety notes The tire pressure warning system does not warn you of an incorrectly set tire pressure Observe the notes on the recommended tire pressure gt page 314 The tire pressure loss warning does not replace the need to regularly check the tire pressure An even loss of pressure on several tires at the same time cannot be detected by the tire pressure loss warning system The tire pressure monitor is not able to warn you of a sudden loss of pressure e g if the tire is penetrated by a foreign object In the even
263. he seat belt tightly while it is adjusting You can switch the seat belt adjustment on and off in the on board computer gt page 208 A 2 N Belt warning for the driver and front passenger The amp seat belt warning lamp in the instru ment cluster is a reminder that all occupants must fasten their seat belts It may light up continuously or flash In addition there may be a warning tone Regardless of whether the driver s seat belt has already been fastened the amp seat belt warning lamp lights up for six seconds each time the engine is started If after six seconds the driver or front passenger seat belt has not been fastened and the doors are closed the amp seat belt warning lamp lights up again As soon as the driver s and front passenger seat belts are fastened or a front door is opened again the 4 seat belt warning lamp goes out If the driver s seat belt is not fastened after the engine is started an additional warning tone will sound This warning tone stops after six seconds or when the driver s seat belt is fastened If the vehicle s speed exceeds 15 mph 25 km h once and the driver s and front passenger seat belts are not fastened a warning tone sounds The warning tone sounds with increasing intensity for 60 seconds or until the driver or front passenger have fastened their seat belts zA Occupant safety Safety i I
264. here is a risk of injury You must make sure that fuel does not come into contact with your skin eyes or clothing and that it is not swallowed Do not inhale fuel vapors Keep fuel away from children If you or others come into contact with fuel observe the following e Wash away fuel from skin immediately using soap and water e If fuel comes into contact with your eyes immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water Seek medical assistance with out delay e If fuel is swallowed seek medical assis tance without delay Do not induce vomit ing e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with fuel A WARNING Electrostatic buildup can create sparks and ignite fuel vapors There is a risk of fire and explosion Always touch the vehicle body before opening the fuel filler flap or touching the fuel pump nozzle Any existing electrostatic buildup is thereby discharged H Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with a gasoline engine Do not switch on the igni tion if you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel Otherwise the fuel will enter the fuel system Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could result in damage to the fuel system and the engine Notify a quali fied specialist workshop and have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained completely H Overfilling the fuel tank could damage the fuel system Refueling fa H Take care not to spill any fuel on painted surfaces You could otherwise
265. hese cases PRE SAFE Brake may e give an unnecessary warning and then brake the vehicle e not give a warning or intervene There is a risk of an accident Always pay particular attention to the traffic situation and be ready to brake especially if PRE SAFE Brake warns you Terminate the intervention in a non critical driving situation In order to maintain the appropriate distance to the vehicle in front and thus prevent a col lision you must apply the brakes yourself Driving safety systems A 2 N fa Driving safety systems Safety N WARNING PRE SAFE Brake does not react e to people or animals e to oncoming vehicles e to crossing traffic e when cornering As a result PRE SAFE Brake may neither give warnings nor intervene in all critical sit uations There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake In the event of snowfall or heavy rain the rec ognition can be impaired Recognition by the radar sensor system is also impaired in the event of e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e there is interference by other radar sources e there are strong radar reflections for example in parking garages e a narrow vehicle traveling in front e g a motorbike e a vehicle traveling in front on a different line relative to the center of your vehicle Following damage to the front end of the vehi
266. hich you are driving Some jurisdic tions prohibit the driver from using a mobile phone while driving a vehicle If you make a call while driving always use hands free mode Only operate the telephone when the traffic situation permits If you are unsure pull over to a safe location and stop before operating the telephone Bear in mind that at a speed of only 30 mph approximately 50 km h the vehicle covers a distance of 44 ft approximately 14 m per second Drive sensibly save fuel Observe the following tips to save fuel e The tires should always be inflated to the recommended tire pressure e Remove unnecessary loads e Warm up the engine at low engine speeds e Avoid frequent acceleration or braking e Observe the service intervals in the Main tenance Booklet or in the service interval display Have all the maintenance work car ried in accordance with Daimler AG regu lations Fuel consumption also increases when driv ing in cold weather in stop start traffic and in hilly terrain Drinking and driving Z WARNING Drinking and driving and or taking drugs and driving are very dangerous combinations Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes perceptions and judg ment The possibility of a serious or even fatal acci dent is greatly increased when you drink or take drugs and drive Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive who has been drinking or tak ing d
267. hicle is stationary for a lengthy period The red park USA only or Canada only indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up Releasing automatically The electric parking brake is released auto matically when all of the following conditions are fulfilled e the engine is running e the transmission is in position D or R e the driver s seat belt is fastened e you depress the accelerator pedal If the transmission is in position R the trunk lid must be closed Driving and parking si prva s e Driving and parking If your seat belt is not fastened the following conditions must be fulfilled to automatically release the electric parking brake e the driver s door is closed e you have shifted out of P or you have pre viously driven faster than 2 mph 3 km h The electric parking brake can only be released automatically on vehicles with automatic transmission Ensure that you do not depress the acceler ator pedal unintentionally Otherwise the parking brake will be released and the vehicle will start to move Emergency braking The vehicle can also be braked during an emergency by using the electric parking brake gt While driving push handle Q of the electric parking brake The vehicle is braked for as long as the handle of the electric parking brake is pressed The longer the electric parking brake handle is depressed the greater the braking fo
268. his is the case if for example very rigid vehicle parts such as the longitudinal body members are hit in an accident and the rate of deceleration is suffi cient If the restraint system control unit detects a side impact or an overturn situation the rel evant restraint system components are acti vated independently of one another depend ing on the apparent type of accident If addi tional protection for the vehicle occupants is determined in this situation the belt tension ers are also triggered e Sidebag on the side on which the impact occurs independently of the belt tensioner and of the use of the seat belt on the driv er s seat The sidebag on the front passenger side deploys under the following conditions the OCS system detects that the front passenger seat is occupied or the belt tongue has engaged in the belt buckle of the front passenger seat e Headbag on the side on which the impact occurs independently of the use of the seat belt and independently of whether the front passenger seat is occupied e Headbags on the driver s and front passenger sides in certain overturn situa tions if the system determines that they can offer additional protection to that pro vided by the seat belt Not all air bags are deployed in an acci dent The various air bag systems work independently of each other How the air bag system works is deter mined by the severity of the accident detec ted especially the vehicl
269. his reduces the risk of vehi cle occupants coming into contact with parts of the vehicle interior or being ejected from the vehicle Furthermore the seat belt helps to keep the vehicle occupant in the best posi tion in relation to the air bag The seat belt system comprises e Seat belts e Emergency Tensioning Devices and seat belt force limiters If the seat belt is pulled by the belt loop quickly or with a jerky movement the belt retractor locks The belt strap cannot be extracted any further The Emergency Tensioning Device tightens the seat belt in an accident pulling the belt close against the body However it does not pull the vehicle occupant back in the direction of the backrest The Emergency Tensioning Device does not correct an incorrect seat position or the rout ing of an incorrectly fastened seat belt When triggered seat belt force limiters help to reduce the force exerted by the seat belt on the vehicle occupant The seat belt force limiters are synchronized with the front air bags which absorb part of the deceleration force This can reduce the force exerted on the vehicle occupants during an accident H If the front passenger seat is unoccupied do not insert the belt tongue into the buckle of the front passenger seat This may oth erwise lead to the triggering of the Emer gency Tensioning Device in the event of an accident which will then need to be replaced Important safety notes The use of seat bel
270. horized Mercedes Benz Center Safety E OCS is malfunctioning gt Make sure there is nothing between the seat cushion and the child seat gt Make sure that the entire base of the child restraint system rests on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest of the forwards facing child restraint system must as far as pos sible be resting on the backrest of front passenger seat If nec essary adjust the position of the front passenger seat gt When installing the child restraint system make sure that the seat belt is tight Do not pull the seat belt tight with the front passenger seat adjustment This could result in the seat belt and the child restraint system being pulled too tightly gt Check the installation of the child restraint system Make sure that the head restraint does not apply a load to the child restraint system If necessary adjust the head restraint accordingly gt Make sure that no objects are applying additional weight onto the seat gt f the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains off do not install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat gt Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Ea Occupant safety A Safet Deployment of Emergency Tensioning Devices and air bags Important safety notes Z WARNING The air bag parts are hot after an air bag has been deployed There is a risk of injury Do not touch the air bag pa
271. horized Mercedes Benz Cen ter Driving abroad An extensive Mercedes Benz Service network is also available in other countries You can obtain further information from any author ized Mercedes Benz Center Care Environmental note Dispose of empty packaging and cleaning cloths in an environmentally responsible man ner H For cleaning your vehicle do not use any of the following e dry rough or hard cloths e abrasive cleaning agents e solvents e cleaning agents containing solvents Do not scrub Do not touch the surfaces or protective films with hard objects e g a ring or ice scraper You could otherwise scratch or damage the surfaces and protective film H Do not park the vehicle for an extended period straight after cleaning it particularly after having cleaned the wheels with wheel cleaner Wheel cleaners could cause increased corrosion of the brake discs and brake pads linings For this reason you 7 Maintenance and care LJ Maintenance and care should drive for a few minutes after clean ing Braking heats the brake discs and the brake pads linings thus drying them The vehicle can then be parked Regular care of your vehicle is a condition for retaining the quality in the long term Use care products and cleaning agents rec ommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Washing the vehicle and cleaning the paintwork Automatic car wash Z WARNING Braking
272. ht hand tail lamp brake lamp is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand high beam is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 115 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand license plate lamp is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left hand or right hand front fog lamp is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions OE The rear fog lamp is defective oes gt Cera epe k h Rear Fog Lamp Visit a qualified specialist workshop X The front left or front right parking or standing lamp is defective Check Front Left Parking Lamp or Check Front Right Parking Lamp gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 115 e The backup lamp is defective NA D gt i h If Backup Light Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourse gt page 115 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop X The left or right front side marker lamp is defective Check Front Left Sidemarker Lamp or Check Front Right Sidemarker Lamp m On board computer and displays gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop X The rear left or right side marker lamp is defective SEd ker lar gt Visit a qualified
273. ibes the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall These are made of steel nylon polyester and other materials Wheels and tires Wheels and tires Bar Metric unit for tire pressure 14 5038 pounds per square inch psi and 100 kilopascals kPa are the equivalent of 1 bar DOT Department of Transportation DOT marked tires fulfill the requirements of the United States Department of Transporta tion Normal occupant weight The number of occupants which the vehicle is designed for multiplied by 68 kilograms 150 Ib Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A uniform standard to grade the quality of tires with regards to tread quality tire traction and temperature characteristics Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using U S government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Recommended tire pressure The recommended tire pressure applies to the tires mounted at the factory The Tire and Loading Information placard con tains the recommended tire pressures for cold tires on a fully loaded vehicle and for the maximum permissible vehicle speed The tire pressure table contains the recom mended pressures for cold tires for various operating conditions i e differing load and speed conditions Increased vehicle weight due to optional equipment This is the combined weight of all standard and optional equipme
274. ic transmission turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt Move the selector lever to N As soon as the vehicle has been loaded gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by applying the electric parking brake gt Vehicles with manual transmission fully depress the clutch pedal and engage first or reverse gear gt Vehicles with automatic transmission move the selector lever to P gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tion lock and remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Secure the vehicle ray Breakdown assistance a Fuses had Breakdown assistance H Vehicles with automatic transmission must not be tow started You could other wise damage the automatic transmission You can find information on Jump start ing under gt page 301 Before tow starting e the battery must be connected e the engine must be cold e the exhaust system must have cooled down When tow starting it is important that you observe the safety instructions gt page 303 gt Switch on the hazard warning lamps gt page 111 gt Install the towing eye gt page 304 gt Secure the rigid towing bar or the towing rope gt Depress and hold the brake pedal gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt Depress the clutch pedal fully engage sec ond gear and keep the clutch pedal depressed gt Release the brake pedal gt Tow start the vehicle gt
275. icle ce sudden change in direction The child restraint system could be thrown about strik ing vehicle occupants There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Always install child restraint systems prop erly even if they are not being used Make sure that you observe the child restraint sys tem manufacturer s installation instructions Safety E Further information on stowing objects lug gage and loads securely can be found under Stowing options stowage compartments gt page 256 Z WARNING Child restraint systems or their securing sys tems which have been damaged or subjected to a load in an accident can no longer protect as intended The child cannot then be restrained in the event of an accident heavy braking or sudden changes of direction There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Replace child restraint systems which have been damaged or subjected to a load in an accident as soon as possible Have the secur ing systems on the child restraint system checked at a qualified specialist workshop before you install a child restraint system again If a child is carried on the front passenger seat be sure to observe the information on the Occupant Classification System OCS gt page 49 There you will also find informa tion on deactivating the front passenger front air bag All child restraint systems must meet the fol lowing standards e U S Federal Motor V
276. icle to ensure that label on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your the replacement or alternate tires and wheels vehicle has tires of a different size than the allow the TPMS to continue to function prop size indicated on the Tire and Loading Infor erly mation placard or the tire pressure label you should determine the proper tire pressure for It is the driver s responsibility to set the tire those tires pressure to that recommended for cold tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has which is suitable for the operating situation been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring gt page 314 Note that the correct tire pres system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pres Sure for the current operating situation must sure telltale when one or more of your tires first be taught in to the tire pressure monitor are significantly underinflated Accordingly If there is a substantial loss of pressure the when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates warning threshold for the warning message is you should stop and check your tires as soon aligned to the reference values taught in a Wheels and tires as possible and inflate them to the proper Restart the tire pressure monitor after adjust pressure Driving on a significantly underin ing the pressure of the cold tires flated tire causes the tire to overheat andcan page 321 The current pressures are lead to tire failure Underinflation also saved as new reference values As
277. ification func tion is only available when the engine is run ning The air inside the vehicle is cooled and dehumidified according to the temperature selected Condensation may drip from the underside of the vehicle when it is in cooling mode This is normal and not a sign that there is a malfunc tion Climate control E Climate control E Operating the climate control systems Activating deactivating gt To activate press the ae or 4 but ton The indicator lamp in the ase or 4 button lights up gt To deactivate press the ac or 4 button The indicator lamp in the a c or 4 button goes out The Cooling with air dehu midification function has a delayed switch off feature Operating the climate control systems ee Problems with the Cooling with air dehumidification function Problem The indicator lamp in the ac _4 button flashes three times or remains off The Cook ing with air dehumidifi cation function cannot be switched on malfunction Setting climate control to automatic _ Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Cooling with air dehumidification has been deactivated due to a gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop gt To switch to manual mode press the General notes Automatic mode is only available with 2 zone automatic air conditioning
278. ifunction steering wheel or gt Use the volume controller of the audio sys tem COMAND Eel Features The system offers various services e g e Automatic and manual emergency call e Roadside Assistance call e MB Info call USA only you can find information and a description of all available features under Owners Online at http www mbusa com System self test After you have switched on the ignition the system carries out a self diagnosis A malfunction in the system has been detec ted if one of the following occurs e The indicator lamp in the SOS button does not come on during the system self test e The indicator lamp in the R Roadside Assistance button does not light up during self diagnosis of the system e The indicator lamp in the amp i MB Info call button does not light up during self diag nosis of the system e The indicator lamp in one or more of the following buttons continues to light up red after the system self diagnosis SOS button RA Roadside Assistance call button Q il MB Info call button e After the system self diagnosis the Inop erative or Service Not Activated message appears in the multifunction dis play If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above the system may not operate as expec ted In the event of an emergency help will have to be summoned by other means Have the system checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or co
279. igarette lighter 0 0 0 eee Cleaning Mirror turn signal Climate control Air conditioning system Automatic climate control dual zone Controlling automatically Cooling with air dehumidification Defrosting the windows Defrosting the windshield General NOLES sc sssscevsnesscosecesesssceess Indicator lamp Information about using auto matic climate control Maximum COOIINg ee eeeeeeeereeeees Notes on using the air condition ing system Overview of Systems s es Problems with cooling with air dehumidification Problem with the rear window JEO STET orerar A ESS Refrigerant 1 sseevccsuset edocs ovssiesseeants Refrigerant filling capacity Setting the air distribution Setting the airflow 0 eee Setting the air vents eec Setting the temperature Switching air recirculation mode ONY ON E E E Switching on off sesser Switching residual heat on off Switching the rear window defroster on off cceceeesseeeeeeeee Switching the ZONE function on OTE oases isd E T Cockpit OVEIVIEW cc ecseyereteaes Asteetexsnteseres ate see Instrument cluster Collapsible spare wheel ATN E eresse renaras see Emergency spare wheel COMAND display Cleaning serres ins 288 Combination switch ee 110 Compass Calibrating serseri an 274 Calling UD eener 273 SEINE e E RR 274 Consumption statistics on board computer eere 197 Convenience closing feature
280. ignition lock and shift the automatic trans mission to N Then turn the SmartKey back to 0 and leave it in the ignition lock H Make sure that the electric parking brake is released If the electric parking brake is faulty visit a qualified specialist workshop H The vehicle can be towed a maximum of 30 miles 50km The towing speed of 30 mph 50 km h must not be exceeded If the vehicle has to be towed more than 30 miles 50km the entire vehicle must be raised and transported H If you tow or tow start another vehicle its weight must not exceed the maximum per missible gross vehicle weight of your vehi cle Information on your vehicle s gross vehi cle weight rating can be found on the vehi cle identification plate gt page 346 It is better to have the vehicle transported than to have it towed Vehicles with automatic transmission when towing a vehicle the automatic trans mission must be in position N The battery must be connected and charged Otherwise you e cannot turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock e cannot shift the transmission to position N on vehicles with automatic transmission Vehicles with automatic transmission release the selector lever lock manually to move it out of position P gt page 158 Disarm the automatic locking feature before the vehicle is towed gt page 207 You could otherwise be locked out when pushing or towing the vehicle Towing and tow sta
281. ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to or gt Press the 40 button The green 40 indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster lights up gt To switch off the front fog lamps press the 0 button The green 40 indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster goes out AUTO Only vehicles with front fog lamps have the fog lamps function Rear fog lamp The rear fog lamp improves visibility of your vehicle for the traffic behind in the event of thick fog Please take note of the country specific regulations for the use of rear fog lamps gt To switch on the rear fog lamps turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to or gt Press the of button The yellow o indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up gt To switch off the rear fog lamp press the o button The yellow o indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out AUTO Parking lamps H If the battery has been excessively dis charged the parking lamps or standing lamps are automatically switched off to enable the next engine start Always park your vehicle safely and sufficiently lit according to legal standards Avoid the continuous use of the 002 parking lamps for several hours If possible
282. ike this the body the under carriage chassis parts wheels or tires could be damaged without the damage being visible Components damaged in this way can unexpectedly fail or in the case of an accident no longer withstand the strain they are designed to If the underbody paneling is damaged combustible materials such as leaves grass or twigs can gather between the underbody and the underbody paneling If these materials come in contact with hot parts of the exhaust system they can catch fire In such situations have the vehicle checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist workshop If on con tinuing your journey you notice that driving safety is impaired pull over and stop the vehicle immediately paying attention to road and traffic conditions In such cases visit a qualified specialist workshop Declarations of conformity Vehicle components which receive and or transmit radio waves USA The wireless devices of this vehicle comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Oper ation is subject to the following two condi tions 1 These devices may not cause harm ful interference and 2 These devices must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired oper ation Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for com pliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada The wireless devices of this vehicle comply with Indust
283. imately 8 in 20 cm gt Check that the hood has engaged properly If the hood can be raised slightly it is not properly engaged Open it again and close it with a little more force Notes on the oil level Depending on your driving style the vehicle consumes up to 0 9 US qt 0 8 liters of oil per 600 miles 1 000 km The oil consumption may be higher than this when the vehicle is new or if you frequently drive at high engine speeds AMG vehicles before operation on race tracks check the oil level and gt page 279 add oil if necessary gt page 280 Race track operation is only permitted with a maximum engine oil level Depending on the engine the oil dipstick may be in a different location When checking the oil level e park the vehicle on a level surface e the engine should be switched off for approximately five minutes if the engine is at normal operating temperature e if the engine is not at normal operating temperature e g if the engine was only started briefly wait about 30 minutes before carrying out the measurement Maintenance and care Checking the oil level using the oil dip stick Z WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following
284. in slightly gt Immediately after the window blocks pull the corresponding switch again until the side window has closed The side window is closed without the anti entrapment feature Only have the soft top closed manually at a qualified specialist workshop H Never sit on the rear shelf or store heavy objects there You will otherwise damage If you do not fully open close the soft top the soft top hydraulics depressurize after a short time This causes the soft top to lower unex pectedly and may cause you or others to be trapped There is a risk of injury Always open or close the soft top completely Z WARNING Closing the roof manually is a complicated and technically demanding procedure which requires a lot of strength You or others can become trapped There is a risk of injury the roof and the rear shelf of your vehicle H Do not forget that the weather can change abruptly Make certain that the roof is closed when you leave the vehicle The vehicle electronics can be damaged if water enters the vehicle interior H When opening and closing the roof make sure that Opening and closing r e Root O O Opening and closing i e there is sufficient clearance as the roof swings upwards e there is sufficient clearance behind the vehicle as the trunk lid swings back wards beyond the bumper e the trunk is only loaded to below the trunk partition e the trunk partition is not pushed up by the lo
285. in the overrevving range as this could damage the engine The red band in the tachometer indicates the engine s overrevving range The fuel supply is interrupted to protect the engine when the red band is reached You should pay special attention to road con ditions when temperatures are around freez ing point Bear in mind that the outside temperature display indicates the temperature measured and does not record the road temperature The outside temperature display is in the mul tifunction display gt page 196 Changes in the outside temperature are dis played after a short delay The segments in the speedometer indicate which speed range is available e Cruise control activated gt page 169 The segments light up from the stored speed to the maximum speed e DISTRONIC PLUS activated gt page 17 1 One or two segments in the set speed range light up e DISTRONIC PLUS detects a vehicle in front Displays and operation a The segments between the speed of the vehicle in front and the stored speed light up Overview Multifunction display Right control panel Left control panel gt To activate the on board computer turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the ignition lock You can control the multifunction display and the settings in the on board computer using the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel N gt 2 Q Pr me To tm oO P Q E oO me fe
286. ind screen or the vehicle inte rior The wind screen offers protection from the wind when driving with the roof down The wind screen can be installed or removed from the driver s side or passenger side For operations involving the wind screen it is preferable to be positioned on the side of the vehicle facing away from the traffic after stopping the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions Installing and removing the wind screen Preparing for installation Preparing for installation from the left side of the vehicle example Wind screen Locked latch Unlocked latch gt The following conditions must be fulfilled for installation e unlocking buttons R and L point in the direction of travel e latch 8 facing you is unlocked e latch facing away from you is locked gt To unlock the latch press unlocking but ton R or Lon the locked latch gt To lock the latch push the unlocked latch upwards by hand until it engages Installing Installation from the left side of the vehicle exam ple gt Stop the vehicle paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Take the wind screen out of the trunk gt Prepare for installing gt page 90 gt Hold wind screen Q at an angle and slide it with locked latch 2 in the direction of arrow 4 into the bracket of the opposite roll bar gt Press wind screen on the side of the vehicle facing you downwards in the direc
287. inflation compressor gt Unscrew the filler hose from the valve of the faulty tire gt Stow the tire sealant bottle and the tire inflation compressor gt Pull away immediately The maximum speed for a tire sealed with tire sealant is 50 mph 80 km h The upper part of the TIREFIT sticker must be affixed to the instrument cluster in the driver s field of vision gt Stop after driving for approximately ten minutes and check the tire pressure with the tire inflation compressor The tire pressure must now be at least 130 kPa 1 3 bar 19 psi Z WARNING If the required tire pressure is not reached after driving for a short period the tire is too badly damaged The tire sealant cannot repair the tire in this instance Damaged tires and a tire pressure that is too low can significantly impair the vehicle s braking and driving char acteristics There is a risk of accident Do not continue driving Contact a qualified specialist workshop In cases such as the one mentioned above contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Can ada gt Correct the tire pressure if it is still at least 130 kPa 1 3 bar 19 psi for the values see the Tire and Loading Information plac ard on the driver s side B pillar or tire pres sure table on the fuel filler flap gt To increase the tire pressure switch on the tire inflation compressor gt To reduce the
288. ing index definition 331 Load index vcs scecececcessseessacececteeeeevs 328 Load index definition sa OO MES iPS sorrise 312 Maximum loaded vehicle weight definition c ccascicaccacadsen 330 Maximum load on a tire defini UON soree shes coansvassvnetvene aveenseese 331 Maximum permissible tire pres SUPE definition sssri 331 Maximum tire load ssec 328 Maximum tire load definition 331 MOEXxtended tires soseen 312 Optional equipment weight defi nition Overview PSI pounds per square inch def TMILIOI rA EE Replacing ssccc5505 casssezeevsceeoeeseeveneesy Service life Sidewall definition oc eee Speed rating definition Soin T a ETT Structure and characteristics definition acssesories koereissies 329 SUMMED reS sssri 312 T MpPGrature sessir 325 TIN Tire Identification Number GOTINIEION sececciesceesssecstsceazstectensstide 331 Tire bead definition eee 331 Tire pressure definition 331 Tire pressures recommended 330 Tire size data ccsc5s cosscissesesedes cece 337 Tire size designation load bearing Capacity speed rating 0 ee 326 Tire tread en 311 Tire tread definition 331 Total load limit definition ina 332 Traction i ivscsissecesacciatvnsiivercceees 325 Traction definition nicesi 332 Tread wear cceecccesecesersesseecetteees 325 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standard S eiee e E EE 324 Uni
289. ing them selves on a vehicle armrest e sits in such a way that their weight is raised from the seat cushion Occupant safety ee If you install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat be sure to observe the correct positioning of the child restraint sys tem Never place objects under or behind the child restraint system e g cushions The entire base of the child restraint system must always rest on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest of the forwards facing child restraint system must as far as possible be resting on the backrest of the front passenger seat The child restraint system must not touch the roof or be put under strain by the head restraint Adjust the angle of the seat back rest and the head restraint position accord ingly Only then can OCS be guaranteed to function correctly Always observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instruc tions Safety iy Occupant Classification System opera tion OCS PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp informs you whether the front passenger front air bag is deactivated gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock or press the Start Stop but ton once or twice on vehicles with KEY LESS GO The system carries out a self diagnosis The PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp is inoperative It lights up briefly when
290. ing tone also sounds gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 161 gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock The KEYLESS GO key cannot be detected at present gt Change the location of the SmartKey with the KEYLESS GO functions in the vehicle If the KEYLESS GO key is still not detected gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock The KEYLESS GO key can continuously not be detected KEYLESS GO is temporarily malfunctioning or is defective A warn ing tone also sounds gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock and turn it to the desired position gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Pj On board computer and displays a Warning and indicator lamps Warning and indicator lamps La On board computer and displays Safety Seat belts Problem 4 After starting the engine the red seat belt warning lamp lights up for 6 seconds 4 After starting the engine the red seat belt warning lamp lights up In addition a warn ing tone sounds for up to 6 seconds 4 The red seat belt warn ing lamp lights up after the engine starts as soon as the driver s or the front passenger door is closed 4 The red seat belt warn ing lamp flashes and an intermittent audible warning sounds Possible causes consequ
291. injection system e in the exhaust system e in the ignition system e in the fuel system The emission limit values may be exceeded and the engine may be in emergency mode gt Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible at a qualified specialist workshop In some states you must immediately visit a qualified special ist workshop as soon as the yellow Check Engine warning lamp lights up This depends on the locally applicable legal require ments If in doubt check whether such legal regulations apply in the state in which you are currently driving The fuel level has dropped into the reserve range gt Refuel at the nearest gas station The fuel system pressure is too low The fuel filler cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking gt Check that the fuel filler cap is correctly closed gt If the fuel filler cap is not correctly closed close the fuel filler cap gt If the fuel filler cap is closed visit a qualified specialist work shop The temperature sensor for the coolant temperature gauge is defective The coolant temperature is no longer being monitored There is a risk of engine damage if the coolant temperature is too high gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 161 gt Consult a qualified specialist wor
292. inking and driving 0 Drive program AULOMAtIC 125 2e ies ee eateries DIS PIAY peceren eae Manualin Manual vehicles with Sports package AMG sesser SETUP on board computer Driver s door see Doors Driving abroad Mercedes Benz Service nsss Symmetrical low beam 06 Driving on flooded roads Driving safety systems ABS Anti lock Braking System ADAPTIVE BRAKE ceceeceeteeteeseenees BAS Brake Assist System BAS PLUS Brake Assist System PLUS iener eN a EBD electronic brake force distri bution ESP Electronic Stability Pro gram ETS Electronic Traction System Important safety information OVEIVIEW eit rces eetere s ien SENEE EEEE PRE SAFE Brake Driving systems ATTENTION ASSIST cceseeeseeeeeees Blind Spot Assist Cruise control Display message eeeeeseeseeeeees DISTRONIC PLUS iss2scccecescssscestess Driving Assistance package 189 Dynamic handling package 180 HOLD TUN CLIOM cccececcctenexssecvncversuers 181 Lane Keeping Assist cesses 190 Parking Guidance 1 0 0 eeeeeeeeeseeees 185 PARKTRONIG s scsvsstetencdarcessersecveree 182 Driving tips Automatic transmission seee 152 Brak S s s ccsceceseceasspessvevececesecuetopseees 166 Breakin period cscscsssccessesesesecesss 138 DISTRONIC PLUS ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 179 Downhill gradient seee 166 Drinking and driving ues 165
293. inues to flash gt Do not drive on gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 333 gt Vehicles with manual transmission engage first gear gt Vehicles with automatic transmission shift the transmission to P gt Turn the front wheels towards the curb gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop ry On board computer and displays an Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The yellow warning lamp lights up The red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes for about ten seconds after the electric parking brake has been applied or released It then goes out or remains lit The electric parking brake is malfunctioning gt Switch off the ignition and turn it back on gt Apply the electric parking brake If it is not possible to engage the electric parking brake gt Vehicles with manual transmission engage first gear gt Vehicles with automatic transmission shift the transmission to P gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop If it is not possible to release the electric parking brake gt Vehicles with manual transmission automatic emergency release insert the seat belt in the belt buckle and accelerate slightly more when pulling away gt Vehicles with automatic transmission release the electric parking brake automatically gt page 162 _ On board
294. ion The lighting in the instrument cluster in the displays and the controls in the vehicle inte rior can be adjusted using the brightness con trol knob The brightness control knob is on the bottom left of the instrument cluster gt page 31 gt Turn the brightness control knob counter clockwise or clockwise If the light switch is set to auto 500 lt or 2 the brightness is dependent upon the brightness of the ambient light The light sensor in the instrument cluster automatically controls the brightness of the multifunction display In daylight the displays in the instrument cluster are not lit Z WARNING Opening the hood when the engine is over heated or when there is a fire in the engine compartment could expose you to hot gases or other service products There is a risk of injury Let an overheated engine cool down before opening the hood If there is a fire in the engine compartment keep the hood closed and contact the fire department H A display message is shown if the coolant temperature is too high If the coolant temperature is over 248 F 120 C do not continue driving The engine will otherwise be damaged The coolant temperature gauge is in the instrument cluster on the right hand side gt page 31 Under normal operating conditions and with the specified coolant level the coolant tem perature may rise to 248 F 120 C H Do not drive
295. ion about the Occupant Classification System see gt page 49 The front passenger air bag and front passenger knee bag are enabled during the journey even though e a child a small adult or an object weighing less than the sys tem s weight threshold is located on the front passenger seat or e the front passenger seat is unoccupied The system may detect objects or forces applying additional weight on the seat A WARNING The front passenger front air bag and front passenger knee bag may be triggered unintentionally There is an increased risk of injury gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 161 gt Switch the ignition off gt Open the front passenger door gt Remove the child and the child restraint system from the front passenger seat gt Make sure that there are no objects on the seat adding to the weight The system may otherwise detect the additional weight and interpret the seat occupant s weight as greater than it actually is gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition gt Observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp in the center console and the multifunction display and check the fol lowing Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on e the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must light up and remain lit If the indicato
296. ions eee 353 Vehicle emergency locking 80 Vehicle identification number see VIN Vehicle identification plate 346 Vehicle tool kit 0 ee eeeeereeeee 292 Video Operating the DVD eee 201 MIN lites eee eereee AE E 346 Warning and indicator lamps ABO ie see e a NERE 245 Brakes asetu taeseeeetes 245 CHECK EMSING sa cscececeesncesesesecesncesets 251 Coola ternera R 251 Distance Warning sceeseeeeereeeee 253 DISTRONIC PLUS 2 sicssesscecccecesteets s 253 ES Ree EAE acetate 247 ESPR ORF aE 248 OVEIVIEW sessirnir ceserreatiii eresse 32 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF osses 41 RESEIVETUCL i sciscciatceschisdocesceteteusetss 251 Restraint system seee 250 Seat Delienn 244 SPORT handling mode ossessi 248 Tire pressure MONItOF 0 eee 254 Warranty ecsseccc3 sirier ior sciis 22 Washer fluid Display message s c 242 Wheel and tire combination see Tires Wheel bolt tightening torque 336 Wheel Chock seee 333 Wheels Changing a wheel nesese 332 CHECKING y ccccccnaiiacnacses 311 CIS ANIME cecstes te ssescsisestentbegseastseptsestas 286 Cleaning Warning eeeeeeeeeees 333 Emergency spare wheel 5 341 Important safety notes 310 Interchanging changing 332 Mounting a new wheel sses 336 Mounting a wheel sses 333 OVERVIOW sec sexccest aseessetvcotescessceevsstets 310 Removing a wheel eesse 335 SLORIMS pisie s 332
297. ions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 26 Important safety notes Z WARNING If wheels and tires of the wrong size are used the wheel brakes or suspension components may be damaged There is a risk of an acci dent Always replace wheels and tires with those that fulfill the specifications of the original part When replacing wheels make sure to use the correct e designation e model When replacing tires make sure to use the correct e designation e manufacturer e model Z WARNING A flat tire severely impairs the driving steer ing and braking characteristics of the vehicle There is a risk of accident Tires without run flat characteristics e do not drive with a flat tire e immediately replace the flat tire with your emergency spare wheel or spare wheel or consult a qualified specialist workshop Tires with run flat characteristics e pay attention to the information and warn ing notices on MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics Accessories that are not approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz or are not being used correctly can impair operating safety Before purchasing and using non approved accessories visit a qualified specialist work shop and inquire about e suitability e legal stipulations e factory recommendations Information on dimensions and types of wheels and tires for your vehicle can be found gt page 337
298. ires can also impair the steering and driving characteristics and lead to brake failure There is a risk of accident Observe the load rating of the tires The load rating must be at least half of the GAWR of your vehicle Never overload the tires by exceeding the maximum load Two instruction labels on your vehicle show the maximum possible load 1 The Tire and Loading Information placard is on the B pillar on the driver s side The rs Tire and Loading Information placard ainmeii farinae shows the maximum permissible number hM Se ee er i ee 2 ee ee eee of occupants and the maximum permis sible vehicle load It also contains details of the tire sizes and corresponding pres sures for tires installed at the factory The vehicle identification plate is on the B pillar on the driver s side The vehicle identification plate informs you of the gross vehicle weight rating Itis made up Specification for maximum gross vehicle N Pg Oe Po __ Wheels and tires of the vehicle weight all vehicle occu weight is listed in the Tire and Loading pants the fuel and the cargo You can Information placard The combined weight also find information about the maximum of occupants and cargo should never gross axle weight rating on the front and exceed XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs rear axle i The gross weight of all vehicle occupants The maximum gross axle weight rating is Joad and luggage must not exceed the speci th
299. is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires The affected tire must not show any clearly visible damage You can recognize MOExtended tires by the MOExtended marking which appears on the sidewall of the tire You will find this marking next to the tire size designation the load bearing capacity and the speed index gt page 326 MOExtended tires may only be used in con junction with an active tire pressure loss warning system or with an active tire pressure monitor Flat tire If the pressure loss warning message appears in the multifunction display e Observe the instructions in the display messages gt page 236 e Check the tire for damage e If driving on observe the following notes The maximum driving distance is approx imately 50 miles 80 km when the vehicle is partially laden and approximately 18 miles 30 km when the vehicle is fully laden In addition to the vehicle load the driving dis tance possible depends upon e Speed e Road condition e Outside temperature The driving distance possible in run flat mode may be reduced by extreme driving condi tions maneuvers or it can be increased through a moderate style of driving The maximum permissible distance which can be driven in run flat mode is counted from the moment the tire pressure loss warning appears in the multifunction display You must not exceed a maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h When replacing one or all tires ma
300. is adjus ted properly When doing so make sure that you have adjusted the head restraint so that the back of your head is supported at eye level by the center of the head restraint gt Observe the safety guidelines on steering wheel adjustment gt page 100 gt Make sure that steering wheel is adjus ted properly Adjusting the steering wheel manually gt page 101 Adjusts the steering wheel electrically gt page 101 When adjusting the steering wheel make sure that e you can hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent e you can move your legs freely e you can see all the displays in the instru ment cluster clearly gt Observe the safety guidelines for seat belts gt page 42 gt Check whether you have fastened seat belt 2 properly gt page 44 The seat belt should e fit snugly across your body e be routed across the middle of your shoul der e be routed in your pelvic area across the hip joints gt Before starting off adjust the rear view mir ror and the exterior mirrors gt page 103 in such a way that you have a good view of road and traffic conditions gt Vehicles with a memory function save the seat steering wheel and exterior mirror settings gt page 106 Important safety notes Z WARNING Children could become trapped if they adjust the seats particularly when unattended There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey wi
301. is an electronic parking aid with ultrasonic sensors It indicates visually and audibly the distance between your vehicle and an object PARKTRONIC is only an aid It is not a replace ment for your attention to your immediate surroundings You are always responsible for safe maneuvering parking and exiting a park ing space When maneuvering parking or pulling out of a parking space make sure that there are no persons animals or objects in the area in which you are maneuvering H When parking pay particular attention to objects above or below the sensors such as flower pots or trailer drawbars PARK TRONIC does not detect such objects when they are in the immediate vicinity of the vehicle You could damage the vehicle or the objects The sensors may not detect snow and other objects that absorb ultrasonic waves Ultrasonic sources such as an automatic car wash the compressed air brakes on a truck or a pneumatic drill could cause PARKTRONIC to malfunction PARKTRONIC may not function correctly on uneven terrain PARKTRONIC is activated automatically when you e switch on the ignition e move the selector lever to position D R or N on vehicles with automatic transmission e release the electric parking brake PARKTRONIC is deactivated at speeds above 11 mph 18 km h It is reactivated at lower speeds PARKTRONIC monitors the area around your vehicle using six sensors in the front bumper and four sensors in the rear bum
302. is in position 2 in the ignition lock The color and brightness of the ambient light ing may be set using the on board computer page 205 Automatic interior lighting control gt To activate deactivate press the a button When the automatic interior lighting con trol is activated the button is flush with the overhead control panel Interior lighting Interior lighting Lights and windshield wipers E a Replacing bulbs Lights and windshield wipers R The interior lighting automatically switches on if you e unlock the vehicle e open a door e remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock The interior light is activated for a short while when the SmartKey is removed from the igni tion lock You can activate this delayed switch off using the on board computer gt page 206 Manual interior lighting control gt To switch the interior lighting on off press the button gt To switch the reading lamps on off press the amp button The interior lighting is activated automatically if the vehicle is involved in an accident gt To switch off the crash responsive emergency lighting press the hazard warning lamp button or gt Lock and then unlock the vehicle using the SmartKey Replacing bulbs Xenon bulbs DANGER Xenon bulbs carry a high voltage You can get an electric shock if you remove the cover of the Xenon bulb and touch the electric
303. isk of injury If you need to do any work inside the engine compartment e switch off the ignition e never reach into the area where there is a risk of danger from moving components such as the fan rotation area e remove jewelry and watches e keep items of clothing and hair for exam ple away from moving parts Opening the hood Z WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following Z WARNING When the hood is open and the windshield wipers are set in motion you can be injured by the wiper linkage There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before opening the hood H Make sure that the windshield wipers are not folded away from the windshield You could otherwise damage the windshield wipers or the hood Engine compartment gt Make sure that the windshield wipers are turned off gt Pull release lever 1 on the hood The hood is released gt Reach into the gap pull hood catch han dle 2 up and lift the hood If you lift the hood by approximately 15 in 40 cm the hood is opened and held open automatically by the gas filled strut Closing the hood gt Lower the hood and let it fall from a height of approx
304. itch cooling with air dehumidification on off gt page 127 To switch the residual heat function on off gt page 133 To switch the rear window defroster on off gt page 132 To set the temperature right gt page 129 To activate deactivate air recirculation mode gt page 133 To set the air distribution gt page 130 To increase the airflow gt page 130 To reduce the airflow gt page 130 To switch climate control on off gt page 127 To set climate control to automatic gt page 129 Climate control 4 el Overview of climate control systems Climate control ast PL SGI USA only To set the temperature left gt page 129 To defrost the windshield gt page 131 To switch maximum cooling on off gt page 131 To switch cooling with air dehumidification on off gt page 127 To switch the rear window defroster on off gt page 132 To set the temperature right gt page 129 To activate deactivate air recirculation mode gt page 133 To set the air distribution gt page 130 To increase the airflow gt page 130 To reduce the airflow gt page 130 To switch climate control on off gt page 127 To set climate control to automatic gt page 129 Optimum use of dual zone automatic e Only use the Windshield defrosting func climate control tion briefly until the windshield is clear oo again Automati climate control e Only use air recircula
305. ity Program The operating safety of your vehicle may be restricted You could lose control of the vehicle for example e braking e in the event of abrupt steering maneuver and or when the vehicle s speed is not adapted to the road conditions There is a risk of an accident In the event of a short circuit or a similar inci dent contact a qualified specialist workshop immediately Do not drive any further You should have all work involving the battery car ried out at a qualified specialist workshop For further information about ABS and ESP see gt page 61 and gt page 63 Z WARNING Electrostatic build up can lead to the creation of sparks which could ignite the highly explo sive gases of a battery There is a risk of an explosion Before handling the battery touch the vehicle body to remove any existing electrostatic build up The highly flammable gas mixture forms when charging the battery as well as when jump starting Always make sure that neither you nor the battery is electrostatically charged A build up of electrostatic charge can be caused for example e by wearing clothing made from synthetic fibers e due to friction between clothing and seats D Breakdown assistance Breakdown assistance e if you push or pull the battery across the carpet or other synthetic materials e if you wipe the battery with a cloth Z WARNING During the charging process a battery produ ces hyd
306. ixed with the cleaning additive recommended by Mercedes Benz You must observe the notes and mixing ratios specified on the container Engine oil General notes H Never use engine oil or an oil filter of a specification other than is necessary to ful fill the prescribed service intervals Do not change the engine oil or oil filter in order to achieve longer replacement intervals than those prescribed You could otherwise cause engine damage or damage to the exhaust gas aftertreatment Follow the instructions in the service inter val display regarding the oil change Other wise you may damage the engine and the exhaust gas aftertreatment When handling engine oil observe the impor tant safety notes on service products gt page 347 The engine oils are matched to the perform ance of Mercedes Benz engines and service intervals You should therefore only use engine oils and oil filters that are approved for vehicles with maintenance systems Fora list of approved engine oils and oil filters consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter Or visit the website http bevo mercedes benz com The table shows which engine oils have been approved for your vehicle P Technical data i Technical data Model Engine MB model Approval SLK 250 271 229 5 SLK 350 276 229 5 SLK 55 AMG 152 229 5 Use only SAE OW 40 or SAE 5W 40 engine oils for AMG vehicles MB approval is indicated on the oil con tainers Filling
307. ke pedal depressed until the emergency braking situation is over ABS prevents the wheels from locking BAS PLUS is deactivated and the brakes func tion as usual again if e you release the brake pedal e there is no longer a risk of collision e no obstacle is detected in front of your vehicle e you depress the accelerator pedal e you activate kickdown ESP Electronic Stability Program General notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 61 ESP monitors driving stability and traction i e power transmission between the tires and the road surface If ESP detects that the vehicle is deviating from the direction desired by the driver one or more wheels are braked to stabilize the vehicle The engine output is also modified to keep the vehicle on the desired course within physical limits ESP assists the driver when pulling away on wet or slippery roads ESP can also stabilize the vehicle during braking ETS Electronic Traction System Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 61 ETS traction control is part of ESP ETS brakes the drive wheels individually if they spin This enables you to pull away and accelerate on slippery surfaces for example if the road surface is slippery on one side In addition more drive torque is transferred to the wheel or wheels with traction Driving safety systems A
308. ke sure that you use only tires e of the size specified for the vehicle and e marked MOExtended If a tire has gone flat and cannot be replaced with a MOExtended tire a stand ard tire may be used as a temporary meas ure Make sure that you use the proper size and type summer or winter tire Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tires are not equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory It is therefore recommended that you additionally equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit if you mount tires that do not feature run flat properties e g winter tires ATIREFIT kit is available for example from a qualified specialist workshop a4 Breakdown assistance a Flat tire ot Breakdown assistance Important safety notes Z WARNING When driving in emergency mode the driving characteristics deteriorate e g when corner ing accelerating quickly and when braking There is a risk of an accident Do not exceed the stated maximum speed Avoid abrupt steering and driving maneuvers and driving over obstacles curbs potholes off road This applies in particular to a laden vehicle Stop driving in emergency mode if e you hear banging noises e the vehicle starts to shake e you see smoke and smell rubber e ESP is intervening constantly e there are tears in the sidewalls of the tire After driving in emergency mode have the wheel rims checked at a qualified specialist workshop with regard to their further use Th
309. ke sure that the SmartKey is in position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Briefly press button Q Both exterior mirrors fold in or out Make sure that the exterior mirrors are always folded out fully while driving They could otherwise vibrate Folding the exterior mirrors in or out automatically If the Fold in mirrors when locking function is activated in the on board computer gt page 208 e the exterior mirrors fold in automatically as soon as you lock the vehicle from the out side e the exterior mirrors fold out again automat ically as soon as you unlock the vehicle and then open the driver s or front passenger door The exterior mirrors do not fold out if they have been folded in manually Exterior mirror pushed out of position If an exterior mirror has been pushed out of position proceed as follows gt Vehicles without electrically folding exterior mirrors move the exterior mirror into the correct position manually gt Vehicles with electrically folding exte rior mirrors press and hold mirror folding button Q until you hear a click and then the mirrors engage in position gt page 104 The mirror housing is engaged again and you can adjust the exterior mirrors as usual gt page 103 Z WARNING Electrolyte may escape if the glass in an auto matic anti glare mirror breaks The electrolyte is harmful and causes irritation It must not come into contact with your skin eyes res
310. king distance Driving tips e Brake occasionally to remove any possible salt residue Make sure that you do not endanger other road users when doing so e Carefully depress the brake pedal and the beginning and end of a journey e Maintain a greater distance to the vehicle ahead Servicing the brakes H If the red brake warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster and you hear a warn ing tone while the engine is running the brake fluid level may be too low Observe additional warning messages in the multi function display The brake fluid level may be too low due to brake pad wear or leaking brake lines Have the brake system checked immedi ately This work should be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop H As the ESP system operates automati cally the engine and the ignition must be switched off SmartKey in position 0 or 1 in the ignition lock if the electric parking brake is being tested on a brake dynamom eter maximum 10 seconds Braking triggered automatically by ESP may seriously damage the brake system All checks and maintenance work on the brake system must be carried out at a quali fied specialist workshop Have this work car ried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter Have the brake pads replaced and the brake fluid renewed at a qualified specialist work shop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter If the brake system has only been subject to moderate loads you should
311. kshop Fy On board computer and displays Be Warning and indicator lamps Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions we The coolant level is too low The red coolant warn If the coolant level is correct the airflow to the engine radiator may ing lamp comes on be blocked or the electric engine radiator fan may be malfunc while the engine is run tioning ning The coolant is too hot and the engine is no longer being cooled sufficiently gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 161 gt Leave the vehicle and keep a safe distance from the vehicle until the engine has cooled down gt Check the coolant level and add coolant observing the warning notes gt page 281 gt f you need to add coolant more often than usual have the engine coolant system checked gt Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked e g by snow slush or ice gt Do not start the engine again until the coolant temperature is below 248 F 120 C Otherwise the engine could be damaged gt Drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop gt Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads e g driving in moun tainous terrain and stop and go traffic ld On board computer and displays
312. l Cruise control lever There are several ways to deactivate cruise control gt Briefly press the cruise control lever for wards Q or gt Brake Cruise control is automatically deactivated if e you engage the electric parking brake e you are driving at less than 20 mph 30 km h e ESP intervenes or you deactivate ESP e on vehicles with manual transmission you shift to a gear that is too high and as a result the engine speed is too low e you shift the transmission to position N while driving If cruise control is deactivated you will hear a warning tone You will see the Cruise Con trol Off message in the multifunction dis play for approximately five seconds When you switch off the engine the last speed stored is cleared General notes DISTRONIC PLUS regulates the speed and automatically helps you maintain the dis tance to the vehicle detected in front DIS Driving and parking Driving systems Driving and parking TRONIC PLUS brakes automatically so that the set speed is not exceeded On long and steep downhill gradients espe cially if the vehicle is laden you must select a lower gear in good time By doing so you will make use of the braking effect of the engine This relieves the load on the brake system and prevents the brakes from overheating and wearing too quickly If a slower moving vehicle is detected in front DISTRONIC PLUS brakes your vehicle It maintai
313. lable again If the display message continues to be displayed gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Ea Display messages Inoperative See Operator s Manual ae Inoperative See Operator s Manual ag PARK USA only Canada only Please Release Parking Brake Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ESP BAS PRE SAFE the HOLD function and hill start assist are unavailable due to a malfunction BAS PLUS and PRE SAFE Brake may also have failed In addition the and warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop EBD electronic brake force distribution ABS ESP BAS PRE SAFE the HOLD function and hill start assist are unavailable due to a malfunction BAS PLUS and PRE SAFE Brake may also have failed In addition the amp J and warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster and a warning tone sounds Z WARNING The brake system continues to functio
314. le against rolling away gt page 161 gt Switch off all electrical consumers gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tion lock and remove it gt page 139 or gt On vehicles with KEYLESS GO make sure the ignition is switched off gt page 140 All indicator lamps in the instrument cluster must be off The fuses are located in various fuse boxes e Fuse box in the engine compartment on the left hand side of the vehicle when viewed in the direction of travel e Fuse box in the trunk The fuse allocation chart is located in the vehicle tool kit in the stowage compartment under the trunk floor gt page 292 Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 306 Z WARNING When the hood is open and the windshield wipers are set in motion youcan be injured by the wiper linkage There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before opening the hood H Make sure that no moisture can enter the fuse box when the cover is open H When closing the cover make sure that it is lying correctly on the fuse box Moisture seeping in or dirt could otherwise impair the operation of the fuses gt Make sure that the windshield wipers are turned off gt Open the hood gt Use a dry cloth to remove any moisture from the fuse box gt To open open clamp 1 gt Remove fuse box cover 2 forwards gt To close check whether the seal is seated co
315. le route depending on your vehicle s current position and the desired destination You will then be guided live through the cur rent route section Search and Send General notes To use Search amp Send your vehicle must be equipped with mbrace and a navi gation system Additionally an mbrace ser vice subscription must be completed Search amp Send is a destination entry ser vice A destination address which is found on Google Maps can be transferred via mbrace directly to your vehicle s navigation system Specifying and sending the destination address gt Go to the website http www maps google com and enter a desti nation address into the entry field gt To send the destination address to the e mail address of your mbrace account click on the corresponding button on the website Example If you select Send to vehicle and then Mercedes Benz the destination address will be sent to your vehicle gt When the Send dialog window appears Enter the e mail address you specified when setting up your mbrace account into the corresponding field gt Click Send Information on specific commands such as Address entry or Send can be found on the website Calling up destination addresses gt Switch on the ignition The destination address is loaded into the vehicle s navigation system A display message appears asking whether navigation should be started gt Select Yes
316. le safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 161 gt Leave the vehicle and keep a safe distance from the vehicle until the engine has cooled down gt Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked e g by snow slush or ice gt Do not start the engine again until the display message goes out and the coolant temperature is below 248 F 120 C Other wise the engine could be damaged gt Pay attention to the coolant temperature display gt f the temperature increases again visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately Under normal operating conditions and with the specified coolant level the coolant temperature may rise to 248 F 120 C The battery is not being charged A warning tone also sounds Possible causes are e a defective alternator e a torn poly V belt e a malfunction in the electronics gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions H Do not continue driving The engine could otherwise overheat gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 161 gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop Fy On board computer and displays a Display messages H On board computer and displays Display messages Stop Vehicle See Operator s Manual Start Engine See Operator s Manual Check En
317. lights up red repeat the programing process for the corresponding button on the rear view mirror When doing so vary the distance between remote con trol and the rear view mirror The required distance between remote control and the integrated garage door opener depends on the garage door drive system Several attempts might be neces sary You should test every position for at least 25 seconds before trying another position Problems when programing If you are experiencing problems programing the integrated garage door opener on the rear view mirror take note of the following instructions e Check the transmitter frequency used by garage door drive remote control and whether it is supported The transmitter frequency can usually be found on the back of the garage door drive remote control The integrated garage door opener is com patible with devices that have units which operate in the frequency range of 280 to 433 MHz Replace the batteries in garage door remote control This increases the like lihood that garage door remote control will transmit a strong and precise signal to the integrated garage door opener When programing hold remote control at varying distances and angles from the button which you are programing Try vari ous angles at a distance between Zand 12 inches 5to 30 cm or at the same angle but at varying distances If another remote control is available for the same garage door
318. like situations Introduction such as during air bag deployment or when hitting a road obstacle The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e how various systems in your vehicle are operating e whether or not the driver and passenger seat belts are fastened e how far if at all the driver is depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and e how fast the vehicle is traveling This data can help provide a better under standing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement can combine the EDR data with the type of per sonal identification data routinely acquired during a crash investigation Access to the vehicle and or the EDR is nee ded to read data that is recorded by an EDR and special equipment is required In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties that have the special equipment such as law enforcement can read the information by accessing the vehicle or the EDR EDR data may be used in civil and criminal matters as a tool in accident reconstruction accident claims
319. list workshop and the replacement confirmed in the Maintenance Booklet Comply with the important safety precautions for service products when handling coolant gt page 347 The coolant is a mixture of water and anti freeze corrosion inhibitor It performs the following tasks e corrosion protection e antifreeze protection e raising the boiling point If the coolant has antifreeze protection down to 35 F 37 C the boiling point of the cool Service products and filling capacities ca ant during operation is approximately 266 F 130 C The antifreeze corrosion inhibitor concentra tion in the engine cooling system should e be at least 50 This will protect the engine cooling system against freezing down to approximately 35 F 37 C e not exceed 55 antifreeze protection down to 49 F 45 C Otherwise heat will not be dissipated as effectively If the vehicle has lost coolant add equal amounts of water and antifreeze corrosion inhibitor Mercedes Benz recommends an antifreeze corrosion inhibitor concentrate in accord ance with MB Specifications for Service Prod ucts 310 1 When the vehicle is first delivered it is fil led with a coolant mixture that ensures adequate antifreeze and corrosion protec tion The coolant is checked with every main tenance interval at a qualified specialist workshop Filling capacities Missing values were not available at time of going
320. lit the front passenger front air bag is deactivated gt page 41 e Always observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant Classification Sys tem OCS gt page 49 and on Children in the vehicle gt page 57 in addition to the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions Objects in the vehicle interior may pre vent the air bag from functioning cor rectly Before starting your journey and to avoid risks resulting from the speed of the air bag as it deploys make sure that e there are no people animals or objects between the vehicle occupants and an air bag e there are no objects between the seat door and B pillar e no accessories such as cup holders are attached to the vehicle within the deploy ment area of an air bag e g to doors or side windows e no heavy sharp edged or fragile objects are in the pockets of your clothing Store such objects in a suitable place A WARNING If you modify the air bag cover or affix objects such as stickers to it the air bag can no longer function correctly There is an increased risk of injury Never modify an air bag cover or affix objects to it Z WARNING Sensors to control the air bags are located in the doors Modifications or work not per formed correctly to the doors or door panel ing as well as damaged doors can lead to the function of the sensors being impaired The air bags might therefore not function properly any m
321. lts are automatically pulled taut as required see Belt adjustment gt page 45 gt If necessary pull upwards on the shoulder section of the seat belt to tighten the belt across your body In order to attach the child restraint system securely in the vehicle the seat belt on the co driver s seat is equipped with a child seat lock Further information on the Child seat lock gt page 58 Releasing seat belts H Make sure that the seat belt is fully rolled up Otherwise the seat belt or belt tongue will be trapped in the door or in the seat mechanism This could damage the door the door trim panel and the seat belt Dam aged seat belts can no longer fulfill their protective function and must be replaced Visit a qualified specialist workshop gt Press release button hold belt tongue 2 and guide it back towards belt loop Seat belt adjustment AMG vehicles the seat belt adjustment function is not available The seat belt adjustment is an integral part of the PRE SAFE convenience function This function adjusts the driver s and front passenger seat belt to the upper body of the occupants Occupant safety a The belt strap is tightened slightly when e the belt tongue is engaged in the buckle and e the ignition is switched on The seat belt adjustment will apply a certain tightening force if any slack is detected between the vehicle occupant and the seat belt Do not hold on to t
322. ly refers to a vehicle with standard equipment Consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the data for all vehicle variants and trim BAT BATRA MAB Ml ii ae levels poudo oN AMM MEIN Tt O U og e Example vehicle identification plate Canada only VIN Paint code The data shown on the vehicle identifica tion plate is used only as an example This data is different for every vehicle and can deviate from the data shown here You can find the data applicable to your vehicle on the vehicle identification plate Le Technical data gt Open the driver s door You will see vehicle identification plate Q VIN gt Slide the front passenger seat to its front most position gt Fold trim Q upwards VIN can be seen The VIN can also be found in the following locations e on the vehicle identification plate gt page 346 e on the lower edge of the windshield gt page 347 Engine number Emission control information plate including the certification of both federal and Californian emissions standards Engine number stamped into the crank case VIN on the lower edge of the windshield Service products and filling capacities Service products and filling capaci q ties Important safety notes Z WARNING Service products may be poisonous and haz ardous to health There is a risk of injury Comply with instructions on the use storage and disposal of service products on the la
323. m aged No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive wheels Releasing the brake pedal will allow you to move the vehicle freely e g to push it or tow it If ESP is deactivated or faulty only shift the transmission to posi tion N if the vehicle is in danger of skidding e g on icy roads N H Rolling in neutral N can damage the drive train Drive LD The automatic transmission changes gear automatically All forward gears are available Changing gear The automatic transmission shifts to the indi vidual gears automatically when it is in trans mission position D This automatic gear shift ing behavior is determined by e the selected drive program gt page 153 e the position of the accelerator pedal gt page 152 e the road speed Accelerator pedal position Your style of driving influences how the auto matic transmission shifts gear e little throttle early upshifts e more throttle late upshifts Automatic transmission Double clutch function When shifting down the double clutch func tion is active regardless of the currently selec ted drive program The double clutch function reduces load change reactions and is condu cive to a sporty driving style The sound gen erated by the double clutch function depends on the drive program selected Kickdown Use kickdown for maximum acceleration gt Depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point The automatic
324. mechanical key into the lock of the driver s door as far as it will go gt Turn the mechanical key counter clockwise as far as it will go to position 1 The door is unlocked gt Turn the mechanical key back and remove it gt Insert mechanical key into the SmartKey gt page 74 If the vehicle can no longer be locked with the SmartKey use the mechanical key gt Open the driver s door gt Close the front passenger door and the trunk lid gt Press the locking button gt page 79 gt Check whether the locking knob on the front passenger door is still visible Press the locking knob down by hand if neces sary gt Close the driver s door gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 74 gt Insert the mechanical key into the lock of the driver s door as far as it will go To lock gt Turnthe mechanical key clockwise as far as it will go to position gt Turn the mechanical key back and remove it gt Make sure that the doors and the trunk lid are locked gt Insert mechanical key into the SmartKey gt page 74 If you lock the vehicle as described above the fuel filler flap is not locked The anti theft alarm system is not armed WARNING If objects luggage or loads are not secured or not secured sufficiently they could slip tip over or be flung around and thereby hit vehicle occupants There is a risk
325. mergency spare wheel PlOOPMatS eiaeiiio 274 Fog lamps Switching On Off seess 109 Front fog lamps Display MeSSage sser 226 Switching On Off eee eeeeseeeeee 109 Fuel o Lo M AN EE tedetectasecss 349 Consumption statistics 00 197 Displaying the current consump TOM ssori urisini iinde sirien 198 Displaying the range sese 198 DFIVIN SCIPS vseccvscsviedesetcaebsbceusseuedes 165 ENO EEE 348 Fuel paugeran ese aeconeeeed 31 Grade gasoline n se 348 Important safety notes 0 0 0 348 Problem malfunction 0 0 0 ee 161 RETUCHING seststssscsesessceiasbcsed scbetatecess 158 Tank content reserve fuel 348 Fuel filler flap OPENING wieriteesetGanies 159 Fuel level Calling up the range on board COMPUTER lt cacdsscccssieactevestssteriedeeess 198 Fuel tank GAD AGCILY resides oiiire 348 Problem malfunction 0 0 0 161 Fuse allocation chart vehicle tool Kit scbssecscebescedeaissciccecicbaccetans ea steenseccs 292 Fuses Allocation Chart sessen 306 Before Changing cesesseseseosseess 306 Fuse box in the engine compart MENU atiti r e ea aneri sS 307 Fuse box in the trunk eseese 307 Important safety notes s 306 Garage door opener Clearing the MEMOS nosses 273 General NOTES sessirnir 270 Important safety notes 0 0 270 Opening closing the garage door 273 Programming button in the rear VIEW MINION s ssocacesscecevessavessiceescoasevs 271 Gasoline iscc cc cces
326. message e mail or an automated call The area can be determined as either a circle or a polygon with a maximum of ten corners You can specify up to ten areas simultane ously Different settings are possible for each area USA only these settings can be called up under Owners Online at http www mbusa com Alternatively you can trigger an MB Info call and inform the customer service representa tive that you wish to activate geo fencing Currently inactive areas can be activated by text message Triggering the vehicle alarm With this function you can trigger the vehi cle s panic alarm via text message An alarm sounds and the exterior lighting flashes Depending on the setting the panic alarm lasts five or ten seconds Afterwards the alarm switches off Garage door opener General notes The HomeLink garage door opener integra ted in the rear view mirror allows you to oper ate up to three different door and gate sys tems Use the integrated garage door opener only on garage doors that e have safety stop and reverse features and e meet current U S federal safety standards Once programed the integrated garage door opener in the rear view mirror will assume the function of the garage door system s remote control Please also read the operating instructions for the garage door system When programing a garage door opener park the vehicle outside the garage Do not run the engine while
327. mical driving style The rec ommended gear is shown in the multifunction display gt Shift to recommended gear 2 according to gearshift recommendation Q when shown in the multifunction display of the instrument cluster Downshifting gt Briefly press the selector lever to the left towards D or gt Pull the left hand steering wheel paddle shifter gt page 154 In cases where it is permissible the auto matic transmission shifts down to the next gear For maximum acceleration push the selector lever to the left or pull and hold the left hand steering wheel paddle shifter until Automatic transmission ke the transmission shifts to the optimal gear for the current speed If the engine exceeds the maximum engine speed when shifting down the auto matic transmission protects against engine damage by not shifting down Automatic down shifting occurs when coasting Deactivating If you have activated manual drive program M it will remain active for a certain amount of time Under certain conditions the minimum amount of time is extended e g in the case of lateral acceleration during an overrun phase or when driving on steep terrain If manual drive program M has been deacti vated the automatic transmission shifts into the automatic drive program that was last selected i e EorS You can also deactivate manual drive pro gram M yourself gt Pull on the right hand steering wheel pad dle
328. mul tifunction display You can accept a call even if you are notin the Tel menu Rejecting or ending a call gt Press the wheel button on the steering You can end or reject a call even if you are not in the Tel menu Dialing an entry from the phone book gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Tel menu gt Press the A W or OK button to switch to the phone book gt Press the _ amp or W button to select the desired name or gt To begin rapid scrolling press and hold the A or W button for longer than one second Rapid scrolling stops when you release the button or reach the end of the list gt If only one telephone number is stored for a name press the or OK button to start dialing or gt If there is more than one number for a particular name press the g or OK button to display the numbers gt Press the _ amp or W button to select the number you want to dial gt Press the or OK button to start dial ing or gt To exit the phone book press the 5 button J or Redialing The on board computer saves the last names or numbers dialed in the redial memory gt Pressthe lt or P button on the steer ing wheel to select the
329. n Q once when in this position iin his Important safety notes Z WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic Start Stop button USA e operate the vehicle s equipment Start Stop button Canada Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they Removing the Start Stop button erealecee the parking areke e shift the automatic transmission out of park position P or shift manual transmission into neutral e start the engine There is a risk of an accident and injury oo ae a me c eTo m When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children You can remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock and start the vehicle as nor Z WARNING mal using the SmartKey Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gt Remove Start Stop button from ignition gases such as carbon monoxide Inhaling lock these exhaust gases leads to poisoning There is a risk of fatal injury Therefore never leave Youdonot havetoremove the Start Stop the engine running in enclosed spaces with button from the ignition lock when you out sufficient ventilation leave the vehicle You should however always t
330. n System OCS eiaa 49 Safety system see Driving safety systems Seat belts Adjusting the driver s and front passenger seat belt eeeeeeeees 45 Clanin g ccscceciesessssseserteseccaieesesescoass 289 Correct Usages iire 44 Fastening snuser seas 44 Important safety guidelines 42 IntroductiOm cerisiers 42 REIGASING ssosseteyeriterersrceesesniset ite 45 Switching belt adjustment on off on board computer sssssseeeeeeee 208 Warning lamp Warning lamp function Seats Adjusting electrically Adjusting manually Adjusting the 4 way lumbar sup port Adjusting the head restraint Cleaning the COVED esses Correct driver s seat position Important safety notes Overview Seat heating problem Storing settings memory func tion Switching AIRSCARF on off Switching seat heating on off Selector lever Cleaning Sensors cleaning instructions Service center see Qualified specialist workshop Service Center see Qualified specialist workshop Service menu on board com puter Service products Brake fluid Coolant engine Engine oil Fuel Important safety notes Refrigerant air conditioning sys tem Washer fluid Settings Factory on board computer On board computer sses Setting the air distribution Setting the airflow ee SETUP on board computer Side impact air bag Side marker lamp Changing bulbs rear Side marker lamp display mes sage Side windows Cleaning Conv
331. n acci OME EAE E AN RTEA 57 Emergency release Driver s OOM ssiscesecsessssisssiecteaceeanese 80 TMU Ke ereen ee E EES 83 VGWMICIG aee EESE 80 Emergency spare wheel General notes eeeseceeseeeereeeees 341 Important safety notes 0 0 341 REMOVING vrenr en besebebeertes 341 SLOWING cvesiv rr ipo sncvcnevsese 342 Technical data ceeeeeeeseeeeeees 344 Emergency Tensioning Devices ACUVALIOM ss sstschesctceste cians otiteth Seakistecs 54 Emissions control Service and warranty information 22 Engine Check Engine warning lamp 251 Display message ecce 228 ECO start stop function 143 Engine NUMDET lt sscecssoncssosesveosncests 347 Irregular rUNNING ee eeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 149 JUMp Starting cssccceseeeeeeeesees 301 Starting problems ceeeeeeeeeeees 149 Starting the engine with the SmartKey sissies lasses 142 Starting with KEYLESS GO 142 Switching Off cee eeeeeeeeeseeeeeeereeees 162 Tow starting vehicle seee 306 Engine electronics Problem malfunction eee 149 Engine oil AGING sisipsipin 280 Additive S sa cce ce ccovcccreisnenecesnesstense 350 Checking the oil level n se 279 Checking the oil level using the CIPSUIG Eosin ure n R 279 Display message Filling capacity scccoxceees sasessecesnecadees Notes about oil grades s s 349 Notes on oil level consumption 279 Temperature on board com PUTET 1 5 s
332. n all the tires including the spare wheel Overinflated tires may e increase the braking distance e have an adverse effect on handling charac teristics e wear quickly and unevenly e have an adverse effect on ride comfort e be more susceptible to damage Maximum tire pressures Example maximum permissible tire pres sure Never exceed the maximum permissible tire inflation pressure Always observe the rec ommended tire pressure for your vehicle when adjusting the tire pressure gt page 314 The actual values for tires are vehicle specific and may deviate from the values in the illustration Important safety notes Observe the notes on tire pressure gt page 314 Information on air pressure for the tires on your vehicle can be found e on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Informa tion placard on the B pillar e on the tire pressure label on the fuel filler flap e in the Tire pressure section Checking tire pressures manually To determine and set the correct tire pres sure proceed as follows gt Remove the valve cap of the tire that is to be checked gt Press the tire pressure gauge securely onto the valve gt Read the tire pressure and compare it with the recommended value on the Tire and Loading Information placard gt page 314 gt If the tire pressure is too low increase it to the recommended value gt Ifthe tire pressure is too high release air by pressing down t
333. n author ized Mercedes Benz Center For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recom mends that you only use seat accessories that have been approved by Mercedes Benz If the driver s air bag deploys this does not mean that the front passenger front air bag will also deploy The Occupant Classification System OCS categorizes the occupant in the front passenger seat Depending on that result the front passenger front air bag is either enabled or deactivated System self test DANGER If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp does not light up during the system self test then the system is malfunctioning The front passenger front air bag might be trig gered unintentionally or might not be trig gered at all in the event of an accident with high deceleration This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury In this case the front passenger seat may not be used Do not install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat Have the Occu pant Classification System OCS checked and repaired immediately at a qualified spe cialist workshop Occupant safety Se Safety i ea Occupant safety Safety li DANGER If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit after the system self test the front passenger front air bag is disabled It will not be deployed in the event of an accident In this case the front passenger front air bag cannot perform its intended protective func tion e
334. n board voltage is too low gt Switch off non essential consumers e g seat heating or interior lighting and try to start the engine again If this does not work gt Check the starter battery and charge it if necessary gt page 299 or gt Jump start the vehicle gt page 301 or gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The engine can no lon The vehicle is locked ger be started using gt Unlock the vehicle and try to start the vehicle again KEYLESS GO The SmartKey isin the vehi There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves cle Important safety notes Z WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shift the automatic transmission out of park position P or shift manual transmission into neutral e start the engine There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children gt Start your vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock Unlocking and opening doors from the inside H The side windows will not open close if the
335. n display and a tone sounds You may be asked to steer ina different direction and then change gear In this case further displays in the multifunction display will direct you to the final position Driving systems Driving and parking Driving and parking gt Maneuver if necessary gt Always observe the warning messages dis played by PARKTRONIC gt page 184 Canceling Parking Guidance gt Press the PARKTRONIC button on the cen ter console gt page 184 Parking Guidance is canceled immediately and PARKTRONIC is deactivated Parking Guidance is canceled automatically if it is no longer possible to guide you into the parking space or if a malfunction occurs The parking space symbol goes out and a warning tone sounds The Parking Guid ance Canceled message appears in the mul tifunction display Important safety notes ATTENTION ASSIST helps you during long monotonous journeys such as on highways It is active in the range between 50 mph 80 km h and 112 mph 180 km h If ATTENTION ASSIST detects typical indica tors of fatigue or increasing lapses in con centration on the part of the driver it sug gests you take a break ATTENTION ASSIST assesses your level of fatigue or lapses in concentration by taking the following criteria into account e your personal driving style e g steering characteristics e journey details e g time of day and length of j
336. n normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately The red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes and a warning tone sounds A condition for automatic release of the electric parking brake is not fulfilled gt page 162 You are driving with the electric parking brake applied gt Release the electric parking brake manually Fy On board computer and displays a Display messages _ On board computer and displays Display messages PARK USA only Canada only Parking Brake See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes and a warning tone sounds You are making an emergency stop using the electric parking brake gt page 162 The yellow warning lamp lights up The electric parking brake is malfunctioning To apply gt Switch the ignition off gt Press the electric parking brake handle for at least ten sec
337. n the blind spot area e vehicles which approach with a large speed differential and overtake your vehicle As a result Blind Spot Assist may not give warnings in such situations There is a risk of an accident Always observe the traffic conditions care fully and maintain a safe lateral distance USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar Driving systems sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removing tampering with or altering the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Monitoring range of the sensors ETE E 10h in pS ey a Po Blind Spot Assist monitors the area up to 10 ft 3 0 m behind your vehicle and directly next to your vehicle as shown in the diagram For this purpose Blind Spot Assist uses radar sensors in the rear bumper If the lanes are narrow vehicles driving in the lane beyond the lane next to your vehicle may be indicated especially if the vehicles are not driving in the middle of their lane This may be the case if there are vehicles driving at the inner edge of their lanes Due to the nature of the system e warnings may be issued in error when driv ing close to crash barriers or similar solid lane borders e the warnin
338. nction display Resetting the ASSYST PLUS service interval display H If the ASSYST PLUS service interval dis play has been inadvertently reset this set ting can be corrected at a qualified special ist workshop Have service work carried out as described in the Maintenance Booklet This may oth erwise lead to increased wear and damage to the major assemblies or the vehicle A qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center will reset the ASSYST PLUS service interval display after the service work has been carried out You can also obtain further information on maintenance work for example Special service requirements The specified maintenance interval takes only the normal operation of the vehicle into account Under arduous operating conditions or increased load on the vehicle mainte nance work must be carried out more fre quently for example e regular city driving with frequent intermedi ate stops e if the vehicle is primarily used to travel short distances e use in mountainous terrain or on poor road surfaces e if the engine is often left idling for long peri ods Under these or similar conditions have for example the air filter engine oil and oil filter replaced or changed more frequently Under arduous operating conditions the tires must be checked more often Further information can be obtained at a qualified specialist work shop e g an aut
339. nd or the objects could be dam aged The head restraints are installed with the NECK PRO system gt page 56 For this reason it is not possible to remove the head restraints from the seats For more information contact a qualified specialist workshop Adjusting the seats manually J mE Backrest angle ee se Seat fore and aft adjustment Seat cushion angle Seat height You can store the seat settings using the memory function gt page 106 Adjusting the head restraints Adjusting the head restraints manually gt To set seat fore and aft adjustment lift lever Q and slide the seat forwards or backwards Seats steering wheel and mirrors gt Release lever Q again Make sure that you hear the seat engage in position gt To adjust the backrest angle relieve the pressure on the backrest gt Pull handle and adjust the backrest to the desired angle gt Release handle again gt To raise lower push the head restraint The backrest must audibly engage upwards or pull it down into the desired gt To adjust the seat height pull handle position upwards or push it down repeatedly until the seat has reached the desired height To raise the backrest contour To soften the backrest contour To lower the backrest contour To harden the backrest contour You can adjust the contour of the seat backr ests individually to provide optimum support for your back
340. nding button gt To open fully press the button beyond the point of resistance and release it Automatic closing is started gt To close manually pull the corresponding button and hold it gt To close fully pull the button beyond the point of resistance and release it Automatic closing is started gt To interrupt automatic operation press or pull the corresponding switch again You can continue to operate the side win dows after you switch off the engine This function is available for up to five minutes or until the driver s or front passenger door is opened Using the switch on the center console You can use the switch on the center console to close all side windows simultaneously gt Open the cover in the lower center console The switch for all side windows is under the cover gt To open all side windows press switch to the point of resistance gt To open all side windows fully press switch Q beyond the point of resistance All side windows open simultaneously If after opening the windows you then close a side window using the switch on the door control panel the other side windows will remain open To close the other side windows you must pull the switch on the center console and hold it The front side window will close first then the rear side windows gt To close all side windows pull switch Q The rear side windows close after the front side windows gt M
341. nformation 0 eee 96 Correct driver s seat position 96 Seats ec nines 97 Steering wheel eeceeeeeees 100 Mirrors s ccesece settee eee eeee sees 103 Memory function cccsceeee 106 Seats steering wheel and mirrors FS ca Correct driver s seat position Seats steering wheel and mirrors L_ Useful information This Operator s manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 26 Correct driver s seat position gt Observe the safety guidelines on seat adjustment gt page 97 gt Make sure that seat is adjusted prop erly Manual seat adjustment gt page 98 Electrical seat adjustment gt page 98 When adjusting the seat make sure that e you are as far away from the driver s air bag as possible e you are sitting in a normal upright position e you can fasten the seat belt properly e you have moved the backrest to an almost vertical position e you have set the seat cushion angle so that your thighs are gently supported e you can depress the pedals properly gt Check whether the head restraint
342. nly be corrected when the tires are cold All about wheels and tires Cold tire pressure The tires are cold e if the vehicle has been parked without direct sunlight on the tires for at least three hours and e if the vehicle has been driven for less than 1 mile 1 6 km Tread The part of the tire that comes into contact with the road Bead The tire bead ensures that the tire sits securely on the wheel There are several steel wires in the bead to prevent the tire from coming loose from the wheel rim Sidewall The part of the tire between the tread and the bead Weight of optional extras The combined weight of those optional extras that weigh more than the replaced standard parts and more than 2 3 kilograms 5 Ibs These optional extras such as high perform ance brakes level control a roof rack or a high performance battery are not included in the curb weight and the weight of the acces sories TIN Tire Identification Number This is a unique identifier which can be used by a tire manufacturer to identify tires for example for a product recall and thus identify the purchasers The TIN is made up of the manufacturer s identity code tire size tire type code and the manufacturing date Load bearing index The load bearing index also load index is a code that contains the maximum load bearing capacity of a tire Fay Wheels and tires se Changing a wheel an Wheels and tires Traction
343. ns in this manual about the proper operation of your vehicle as well as about possible vehicle damage Damage to your vehicle that arises from culpable contraventions against these instructions is not covered either by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or by the New or Used Vehicle Warranty Data stored in the vehicle Data recording This vehicle is capable of recording diagnostic information relating to vehicle operation mal functions and user settings This may include information about the performance or status of various systems including but not limited to engine throttle steering or brake sys tems that is stored and can be read out with suitable devices particularly when the vehi cle is serviced The data obtained is used to properly diagnose and service your vehicle or to further optimize and develop vehicle func tions COMAND mbrace Canada TELEAID If the vehicle is equipped with COMAND or mbrace additional data about the vehicle s operation the use of the vehicle in certain situations and the location of the vehicle may be compiled through COMAND or the mbrace system For additional information please refer to the COMAND User Manual and or the mbrace Terms and Conditions Event data recorders This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record data that will assist in under standing how a vehicle s systems performed in certain crash or near crash
344. ns the preset distance to the vehicle in front If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that there is a risk of a collision you will be warned visually and acoustically DISTRONIC PLUS cannot pre vent a collision without your intervention An intermittent warning tone will then sound and the distance warning lamp will light up in the instrument cluster Brake immediately in order to increase the distance to the vehicle in front or take evasive action provided it is safe to do so For DISTRONIC PLUS to assist you the radar sensor system must be operational If there is no vehicle in front DISTRONIC PLUS operates in the same way as cruise control in the speed range between 20 mph Canada 30 km h and 120 mph Canada 200 km h If a vehicle is driving in front of you it operates in the speed range between O mph 0 km h and 120 mph Canada 200 km h Do not use DISTRONIC PLUS while driving on roads with steep gradients As DISTRONIC PLUS transmits radar waves it can resemble the radar detectors of the responsible authorities You can refer to the relevant chapter in the Operator s Manual if questions are asked about this USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way
345. nsert from the valve and release the air Fully deflating the tires can take a few minutes gt Screw the valve insert back into the valve gt Screw the valve cap back on gt Pull the protective sheet provided with the spare wheel over the collapsible spare wheel gt Stow the collapsible spare wheel in the emergency spare wheel well under the trunk gt Use the retaining screw to pierce the pro tective sheet and fasten the collapsible spare wheel in place l collapsible spare wheel H Inflate the collapsible spare wheel using the tire inflation compressor before lower ing the vehicle The wheel rim could other wise be damaged H Do not operate the tire inflation compres sor for longer than ten minutes at a time without a break It may otherwise overheat The tire inflation compressor can be oper ated again once it has cooled down Emergency spare wheel Pih Beh BH gt Mount the collapsible spare wheel as described gt page 333 The collapsible spare wheel must be moun ted before it is inflated gt Pull plug out of the housing gt Take the air hose out of the housing gt Insert the yellow hose connector of the air hose into the guide in the housing and push it into the fixture until the hose connector engages gt Remove the cap from the valve on the col lapsible spare wheel gt Screw union nut on the air hose onto the valve gt Make sure the
346. nstall side paneling precisely gt Clip in catch Q for side paneling gt Push in and tighten buffer stop Combination switch 1 0 Windshield wiper off 2 Intermittent wipe low rain sensor set to low sensitivity es Windshield wipers Lights and windshield wipers ed 3 Intermittent wipe high rain sensor set to high sensitivity Continuous wipe slow 5 Continuous wipe fast 7 Single wipe To wipe the wind shield using washer fluid 4 gt Switch on the ignition gt Turn the combination switch to the corre sponding position Inthe or position the appropriate wiping frequency is set automatically accord ing to the intensity of the rain In the position the rain sensor is more sensitive than in the position causing the wind shield wipers to wipe more frequently If the wiper blades are worn the windshield will no longer be wiped properly This could prevent you from observing the traffic condi tions thereby causing an accident Important safety notes A WARNING If the windshield wipers begin to move while you are changing the wiper blades you could be trapped by the wiper arm There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and ignition before changing the wiper blades H To avoid damaging the wiper blad
347. nt age indicates a more economical driving style The ECO display does not indicate the actual fuel consumption A fixed percentage count oo i a ge c oo S m wi ving is e Driving and parking in the ECO display does not indicate a fixed consumption Apart from driving style consumption is dependent on many factors such as e g e load e tire pressure e cold start e choice of route e electrical consumers switched on These factors are not included in the ECO dis play The evaluation of your driving style is carried out using the following three categories e Acceleration evaluation of all accelera tion processes The bar fills up moderate acceleration especially at higher speeds The bar empties sporty acceleration e Constant assessment of driving behavior at all times The bar fills up constant speed and avoidance of unnecessary acceleration and deceleration The bar empties fluctuations in speed e Coasting assessment of all deceleration processes The bar fills up anticipatory driving keeping your distance and early release of the accelerator The vehicle can coast without use of the brakes The bar empties frequent braking An economical driving style specially requires driving at moderate engine speeds To achieve a higher value in the categories Acceleration and Constant e observe the gearshift recommendations e drive in d
348. nt available for the vehi cle regardless of whether it is actually instal led on the vehicle or not Rim This is the part of the wheel on which the tire is mounted All about wheels and tires GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating The GAWR is the maximum permissible axle weight The actual load on an axle must never exceed the gross axle weight rating The gross axle weight rating can be found on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side Speed rating The speed rating is part of the tire identifica tion It specifies the speed range for which the tire is approved GVW Gross Vehicle Weight The gross vehicle weight includes the weight of the vehicle including fuel tools the spare wheel accessories installed occupants lug gage and the drawbar noseweight if applica ble The gross vehicle weight must not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR as specified on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The GVWR is the maximum permissible gross weight of a fully loaded vehicle the weight of the vehicle including all accessories occu pants fuel luggage and the drawbar nose weight if applicable The gross vehicle weight rating is specified on the vehicle iden tification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side Maximum loaded vehicle weight The maximum weight is the sum of e the curb weight of the vehicle e the
349. ntact the following service hotlines e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service at 1 888 923 8367 Emergency call Important safety notes A WARNING It can be dangerous to remain in the vehicle even if you have pressed the SOS button in an emergency if e you see smoke inside or outside of the vehi cle e g if there is a fire after an accident e the vehicle is on a dangerous section of road e the vehicle is not visible or cannot easily be seen by other road users particularly when dark or in poor visibility conditions There is a risk of an accident and injury Leave the vehicle immediately in this or simi lar situations as soon as it is safe to do so Move to a safe location along with other vehi cle occupants In such situations secure the vehicle in accordance with national regula tions e g with a warning triangle You must have a license agreement to acti vate the mbrace service Make sure that your system is activated and operational To reg ister press the Q i MB Info call button If any of the steps mentioned are not carried out the system may not be activated If you have questions about the activation contact one of the following telephone hot lines e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 e Canada
350. nter clockwise as far as it will go from position 1 to posi Z WARNING tion 2 While opening the side windows body parts gt Pull the trunk lid handle could become trapped between the side win The trunk is unlocked dow and the door frame as the side window gt Turn the mechanical key back to position moves Tiere i a nelk or injury and remove it Make sure that nobody touches the side win dow during the opening procedure If some body becomes trapped release the switch or pull the switch to close the side window again _ gt Insert mechanical key into the SmartKey gt page 74 When you lock the vehicle gt page 80 the trunk is also locked Z WARNING While closing the side windows body parts in the closing area could become trapped There You can unlock the trunk lid from the inside When closing make sure that no parts of the with the emergency release button body are in the closing area If somebody becomes trapped release the switch or press the switch to open the side window again A WARNING If children operate the side windows they could become trapped particularly if they are left unsupervised There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle gt Press emergency release button Q briefly The trunk lid unlocks and opens The tr
351. nterior light ing delayed switch off If you activate the Interior Lighting Delay function the interior lighting remains on for 20 seconds after you remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Lights submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Interior Lighting Delay function Ifthe Interior Lighting Delay function has been switched on the vehicle interior is displayed in orange in the multifunction display gt Press the OK button to save the setting Vehicle Activating deactivating the automatic door locking mechanism gt Pressthe lt or gt button on the steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Vehicle submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Automatic Door Lock function When the Automatic Door Lock function is activated the left hand vehicle door is displayed in orange in the multifunction display gt Press the OK If you activate the Automatic Door Lock function the vehicle is centrally locked above a speed of around 9 mph 15 km h For further information on the automatic lock ing feature see gt page 79 button
352. ntrol Q counter clockwise to the lowest temperature setting air recir culation mode may activate automatically depending on the outside temperature Dual zone automatic climate control Different temperatures can be set for the driver s and front passenger sides gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 139 gt Toincrease reduce turn control Q or clockwise or counter clockwise gt page 125 Sem c oO oO oO Operating the climate control systems Climate control lod Only change the temperature setting in small increments Start at 72 F 22 C If you turn controls and counter clockwise to the lowest temperature set ting air recirculation mode may activate automatically depending on the outside temperature Air conditioning system gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 139 gt Press one or more of the W l r buttons The corresponding indicator lamp lights up briefly A The following air distribution settings can be selected W4 Directs air through the defroster vents Directs air through the footwell air vents i Directs air through the center and side air vents You can also activate several air distribu tion settings simultaneously To do this press multiple air distribution buttons The air is then directed through variou
353. nu g e Digital speedometer in the Trip menu gt Press OK to confirm A e Odometer and the trip odometer gt Pressthe W or A button to selectthe Z e Trip computer Permanent Display function 9 me en a O PAEA o The speed is highlighted in km h or in Switching the additional speedometer mph conversely to your speedometer on off Only vehicles with manual transmission have Lights this function Setting the daytime running lamps gt Press the lt or gt button on the steer ia i ing wheel to select the Sett menu This function is not available in Canada gt Pressthe W lor A buttontoselectthe gt Pressthe lt or button onthe steer Instrument Cluster submenu ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to select the gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Light submenu Additional Speedometer mph func gt Press OK to confirm tion gt Pressthe W or A button to select the You will see the selected setting On or Off Daytime Running Lights function gt Press the OK button to save the setting If the Daytime Running Lights function p i has been switched on the cone of light and Speed is displayed in mph the 3 symbol in the multifunction dis The Additional Speedometer mph func
354. o Roof in Operation message appears in the multifunction display Once the opening procedure is complete the message disappears and a tone will sound All of the side windows open gt To close all side windows pull the switch under the cover of the center console gt page 84 If you operate the roof switch and the Trunk Partition Open message appears in the multifunction display the trunk par tition has not been closed correctly Important safety notes Z WARNING When opening or closing the roof body parts could be trapped by for example the roof mechanism trunk lid or side windows There is a risk of injury When raising or lowering the roof make sure that no body parts are in the vicinity of moving components If someone becomes trapped release the button Opening and closing gt Close the trunk partition gt page 89 gt Close the trunk lid gt page 80 gt Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver s door handle gt To open press and hold the g button on the SmartKey until the roof is fully opened The roof and the rear side windows open The front side windows close gt To interrupt the opening procedure release the g button gt To open the front side windows press and hold the a button on the SmartKey again gt To close press and hold the button on the SmartKey until the roof is fully closed The roof and the side windows close gt To interrupt t
355. oad bearing index load rat ing C may be imprinted after the letters that identify speed rating on the sidewall of the tire gt page 326 e If no specification is given no text as in the example above represents a standard load SL tire e XL or Extra Load represents a reinforced tire e Light Load represents a light load tire e C D E represents a load range that depends on the maximum load that the tire can carry at a certain pressure Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Maximum load rating Pi Maximum load rating is the maximum per missible weight for which the tire is approved Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit The maximum permissi ble load can be found on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 322 The actual values for tires are vehicle specific and may deviate from the values in the illustration DOT Tire Identification Number TIN U S tire regulations prescribe that every tire manufacturer or retreader must imprint a TIN in or on the sidewall of every tire produced The TIN is a unique identification number The TIN makes it easier for tire manufacturers or retreaders to notify customers of recalls or other safety related matters It makes it pos sible for the purchaser to easily identify the affected tires The TIN consists of the manufacturer iden
356. ock the parking lamps are switched on or off automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light e With the engine running if you have acti vated the daytime running lamps function via the on board computer the daytime running lamps or the low beam headlamps and parking lamps are switched on or off automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light gt To switch on automatic headlamp mode turn the light switch to AUTO Only for Canada The daytime running lamps improve the visi bility of your vehicle during the day The day time running lamps function is required by law in Canada It cannot therefore be deactivated When the engine is running and the vehicle is stationary if you move the selector lever from a drive position to P the daytime running lamps low beam headlamps go out after three minutes When the engine is running the vehicle is stationary and in bright ambient light if you turn the light switch to z002 the daytime running lamps and parking lamps switch on If the engine is running and you turn the light switch to 2 the manual settings take precedence over the daytime running lamps USA only The daytime running lamps improve the visi bility of your vehicle during the day To do this the daytime running lamps function must be switched on using the on board computer gt page 205 If the engine is running and you turn the light switch to 500 lt
357. oduction again with a Mercedes Benz Center or con tact us at one of the following addresses In the USA Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz USA LLC One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Customer Relations Department Mercedes Benz Canada Inc 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Reporting safety defects USA only The following text is published as required of manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notify ing Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mercedes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Limited Warranty E Follow the instructio
358. of a thawed out battery may be shorter The starting charac teristics can be impaired particularly at low temperatures Have the thawed out battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop Read the battery charger s operating instruc tions before charging the battery gt Open the hood gt Connect the battery charger to the positive terminal and ground point in the same order as when connecting the donor bat tery in the jump starting procedure gt page 301 staring ot Jump starting For the jump starting procedure use only the jump starting connection point consisting of a positive terminal and a ground point in the engine compartment A WARNING Battery acid is caustic There is a risk of injury Avoid contact with the skin eyes or clothing Do not inhale any battery gases Do not lean over the battery Keep children away from batteries Wash battery acid immediately with water and seek medical attention A WARNING During charging and jump starting explosive gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Particularly avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Ensure there is sufficient ven tilation while charging and jump starting Do not lean over a battery Z WARNING During the charging process a battery produces hydrogen gas If a short circuit occurs or sparks are created the hydrogen gas can ignite There is a risk of an explosion e Make sure that the positive t
359. of injury particu larly in the event of sudden braking or a sud den change in direction Always store objects so that they cannot be flung around Secure objects luggage or loads against slipping or tipping before the journey H The trunk lid swings upwards when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above the trunk lid E Only close the trunk once the roof is low ered completely Otherwise you could damage the roof If you close the trunk lid before the roof is lowered completely the loading aid switch lights up and a warning tone sounds Opening dimensions of the trunk lid gt page 353 Do not leave the SmartKey in the trunk You could otherwise lock yourself out The trunk lid can be e opened closed from outside e opened automatically from outside e locked separately e unlocked with the mechanical key e opened with the emergency release button The trunk lid is equipped with an automatic reversing feature It reacts if a solid object obstructs or restricts the trunk lid during the closing procedure The trunk lid opens again automatically The automatic reversing func tion is only an aid and is not a substitute for your attentiveness to the trunk lid while it is closing A WARNING The reversing feature does not react e to soft light and thin objects e g small fin gers e over the last 1 3 in 8 mm of the closing movement This means that the reversing feature cannot pre
360. ollowing situations e when pulling away especially on steep slopes e when maneuvering on steep slopes e when waiting in traffic The vehicle is kept stationary without the driver having to depress the brake pedal The braking effect is canceled and the HOLD function deactivated when you depress the accelerator pedal to pull away Important safety notes Z WARNING When leaving the vehicle it can still roll away despite being braked by the HOLD function if e there is a malfunction in the system or in the voltage supply e the HOLD function has been deactivated by pressing the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal e g by a vehicle occupant e the electrical system in the engine com partment the battery or the fuses have been tampered with e the battery is disconnected There is a risk of an accident If you wish to exit the vehicle always turn off the HOLD function and secure the vehicle against rolling away E If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function is activated the vehicle brakes automati cally in certain situations To prevent dam age to the vehicle deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD function in the follow ing or other similar situations e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash Deactivating the HOLD function gt page 181 Activation conditions You can activate the HOLD function if e the vehicle is stationary e the engine is running or if it has been auto matically switched off by
361. om the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal Never leave the vehicle when it is held by hill start assist _ Driving and parking General notes SLK 250 ECO start stop display If the ECO symbol is shown in green in the multifunction display the ECO start stop function switches the engine off automati cally if the vehicle stops moving Every time you switch on the engine using the SmartKey or the Start Stop button the ECO start stop function is activated If the ECO start stop function has been man ually deactivated gt page 147 or a malfunc tion has caused the system to be deactivated the ECO symbol is not displayed SLK 350 ECO start stop display If the engine has been switched off automat ically by the ECO start stop function the ECO symbol is shown in the multifunc tion display Every time you switch on the engine using the SmartKey or the Start Stop button the ECO start stop function is activated oi ving SLK 55 AMG ECO start stop display If the ECO symbol is shown in green in the multifunction display the ECO start stop function switches the engine off automati cally if the vehicle stops moving Every time you switch on the engine using the SmartKey or the Start Stop button the ECO start stop function is activated If the ECO start stop function has been man ually deactivated gt page 147 or a malfunc tion
362. ome one of the following addresses trapped In the case of damage contact a In the USA qualified specialist workshop Mercedes Benz USA LLC WARNING European Delivery Department Modifications to electronic components their One Mercedes Drive software as well as wiring can impair their Montvale NJ 07645 0350 function and or the function of other net In Canada worked components In particular systems relevant to safety could also be affected As a result these may no longer function as inten ded and or jeopardize the operating safety of 98 Vanderhoof Avenue the vehicle There is an increased risk of an Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 accident and injury Mercedes Benz Canada Inc European Delivery Department Never tamper with the wiring as well as elec tronic components or their software You should have all work to electrical and elec Important safety notes tronic equipment carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Operating safety A WARNING If you do not have the prescribed service maintenance work or any required repairs Introduction rs If you make any changes to the vehicle elec tronics the general operating permit is ren dered invalid H There is a risk of damage to the vehicle if e the vehicle becomes stuck e g ona high curb or an unpaved road e you drive too fast over an obstacle e g a curb or a hole in the road e a heavy object strikes the undercarriage or parts of the chassis In situations l
363. omer Assistance Center USA only alternatively the vehicle can be opened via e the Internet under the Owners Online section e the telephone applications e g iPhone Blackberry To do this you will need your identification number and password Vehicle remote opening is only possible if the corresponding mobile phone network is accessible Vehicle remote closing The vehicle remote locking feature can be used when you have forgotten to lock the vehicle and you are no longer nearby The vehicle can then be locked by the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The vehicle can be immediately remotely locked within four days of the ignition being turned off After this time remote locking may be delayed by 15 to 60 minutes After 30 days the vehicle can no longer be locked remotely gt Contact the following service hotlines Oo Stowage and features ae Features Stowage and features e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assis tance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service at 1 888 923 8367 You will be asked for your password The next time you are inside the vehicle and you switch on the ignition the Doors Locked Remotely message appears in the multifunction display USA only alternatively the vehicle can be locked via e the Internet under the Owners Online section e the telephone applications e g iPhone Blackberry To do this y
364. on e the battery s condition of charge is too low Vehicles with manual transmission SLK 250 E Only engage gear when the clutch pedal is depressed The engine is started automatically if you e fully depress the clutch pedal e depress the accelerator pedal Vehicles with automatic transmission SLK 250 The engine is started automatically if you e release the brake pedal in transmission position D or N when the HOLD function is not active e depress the accelerator pedal e move the transmission out of position P Shifting the transmission to position P does not start the engine If you shift the transmission from R to D the ECO start stop function is available again once the ECO symbol reap pears in green in the multifunction display SLK 350 The engine starts automatically if e you switch off the ECO start stop function by pressing the ECO button e in transmission position D or N the brake pedal is released and the HOLD function is not active e you depress the accelerator pedal e you engage reverse gear R e you move the transmission out of position P e you unfasten your seat belt or open the driver s door e the vehicle starts to roll e the brake system requires this e the temperature in the vehicle interior devi ates from the set range e the system detects moisture on the wind shield when the air conditioning system is switched on e the battery s condition
365. on to save the setting Restoring the factory settings gt Pressthe lt or P buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Factory Setting submenu gt Press OK to confirm The Reset All Settings message appears gt Pressthe W jor A or Yes gt Press the tion If you have selected Yes the multifunction display shows a confirmation message button to select No OK button to confirm the selec For safety reasons the Daytime Running Lights function in the Light submenuis only reset if the vehicle is stationary AMG menu in AMG vehicles AMG displays Digital speedometer Gear indicator Upshift indicator Engine oil temperature Coolant temperature Transmission fluid temperature gt Press lt or on the steering wheel to select the AMG menu Upshift indicator UP indicates that the engine has reached the overrewving range when in the manual gearshift program Upshift indicator UP fades out other messages until you have shifted up If the engine oil temperature is below 160 F 71 C oil temperature is shown in blue Avoid driving at full engine output during this time If the transmission fluid temperature is below 122 F 50 C oil temperature is shown in blue Avoid driving at full engine output during
366. onary vehicles DISTRONIC PLUS does not brake for obsta cles or stationary vehicles If for example the detected vehicle turns a corner and reveals an obstacle or stationary vehicle DISTRONIC PLUS will not brake for these Crossing vehicles DISTRONIC PLUS may mistakenly detect vehicles that are crossing your lane Activat ing DISTRONIC PLUS at traffic lights with crossing traffic for example could cause your vehicle to pull away unintentionally General notes The adjustable damping system adapts to the current driving conditions The adjustment depends on whether you have selected sport or comfort mode Your selection remains stored even if you remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock Sports tuning The firmer setting of the suspension tuning in sports mode ensures even better contact with the road Select this mode if you want more direct contact with the road when employing a sporty driving style e g on wind ing country roads gt If indicator lamp is not lit press but ton Indicator lamp lights up You have selec ted the suspension for a sporty driving style Comfort tuning Select comfort mode if you prefer a more comfortable driving style gt If indicator lamp is lit press but ton Indicator lamp Q goes out You have selec ted the suspension for a comfortable driv ing style HOLD function General notes The HOLD function can assist the driver in the f
367. ond the pressure point in the direction of arrow Q an air bag is deployed or In the auro position the high beam head e the vehicle decelerates rapidly from a lamps are only switched on when it is dark speed of above 45 mph 70 km h and and the engine is running comes to a standstill The 20 indicator lamp in the instrument The hazard warning lamps switch off auto cluster lights up when the high beam head matically if the vehicle reaches a speed of lamps are switched on above 6 mph 10 km h again after a full gt To switch off the high beam head brake application lamps move the combination switch back to its normal position The 20 indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out The hazard warning lamps still operate if the ignition is switched off High beam flasher gt To switch on turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 1 or 2 or start the engine gt Pull the combination switch in the direction of arrow Q Lights and windshield wipers rq The cornering light function improves the illu mination of the road over a wide angle in the direction you are turning enabling better vis ibility in tight bends for example The corner ing light function can only be activated when the low beam headlamps are switched on Active e if you are driving at speeds below 25 mph 40 km h and switch on the turn signal or gt To switch on the hazard warning lamps
368. onds gt Vehicles with manual transmission engage first gear gt Vehicles with automatic transmission shift the transmission to P gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The yellow warning lamp and the red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp light up The electric parking brake is malfunctioning To release gt Switch off the ignition and turn it back on gt Release the electric parking brake manually or gt Vehicles with manual transmission automatic emergency release insert the seat belt in the belt buckle and accelerate slightly more when pulling away gt Vehicles with automatic transmission release the electric parking brake automatically gt page 162 If the electric parking brake still cannot be released gt Do not drive on gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The red Park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes and the yellow warning lamp lights up The electric parking brake is malfunctioning To release gt Switch off the ignition and turn it back on gt Release the electric parking brake manually To apply gt Switch off the ignition and turn it back on gt Apply the electric parking brake manually If the red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp cont
369. ons Forward facing child restraint system If you secure a child in a forward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as possible The entire base of the child restraint system must always rest on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest of the child restraint system must as far as possible lie flat against the backrest of the front passenger seat The child restraint system must not touch the roof or be put under strain by the head restraint Adjust the angle of the seat backrest and the head restraint position accordingly Always make sure that the shoulder belt strap is correctly routed from the front passenger seat belt loop to the shoulder belt guide on the child restraint system The shoulder belt strap must be routed forwards and downwards from the front passenger seat belt loop Always observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation and operating instructions Pets in the vehicle Z WARNING If you leave animals unattended or unsecured in the vehicle they could press buttons or switches for example As a result they could e activate vehicle equipment and become trapped for example e activate or deactivate systems thereby endangering other road users Unsecured animals could also be flung around the vehicle in the event of an accident or sud den steering or braking thereby injuring vehi cle occupants Th
370. onto valve gt Insert plug into the socket of the ciga rette lighter gt page 260 or into a 12 V power socket in your vehicle gt page 26 1 gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the igni tion lock gt page 139 gt Press on off switch on the tire inflation compressor to ON The tire inflation compressor is switched on The tire is inflated First tire sealant is pumped into the tire The pressure can briefly rise to approx imately 500 kPa 5 bar 73 psi Do not switch off the tire inflation com pressor during this phase gt Let the tire inflation compressor run for a maximum of ten minutes The tire should then have attained a pressure of at least 200 kPa 2 0 bar 29 psi If a tire pressure of 200 kPa 2 0 bar 29 psi is achieved after a maximum of ten minutes see gt page 296 If a tire pressure of 200 kPa 2 0 bar 29 psi is not achieved after a maximum of ten minutes see gt page 295 If tire sealant leaks out allow it to dry It can then be removed like a layer of film If your clothes are soiled with tire sealant have them cleaned with perchloroethylene at a dry cleaner as soon as possible Tire pressure not reached If a tire pressure of 200 kPa 2 0 bar 29 psi has not been achieved after ten minutes gt Switch off the tire inflation compressor gt Unscrew the filler hose from the valve of the faulty tire gt Very slowly drive forwards or reverse approximately 30
371. oors Display messages ee Display messages Power Steering Mal function See Oper ator s Manual a Trunk Partition Open i Phone No Service iy Decrease Speed iy Vario Roof Lower ing i Open Close Vario Roof Completely i Start Engine See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The power steering is malfunctioning A warning tone also sounds A WARNING You will need to use more force to steer There is a risk of an accident gt Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required gt If you are able to steer safely carefully drive on to a qualified specialist workshop gt If you are unable to steer safely do not drive on Contact the nearest qualified specialist workshop The trunk partition is open gt Close the trunk partition gt page 90 Your vehicle is outside the network provider s transmitter receiver range gt Wait until the mobile phone operational readiness symbol appears in the multifunction display You wanted to open the roof while the vehicle was in motion gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Open the roof gt page 88 The roof is not fully opened or closed The hydraulics are depres surized gt Fully open or close the roof gt page 88 The roof is not locked gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as
372. or 2 the manual settings take precedence over the daytime running lamps Low beam headlamps Z WARNING When the light switch is set to auto the low beam headlamps may not be switched on automatically if there is fog snow or other causes of poor visibility due to the weather conditions such as spray There is a risk of an accident In such situations turn the light switch to 9 Even if the light sensor does not detect that it is dark the parking lamps and low beam headlamps switch on when the ignition is switched on and the light switch is set to the 2 position This is a particularly useful function in the event of rain and fog gt To switch on the low beam headlamps turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to 2 The green 2 indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster lights up Front fog lamps In conditions where visibility is poor due to fog snow or rain the fog lamps improve vis ibility as well as making it easier for other road users to see you They can be operated together with the parking lamps or together Exterior lighting ee Lights and windshield wipers T al Exterior lighting Lights and windshield wipers Ld with the parking lamps and low beam head lamps gt To switch on the front fog lamps turn the SmartKey in the
373. or lighter fluid gt Use tar remover to remove tar stains gt Use silicone remover to remove wax If water no longer forms beads on the paint surface use the paint care products recom mended and approved by Mercedes Benz This is the case approximately every three to five months depending on the climate con ditions and the care product used If dirt has penetrated the paint surface or if the paint has become dull the paint cleaner recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz should be used Do not use these care products in the sun or on the hood while the hood is hot gt Use a suitable touch up stick e g MB Touch Up Stick to repair slight damage to the paintwork quickly and provisionally 1 Maintenance and care Maintenance and care Matte finish care H Never polish the vehicle or the light alloy wheels Polishing causes the finish to shine H The following may cause the paint to become shiny and thus reduce the matte effect e Vigorous rubbing with unsuitable mate rials e Frequent use of car washes e Washing the vehicle in direct sunlight H Never use paint cleaner buffing or pol ishing products or gloss preserver e g wax These products are only suitable for high gloss surfaces Their use on vehicles with matte finish leads to considerable sur face damage shiny spotted areas Hl Do not park the vehicle for an extended period straight after cleaning it particularly after havin
374. or damage at least once a month as well as after driving off road or on rough roads Damaged wheels can cause a loss of tire pressure Pay particular attention to dam age such as e cuts in the tires e punctures e tears in the tires e bulges on tires e deformation or severe corrosion on wheels Regularly check the tire tread depth and the condition of the tread across the whole width of the tire gt page 311 If necessary turn the front wheels to full lock in order to inspect the inner side of the tire surface All wheels must have a valve cap to protect the valve against dirt and moisture Do not mount anything onto the valve other than the standard valve cap or other valve caps approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle Do not use any other valve caps or systems e g tire pressure monitoring systems Regularly check the pressure of all the tires particularly prior to long trips Adjust the tire pressure as necessary gt page 314 Observe the notes on the emergency spare wheel gt page 341 The service life of tires depends on the fol lowing factors amongst other things e Driving style e Tire pressure e Distance covered A WARNING Insufficient tire tread will reduce tire traction The tire is no longer able to dissipate water This means that on wet road surfaces the risk of hydroplaning increases in particular where speed is not adapted to suit the driving con ditions There is a risk of accident
375. or others Vehicle damage caused by failure to follow instructions is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty The equipment or product designation of your vehicle may vary depending on e model e order e country specification e availability Mercedes Benz therefore reserves the right to introduce changes in the following areas e design e equipment e technical features The equipment in your vehicle may therefore differ from that shown in the descriptions and illustrations The following are integral components of the vehicle e Operator s Manual e Maintenance Booklet e Equipment dependent supplements Keep these documents in the vehicle at all times If you sell the vehicle always pass all documents on to the new owner The technical documentation team at Daimler AG wishes you safe and pleasant motoring Mercedes Benz USA LLC Mercedes Benz Canada Inc A Daimler Company 1725844500 MI INMITTEN ANT D IND OX eccci este checitessenesrieisiistaessescteieecaeess 4 Ata glance 0 0 eee ceseeceneetneeeees 29 a OE eee Introduction ooer eeen 2i Safely accacecinunnannaaheanhues 39 SS Opening and closing 008 71 o 7 iow o Q a o 3 ne c oO o 3 a N pa D lt a pes w 12 V socket see Sockets ABS Anti lock Braking System Display message ceecee 213 FUNCtION NOTES sessscercerereririrsrsesn 6
376. ore Consequently the air bags cannot protect vehicle occupants as they are designed to do There is an increased risk of injury Never modify the doors or parts of the doors Always have work on the doors or door pan eling carried out at a qualified specialist work shop Occupant safety Front air bags Driver s air bag Q inflates in front of the steering wheel front passenger air bag inflates in front of and above the glove box When deployed the front air bags offer addi tional head and thorax protection on the front seats The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp shows you the status of the front passenger front air bag gt page 41 Front passenger air bag is only deployed if e the Occupant Classification System OCS recognizes that the front passenger seat is occupied gt page 49 e the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is not lit gt page 49 e the restraint system control unit predicts a high accident severity Knee bags Driver s knee bag Q deploys under the steer ing column and front passenger knee bag 2 Fa Occupant safety Safety J under the glove box The driver s and front passenger knee bags are triggered together with the front air bags The driver s and front passenger knee bags offer additional thigh knee and lower leg pro tection Side impact air bags Z WARNING Unsuitable seat covers could restrict or even prevent the deployment of the air bags inte gra
377. orresponding button for ending a phone call on the audio system or on COMAND MB Info call button Pat Peet gt Press MB Info call button This initiates a call to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The indicator lamp in MB Info call button flashes while the connection is being made The multifunction display shows the Con necting Call message The audio system is muted If a connection can be made the Call Con nected message appears in the multifunction display If a mobile phone network and GPS reception are available the system transfers data to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center for example e current location of the vehicle e vehicle identification number The audio system or COMAND display indicates that a call is active During the call you can change to the navigation menu Features Be by pressing the NAVI button on COMAND for example Voice output is not available A voice connection is established between the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center and the vehicle occupants You receive information about operating your vehicle about the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center and about other prod ucts and services from Mercedes Benz USA only you can find further information on the mbrace system under Owners Online at http www mbusa com The system has not been able to initiate an MB Info call if e the indicator lamp in MB Info call but
378. osition 2 in the igni tion lock gt Adjust the exterior mirror on the front passenger side using button 2 gt Engage reverse gear The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves to the stored parking position The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves back to its original position e aS soon as you exceed a speed of 9 mph 15 km h e if you press button for the exterior mir ror on the driver s side Memory function Z WARNING If you use the memory function on the driver s side while driving you could lose control of the vehicle as a result of the adjustments being made There is a risk of an accident Only use the memory function on the driver s side when the vehicle is stationary Z WARNING When the memory function adjusts the seat or steering wheel you and other vehicle occu pants particularly children could become trapped There is a risk of injury While the memory function is making adjust ments make sure that no one has any body parts in the sweep of the seat or steering wheel If somebody becomes trapped imme diately release the memory function position button The adjustment process is stopped Z WARNING When the memory function adjusts the seat you and other vehicle occupants particularly children could become trapped There is a risk of injury While the memory function is making adjust ments make sure that no one has any body parts in the sweep of
379. ou will need your identification number and password The vehicle remote closing feature is available when the relevant mobile phone network is available and data connection is possible Stolen vehicle recovery service If your vehicle has been stolen gt Notify the police The police will issue a numbered incident report gt This number will be forwarded to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter together with your PIN The Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center then tries to locate the system The Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter contacts you and the local law enforce ment agency if the vehicle is located However only the law enforcement agency is informed of the location of the vehicle If the anti theft alarm system is activated for longer than 30 seconds the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center is auto matically notified Vehicle remote malfunction diagnosis With the vehicle remote malfunction diagno sis Vehicle Health Check the Customer Assistance center can provide improved sup port for problems with your vehicle During an existing call vehicle data is transferred to the Customer Assistance center The customer service representative can use the received data to decide what kind of assistance is required You are then for example guided to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter or a recovery vehicle is called If vehicle data needs to be transferred during an MB In
380. ourney The functionality of ATTENTION ASSIST is restricted and warnings may be delayed or not occur at all e if the road condition is poor e g if the sur face is uneven or if there are potholes e if there is a strong side wind Driving systems e if you have adopted a sporty driving style with high cornering speeds or high rates of acceleration e if you are predominantly driving slower than 50 mph 80 km h or faster than 112 mph 180 km h e if you are currently using COMAND or mak ing a telephone call with it e if the time has been set incorrectly e in active driving situations such as when you change lanes or change your speed ATTENTION ASSIST is only an aid to the driver It might not always recognize fatigue or increasing inattentiveness in time or fail to recognize them at all The system is not a substitute for a well rested and attentive driver Warning and display messages in the multifunction display gt Activate ATTENTION ASSIST using the on board computer gt page 203 If ATTENTION ASSIST is active you will be warned no sooner than 20 minutes after your journey has begun You then hear an intermittent warning tone twice and the Attention Assist Take a Break message appears in the multifunction dis play gt If necessary take a break gt Press the OK or button to confirm the message On long journeys take regular breaks in good time to allow yourself to r
381. oved by Mercedes Benz Only use tires wheels or accessories tes ted and approved by Mercedes Benz Cer tain characteristics e g handling vehicle noise emissions or fuel consumption may otherwise be adversely affected In addi tion when driving with a load tire dimen sion variations could cause the tires to come into contact with the bodywork and axle components This could result in dam age to the tires or the vehicle Mercedes Benz accepts no liability for damage resulting from the use of tires wheels or accessories other than those tes ted and approved Information on tires wheels and approved combinations can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop equipment insert the cover into the outer sill gt Check the tire pressure of the newly moun ted wheel and adjust it if necessary Observe the recommended tire pressure gt page 314 aa Wheels and tires When you are driving with the collapsible spare wheel mounted the tire pressure loss warning system or the tire pressure monitor cannot function reliably Only restart the tire pressure loss warning sys tem the tire pressure monitor when the damaged wheel has been replaced with a new wheel Vehicles with a tire pressure control system all installed wheels must be equip ped with functioning sensors H Retreaded tires are neither tested nor rec ommended by Mercedes Benz since pre vious damage cannot always be detected on retreaded tires
382. owage compartment opens gt Lift up the cover of socket mbrace General notes You must have a license agreement to acti vate the mbrace service Make sure that your Pr Stowage and features Stowage and features system is activated and operational To log in press the i MB Info call button If any of the steps mentioned are not carried out the system may not be activated If you have questions about the activation contact one of the following telephone hot lines e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service at 1 888 923 8367 Shortly after successfully registering with the service a user ID and password will be sent to you by post USA only you can use this password to log onto the mbrace area under Owners Online at http www mbusa com The system is available if e it has been activated and is operational e the corresponding mobile phone network is available for transmitting data to the Cus tomer Center e a service subscription is available e the starter battery is sufficiently charged Determining the location of the vehicle on a map is only possible if e GPS reception is available e the vehicle position can be forwarded to the Customer Assistance Center The mbrace system To adjust the volume during a call proceed as follows gt Press the or button on the mul t
383. page 204 the multifunction display in the assistance graphic shows the 2 symbol Displaying the assistance graphic For more information on PRE SAFE Brake see gt page 67 Activating deactivating ATTENTION ASSIST gt Press lt or on the steering wheel to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press the A or W button to select ATTENTION ASSIST gt Press the OK button The current selection is displayed FHIII gt Pressthe 4 or buttononthesteer To activate deactivate press the OK ing wheel to select the DriveAssist menu button again gt Press A jor W to select Assistance When ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Graphic the meor symbol appears in the multifunc gt Press the OK button tion display in the assistance graphics dis The multifunction display shows the DIS play TRONIC PLUS distance display in the assis For further information about ATTENTION tance graphic ASSIST see gt page 188 Pa Menus and submenus a On board computer and displays Activating deactivating Blind Spot Assist gt Pressthe lt or buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press the A or W button to select Blind Spot Assist gt Press the OK button The current selection is displayed gt To activate de
384. page 85 gt To unlock the trunk lid pull the handle on the trunk lid The vehicle only unlocks the trunk lid You can change the settings of the locking system This means only the driver s door the lockable stowage compartments in the vehi cle interior and the fuel filler flap are unlocked when the vehicle is unlocked This is useful if you frequently travel on your own gt To change the setting press and hold down the and buttons simulta neously for approximately six seconds until the battery check lamp flashes twice gt page 75 If the setting of the locking system is changed within the Signal range of the vehi cle pressing the or a button e locks or e unlocks the vehicle SmartKey Opening and closing Pal Opening and closing bed The SmartKey now functions as follows gt To unlock the driver s door press the og button once gt To unlock centrally press the a but ton twice gt To lock centrally press the button The KEYLESS GO function is changed as fol lows gt To unlock the driver s door touch the inner surface of the door handle on the driver s door gt To unlock centrally touch the inner sur face of the front passenger door handle gt To lock centrally touch the outer sensor surface on one of the door handles gt To restore the factory settings press and hold
385. pe the wooden trim and trim pieces with a damp lint free cloth e g a microfiber cloth gt Heavy soiling use car care and cleaning products recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning the seat covers General notes H Do not use microfiber cloths to clean gen uine leather artificial leather or DINAMICA covers If used often these can damage the cover Note that regular care is essential to ensure that the appearance and comfort of the covers is retained over time Genuine leather seat covers H To retain the natural appearance of the leather observe the following cleaning instructions e Clean genuine leather covers carefully with a damp cloth and then wipe the cov ers down with a dry cloth e Make sure that the leather does not become soaked It may otherwise become rough and cracked e Only use leather care agents that have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz You can obtain these from a quali fied specialist workshop Leather is a natural product It exhibits natural surface characteristics for example e differences in the texture e marks caused by growth and injury e slight nuances of color These are characteristics of leather and not material defects Seat covers of other materials H Observe the following when cleaning e Clean artificial leather covers with a cloth moistened with a solution containing 1 detergent e g dish washing liquid e Clean cloth covers with a mi
386. per Range of the sensors General notes PARKTRONIC does not take objects into con sideration that are e below the detection range e g people ani mals or objects e above the detection range e g overhang ing loads truck overhangs or loading ramps Sensors in the front bumper left hand side example PH ated dt Side view Driving systems eM Gim ao W ti 4 ob ape Pe bed Top view The sensors must be free from dirt ice or slush They can otherwise not function cor rectly Clean the sensors regularly taking care not to scratch or damage them gt page 287 Front sensors Center Approx 40 in approx 100 cm Corners Approx 24 in approx 60 cm Rear sensors Center Approx 48 in approx 120 cm Corners Approx 32 in approx 80 cm Minimum distance Center Approx 8 in approx 20 cm Corners Approx 6 in approx 15 cm If there is an obstacle within this range the relevant warning displays light up and a warn ing tone sounds If the distance falls below the minimum the distance may no longer be shown Driving and parking ee Driving systems _ Driving and parking Warning displays Warning display for the front area Segments on the left hand side of the vehicle Segments on the right hand side of the vehicle Segments showing operational readiness The warning displays show the distance between the sensors and the obstacle The
387. pers or rear window defroster e close all doors and the trunk lid gt Switch on the ignition gt Push a round pen into opening gt page 273 for approximately six sec onds until symbol C is shown in compass display 2 gt page 273 gt Drive your vehicle in a full circle at approx imately 3 mph 5 km h to 6 mph 10 km h When the calibration has successfully been completed the current direction is shown in compass display 2 gt page 273 Z WARNING Objects in the driver s footwell can restrict the pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal The operating and road safety of the vehicle is jeopardized There is a risk of an accident Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are stowed correctly and that they cannot enter the driver s footwell Install the floormats securely and as specified in order to ensure sufficient clearance for the pedals Do not use loose floormats and do not place floormats on top of one another gt Slide the seat backwards gt To install place the floormat in the foot well gt Press studs onto retainers 2 gt To remove pull the floormat off retain ers gt Remove the floormat E Stowage and features ee Useful information eee 278 Engine compartment 00 278 ASSYST PLUS m ee 282 Care cnoc e acne 283 i Maintenance and care Engine compartment Useful information This Operator s manual des
388. pied by a person of smaller stature e g a teenager or small adult the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up and remains lit after the system self test depending on the result of the classification or alternatively goes out ifthe PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is off move the front passenger seat as far back as possible ifthe PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is lit a person of smaller stature should not use the front passenger seat the front passenger seat is occupied by an adult or a person of a stature correspond ing to that of an adult the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp goes out after the system self test This indicates that the front passenger front air bag is activated If children are traveling in the vehicle be sure to observe the notes on Children in the vehi cle gt page 57 When OCS is malfunctioning the red amp restraint system warning lamp in the instru ment cluster and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp light up simultaneously The front passenger front air bag is deactiva ted in this case and does not deploy during an accident Have the system checked by quali fied technicians as soon as possible Consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The front passenger seat should only be repaired at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the front passenger seat the seat cover or the seat cushion is damaged have the nec essary repair work carried out at a
389. play does not show any information on the ra ASSYST PLUS engine oil level Observe the notes on the engine oil level gt page 279 The multifunction display shows a service message for several seconds e g e Service A in Days e Service A Due Service A Exceeded by Days Depending on the operating conditions of the vehicle the remaining time or distance until the next service due date is displayed The letter A or B possibly in connection with a number or another letter shows the type of service A stands for a minor service and B for a major service You can obtain further information from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The ASSYST PLUS service interval display does not take into account any periods of time during which the battery is disconnec ted Maintaining the time dependent service schedule gt Note down the service due date displayed in the multifunction display before discon necting the battery or gt After reconnecting the battery subtract the battery disconnection periods from the service date shown on the display gt Press the OK or button on the steer ing wheel gt Switch on the ignition gt Press the lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Serv menu gt Press the A or W button to select the ASSYST PLUS submenu and confirm by pressing the OK button The service due date appears in the multi fu
390. possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Push or pull the roof switch until the roof is fully open or closed gt page 88 The on board voltage is too low gt Start the engine gt After approximately ten seconds repeat the opening or closing procedure gt page 88 i On board computer and displays Ss Display messages LJ On board computer and displays Display messages Close Rear Side Windows Check Washer Fluid Wiper Malfunction ing Hazard Warning Flashers Malfunc tioning SmartKey Display messages A ey Does Not K Belong to Vehicle A ake Your Key from gnition mH A SS btain a New Key A 2 eplace Key Battery Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The roof has been opened and closed several times in a row The roof drive has been switched off automatically for safety reasons You can open and close the roof again after approximately ten minutes gt Switch off the ignition and turn it back on gt Repeat the opening or closing procedure gt page 88 You leave the vehicle and at least one of the rear side windows is open gt Close the rear side windows gt page 84 The washer fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir has dropped below the minimum gt Add washer fluid gt page 281 The windshield wipers are malfunctioning gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The hazard warning lamps are faulty gt
391. power supply for all consumers and drive position 3 To start the engine The SmartKey can be turned in the igni tion lock even if it is not the correct Smart Key for the vehicle The ignition is not switched on The engine cannot be started oo pa a ge c 00 S T m 10 ng Driving and parking KEYLESS GO General notes Vehicles with KEYLESS GO are equipped with a SmartKey featuring an integrated KEYLESS GO start function and a detachable Start Stop button The Start Stop button must be inserted in the ignition lock and the SmartKey must be in the vehicle When you insert the Start Stop button into the ignition lock the system needs approx imately two seconds recognition time You can then use the Start Stop button Pressing the Start Stop button several times in succession corresponds to the different key positions in the ignition lock This is only the case if you are not depressing the brake pedal If you depress the brake pedal and press the Start Stop button the engine starts immedi ately A check which periodically establishes a radio connection between the vehicle and the SmartKey determines whether a valid Smart Key is in the vehicle This occurs for example when starting the engine To start the vehicle without actively using the SmartKey e the Start Stop button must be inserted in the ignition lock e the SmartKey must be in the vehi
392. quire you to dispose of materials first try to regen erate or re use them Observe the relevant environmental rules and regulations when disposing of materials In this way you will help to protect the environment Genuine Mercedes Benz parts Environmental note Daimler AG also supplies reconditioned major assemblies and parts which are of the same quality as new parts They are covered by the same Limited Warranty entitlements as new parts H Air bags and Emergency Tensioning Devi ces as well as control units and sensors for these restraint systems may be installed in the following areas of your vehicle e doors e door pillars e door sills e seats e cockpit e instrument cluster e center console Do not install accessories such as audio systems in these areas Do not carry out repairs or welding You could impair the operating efficiency of the restraint sys tems Have aftermarket accessories installed at a qualified specialist workshop You could jeopardize the operating safety of your vehicle if you use parts tires and wheels as well as accessories relevant to safety which have not been approved by Mercedes This could lead to malfunctions in safety rel evant systems e g the brake system Use only genuine Mercedes Benz parts or parts of equal quality Only use tires wheels and accessories that have been specifically approved for your vehicle Genuine Mercedes Benz parts are subject to strict qualit
393. r gt page 154 The automatic transmission shifts up to the next gear Shift recommendation The gearshift recommendations assist you in adopting an economical driving style The rec ommended gear is shown in the multifunction display gt Shift to recommended gear 2 according to gearshift recommendation Q when shown in the multifunction display of the instrument cluster AMG vehicles H In manual drive program M the automatic transmission does not shift up automati cally even when the engine limiting speed for the current gear is reached When the engine limiting speed is reached the fuel supply is cut to prevent the engine from overrewving Always make sure that the engine speed does not reach the red area of the tachometer There is otherwise a risk of engine damage Gear indicator Upshift indicator Before the engine speed reaches the red area an upshift indicator will be shown in the mul tifunction display gt If the color in the speedometer multifunc tion display changes to red and the UP dis play message is shown shift up a gear Downshifting gt Briefly press the selector lever to the left towards D or gt Pull the left hand steering wheel paddle shifter gt page 154 The automatic transmission shifts down to the next gear If you brake the vehicle or stop without shifting down the automatic transmission will shift down to a gear that will allow the vehicle to
394. r ing wheel for up to 1 5 seconds Important safety notes WARNING Lane Keeping Assist may not always clearly recognize lane markings In this case Lane Keeping Assist may e give an unnecessary warning e not give a warning There is a risk of an accident Always pay particular attention to the traffic situation and stay in lane in particular if warned by Lane Keeping Assist Z WARNING The Lane Keeping Assist warning does not return the vehicle to the original lane There is a risk of an accident You should always steer brake or accelerate yourself in particular if warned by Lane Keep ing Assist If you fail to adapt your driving style Lane Keeping Assist can neither reduce the risk of an accident nor override the laws of physics Lane Keeping Assist cannot take into account the road traffic and weather conditions Lane Keeping Assist is merely an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane The Lane Keeping Assist does not keep the vehicle in the lane The system may be impaired or may not func tion if e there is poor visibility e g due to insuffi cient illumination of the road or due to snow rain fog or spray e there is glare e g from oncoming traffic the sun or reflections e g when the road surface is wet e the windshield is dirty fogged up damaged or covered for instance by a s
395. r 15 ethanol can be used You will usually find information about the fuel grade on the pump If you cannot find the label on the pump ask the staff for assis tance For further information consult a quali fied specialist workshop or visit http www mbusa com USA only Asa temporary measure if the recommended fuel is not available you may also use unlea ded gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI 91 RON This may reduce engine perform ance and increase fuel consumption Avoid driving at full throttle and sudden accelera tion Never refuel using fuel with a lower AKI Information on refueling gt page 158 Additives in gasoline H Operating the engine with fuel additives added later can lead to engine failure Do not mix fuel additives with fuel This does not include additives for the removal and prevention of residue buildup gasoline must only be mixed with additives recom mended by Mercedes Benz Comply with the instructions for use on the product label More information about recommen ded additives can be obtained from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Service products and filling capacities Mercedes Benz recommends that you use branded fuels that have additives The quality of the fuel available in some coun tries may not be sufficient Residue could build up in the injection system as a result In such cases and in consultation with an authorized Mercedes Benz Center the gaso line may be m
396. r as necessary gt Ease off the accelerator pedal while the vehicle is in motion gt Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions gt Do not deactivate ESP For exceptions see gt page 64 ESP is deactivated A WARNING If ESP is switched off ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Reactivate ESP For exceptions see gt page 64 gt Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions If ESP cannot be activated gt Drive on carefully gt Have ESP checked at a qualified specialist workshop SPORT handling mode is activated A WARNING When SPORT handling mode is switched on ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Only switch on SPORT handling mode in certain situations gt page 65 Warning and indicator lamps ee Problem The yellow ESP and ESP OFF warning lamps are lit while the engine is running m z ee OFF The yellow ESP and ESP OFF warning lamps are lit while the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ESP BAS BAS PLUS PRE SAFE PRE SAFE Brake the HOLD function and hill start assist are not available due to a malfunction ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated A WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions
397. r intervention An intermittent warning tone will then sound and the distance warning lamp will light up in the instrument cluster Brake immediately in order to increase the distance from the vehi cle in front or take evasive action provided it is safe to do so If DISTRONIC PLUS detects a faster moving vehicle in front it increases the driving speed However the vehicle is only accelerated up to the speed you have stored Changing lanes If you wish to change to the passing lane in countries where traffic drives on the right the passing lane is the left hand lane DIS TRONIC PLUS supports you if e you are driving faster than 40 mph 60 km h e DISTRONIC PLUS is maintaining the dis tance to a vehicle in front e you have switched on the corresponding turn signal e DISTRONIC PLUS does not detect a danger of collision If these conditions are fulfilled your vehicle is accelerated Acceleration will be interrupted if changing lanes takes too long or if the dis tance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front becomes too small Stopping WARNING When leaving the vehicle even if it is braked only by DISTRONIC PLUS it could roll away if e there is a malfunction in the system or in the voltage supply e DISTRONIC PLUS has been deactivated with the cruise control lever e g by a vehi cle occupant or from outside the vehicle e the electrical system in the engine com partment the battery or the fuses
398. r lamp is on OCS has deactivated the front passenger air bag and front passenger knee bag gt page 49 e the Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Oper Display messages es Display messages Lights Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ator s Manual display messages must not be shown in the multifunction display gt Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary sys tem checks have been completed gt Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the mul tifunction display If these conditions are fulfilled the front passenger seat can be occupied again Whether the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit or goes out depends on how OCS classifies the occupant If the conditions are not fulfilled the system is not operating cor rectly gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately For further information about the Occupant Classification System see gt page 49 Display messages about LEDs This display message will only appear if all LEDs have failed Display messages ros Check Left Corner ing Light or Check Right Cornering Light ros Check Left Low Beam or Check Right Low Beam Check Rear Left Turn Signal or Check Rear Right Turn Signal Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The left or right hand cornering light is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace th
399. radiator is not blocked e g by snow slush or ice gt At coolant temperatures below 248 F 120 C drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop gt Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads e g driving in moun tainous terrain and stop and go traffic Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You are approaching a vehicle or a stationary obstacle in your line of travel at too high a speed gt Be prepared to brake immediately gt Pay careful attention to the traffic situation You may have to brake or take evasive action Further information on DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 171 Further information on PRE SAFE Brake gt page 67 Pa Warning and indicator lamps On board computer and displays Tires Problem W The yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp pressure loss malfunction is lit W The yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp pressure loss malfunction flashes for approximately one minute and then remains lit Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The tire pressure monitor has detected a loss of pressure in at least one of the tires A WARNING With tire pressures which are too low there is a risk of the fol lowing hazards e they may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e they may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking ma
400. rain could be damaged To ensure that the vehicle is secured against rolling away unintentionally e the electric parking brake must be applied e on vehicles with manual transmission engage first gear or reverse gear e on vehicles with automatic transmission the transmission must be in park position P and the transmission position display in the multifunction display must show P e the SmartKey must be removed from the ignition lock e the front wheels must be turned towards the curb on steep uphill or downhill gradi ents Important safety notes Z WARNING The automatic transmission switches to neu tral position N when you switch off the engine The vehicle may roll away There is a risk of an accident After switching off the engine always switch to parking position P Prevent the parked vehi cle from rolling away by applying the parking brake Vehicles with manual transmission gt Shift to either first gear or reverse gear R gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tion lock and remove it The immobilizer is activated gt Apply the electric parking brake Vehicles with automatic transmission gt Apply the electric parking brake gt Shift the transmission to position P Using the SmartKey gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tion lock and remove it The immobilizer is activated The SmartKey can only be removed if the transmission is in position P Using KEY
401. rake Activating deactivating 203 Display message ssec 221 FUNCtION NOTES sssssersrsesessssisisicns 67 Warning lamp iservi i srererikess 253 Program selector button 153 Protection against theft ATA Anti Theft Alarm system 69 Immobilizer oo eeeseeeecessseeeeeeeenees 69 Protection of the environment General NOTES vecc c 5 c scccecedeseoteasavece 21 Pulling away Automatic transmission 6 142 Manual transmission cs 142 Qualified specialist workshop 26 RACETIMER on board computer 209 Radar sensor system Activating deactivating 0 0 207 Display message seese 231 Radio Selecting a station cceeeeeeee Radio wave reception transmis sion in the vehicle Declaration of conformity s s 25 Reading lamp oee Rear fog lamp Display message Switching on off Rear lamps see Lights Rear view mirror Anti glare manual sessen 103 Dipping automatic cee 104 Rear window defroster Problem malfunction s es 133 Switching on off neeesser 132 Refrigerant air conditioning sys tem Important safety notes 352 Refueling FUCL SAU SE mma e 31 Important safety notes s s s 158 Refueling ProCess c ccsesceesseneese 159 see Fuel Releasing the parking lock man ually automatic transmission 158 Remote control Programming garage door OPEMEN cs sssesesscceescsctcousceanesenecusneu
402. rally not hazardous to health it could however cause short term breathing difficulties in people with asthma or other respiratory problems In order to prevent breathing difficulties you should leave the vehicle as soon as itis safe to do so or open the window Air bags and pyrotechnic seat belt tensioners contain perchlorate material which may require special handling or environmental protection measures Check with your local government s disposal guidelines California residents see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm Method of operation During the first stage of a collision the restraint system control unit evaluates impor tant physical data relating to vehicle deceler ation or acceleration such as e Duration e Direction e Intensity Based on the evaluation of this data the restraint system control unit triggers the belt tensioners in the event of a frontal or rear collision If the restraint system control unit detects a high accident severity additional compo nents of the restraint system are activated independently of one another in certain fron tal collision situations e Front air bags as well as driver s and front passenger kneebag Depending on the person occupying the front passenger seat the front passenger air bag is activated or deactivated The front passenger front air bag can only be deployed in an acci dent if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indica tor lamp is off Obser
403. range in the multifunction display gt Press the OK button to save the setting Deactivating delayed switch off of the exte rior lighting temporarily gt Before leaving the vehicle turn the Smart Key to position 0 in the ignition lock gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock The exterior lighting delayed switch off is deactivated Delayed switch off of the exterior lighting is reactivated the next time you start the engine If you have activated the Surround Light ing function and the light switch is set to auto the following functions are activated when it is dark e surround lighting the exterior lighting remains lit for 40 seconds after unlocking with the SmartKey If you start the engine the surround lighting is switched off and automatic headlamp mode is activated gt page 109 e exterior lighting delayed switch off the exterior lighting remains lit for 60 seconds after the engine is switched off If you close all the doors and the trunk lid the exterior lighting goes off after 15 seconds Depending on your vehicle s equipment when the surround lighting and delayed switch off exterior lighting are on the fol lowing light up e Parking lamps e Front fog lamps e Low beam headlamps e Daytime running lamps e Side marker lamps e Surround lighting in the exterior mirrors Activating deactivating the i
404. rate vehicle equip ment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Z WARNING If persons particularly children are subjected to prolonged exposure to extreme heat or cold there is a risk of injury possibly even fatal Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Z WARNING If the child restraint system is subjected to direct sunlight parts may get very hot Chil dren may burn themselves on these parts particularly on the metal parts of the child restraint system There is a risk of injury If you leave the vehicle taking the child with you always ensure that the child restraint system is not exposed to direct sunlight Pro tect it with a blanket for example If the child restraint system has been exposed to direct sunlight let it cool down before securing the child in it Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Always ensure that all vehicle occupants have their seat belts fastened correctly and are sit ting properly Particular attention must be paid to children Observe the safety notes on the seat belt gt page 42 and the notes on correct use of seat belts gt page 44 A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over 41 Ibs 18 kg or until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt can be fastened
405. rce During braking e a warning tone sounds e the Please Release Parking Brake message appears e the red park USA only or Canada only indicator lamp in the instrument clus ter flashes When the vehicle has been braked to a stand still the electric parking brake is engaged If you leave the vehicle parked for longer than four weeks the battery may be damaged by exhaustive discharging gt Connecting a trickle charger You can obtain information about trickle chargers from a qualified specialist work shop If you leave the vehicle parked for longer than six weeks the vehicle may suffer damage as a result of lack of use gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop and seek advice Important safety notes Z WARNING If you switch off the ignition while driving safety relevant functions are only available with limitations or not at all This could affect for example the power steering and the brake boosting effect You will require considerably more effort to steer and brake There is a risk of an accident Do not switch off the ignition while driving Z WARNING If you operate mobile communication equip ment while driving you will be distracted from traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Only operate this equipment when the vehicle is stationary Observe the legal requirements for the coun try in w
406. rd E Wheels and tires __ Wheels and tires Step 2 Example 1 Example 2 Number of 1 2 people in the vehicle driver and occu pants Weight of the Occu Occu occupants pant 1 pant 1 175 Ibs 175 lbs 80 kg 80 kg Occu pant 2 195 Ibs 88 kg Gross weight 175 Ibs 370 Ibs of all occu 80 kg 168 kg pants Step 3 Example 1 Example 2 Permissible 1500 Ibs 1500 Ibs load maxi 680 kg 680 kg mum gross 175 lbs 370 Ibs vehicle weight 80kg 168 kg rating from 1325 Ibs 1130 Ibs the Tire and 600 kg 512 kg Loading Infor mation plac ard minus the gross weight of all occu pants Even if you have calculated the total load carefully you should still make sure that the gross vehicle weight rating and the gross axle weight rating are not exceeded Details can be found on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side of the vehicle gt page 322 All about wheels and tires Permissible gross vehicle weight the gross weight of the vehicle all passengers and the load must not exceed the permissible gross vehicle weight Gross axle weight rating the maximum per missible weight that can be carried by one axle front or rear axle To ensure that your vehicle does not exceed the maximum permissible values gross vehi cle weight and maximum gross axle weight rating have your loaded vehicle including driver occupants and the load weighed on a suitable vehicle weighb
407. re and Loading Information placard gt Step 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle gt Step 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilo grams or XXX Ibs Loading the vehicle gt Step 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ibs passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1 400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs gt Step 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capa city calculated in step 4 The following table shows examples on how to calculate total and cargo load capacities with varying seating configurations and num ber and size of occupants The following examples use a maximum load of 1 500 Ibs 680 kg This is for illustration purposes only Make sure you are using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt page 322 The higher the weight of all the occupants the smaller the maximum load for luggage Step 1 Example 1 Example 2 1500 Ibs 680 kg 1500 Ibs 680 kg Combined maximum weight of occupants and cargo data from the Tire and Load ing Informa tion placa
408. re is over 186 mph 300 km h Ask the tire manufacturer about the maximum speed All weather tires and win ter tires Index Speed rating QM S upto 100 mph 160 km h TM S8 upto 118 mph 190 km h H M S8 upto 130 mph 210 km h V M S8 upto 149 mph 240 km h Notall tires with the M S marking provide the driving characteristics of winter tires In addition to the M S marking winter tires also have the 4 snowflake symbol on the tire wall Tires with this marking fulfill the requirements of the Rubber Manufac turers Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC regarding the tire traction on snow They have been espe cially developed for driving on snow An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding the following speeds e all vehicles except AMG vehicles 130 mph 210 km h e AMG vehicles 155 mph 250 km h e AMG vehicles with Handling Package 174 mph 280 km h The speed rating of tires mounted at the fac tory may be higher than the maximum speed that the electronic speed limiter permits Make sure that your tires have the required speed rating e g when buying new tires The required speed rating for your vehicle can be found in the tires section gt page 337 3 OrM S 4 for winter tires All about wheels and tires Further information about reading tire data can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop Load index Pii In addition to the l
409. reakdown assistance Useful information This Operator s manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 26 Where will find General notes The vehicle tool kit can be found in the stow age well under the trunk floor Apart from certain country specific varia tions the vehicles are not equipped with a tire change tool kit Some tools for chang ing a wheel are specific to the vehicle For more information on which tools are required to perform a wheel change on your vehicle consult a qualified specialist work shop Tools required for changing a wheel may include for example e Jack e Wheel chock e Lug wrench e Ratchet wrench e Alignment bolt Vehicles with a collapsible spare wheel Folding wheel chock Fuse allocation chart Jack Sheet for faulty wheel Alignment bolt Lug wrench Towing eye Valve extractor Tire inflation compressor gt Lift the trunk floor up gt Remove collapsible spare wheel gt page 341 fFlattire Preparing the vehicle Your vehicle may be equipped with e MOExtended tires tires with
410. reased wheel bolts or damaged wheel bolts hub threads can cause the wheel bolts to come loose As a result you could lose a wheel while driving There is a risk of accident Never oil or grease wheel bolts In the event of damage to the threads contact a qualified specialist workshop immediately Have the damaged wheel bolts or hub threads replaced renewed Do not continue driving Z WARNING If you tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts when the vehicle is raised the jack could tip over There is a risk of injury Only tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts when the vehicle is on the ground Always pay attention to the instructions and safety notes in the Changing a wheel sec tion gt page 332 Only use wheel bolts that have been designed for the wheel and the vehicle For safety rea sons Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use wheel bolts which have been Changing a wheel approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles and the respective wheel H To prevent damage to the paintwork hold the wheel securely against the wheel hub while screwing in the first wheel bolt ye PAG aE gt Clean the wheel and wheel hub contact surfaces gt Slide the wheel to be mounted onto the alignment bolt and push it on gt Tighten the wheel bolts until they are fin ger tight gt Unscrew the alignment bolt gt Tighten the last wheel bolt until it is finger tight gt Vehicles with a collapsible spare wheel infl
411. rection of arrow 3 onto the wiper arm until retaining clips engage in bracket gt Make sure that wiper blade is seated correctly gt Fold the wiper arm back onto the wind shield Lights and windshield wipers E fe Windshield wipers Lights and windshield wipers le Problem The windshield wipers are jammed The windshield wipers fail completely The windshield washer fluid from the spray nozzles no longer hits the center of the wind shield Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Leaves or snow for example may be obstructing the windshield wiper movement The wiper motor has been deactivated gt For safety reasons you should remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock or gt Switch off the engine using the Start Stop button and open the driver s door gt Remove the cause of the obstruction gt Switch the windshield wipers back on The windshield wiper drive is malfunctioning gt Select another wiper speed on the combination switch gt Have the windshield wipers checked at a qualified specialist workshop The spray nozzles are misaligned gt Have the spray nozzles adjusted at a qualified specialist work shop Useful information 0 eee 122 Overview of climate control sys TOMS onone concrete orca 122 Operating the climate control sys TOMS ccc eens 127 Setting the air vents 0 134 Climate control i Climate control
412. res the vehicle if the HOLD function is activated and e the driver s door is open and the driver s seat belt is unfastened e the engine is switched off unless it is auto matically switched off by the ECO start stop function e the hood is opened e a system malfunction occurs e the power supply is not sufficient If there is a malfunction in the vehicle elec tronics a warning message may also appear in the multifunction display Brake Immediately gt Immediately depress the brake firmly until the warning message in the multifunction display goes out The HOLD function is deactivated In vehicles with automatic transmission Shift to P gt Shift the transmission to position P to pre vent the vehicle from rolling away The HOLD function is deactivated The warning message in the multifunction dis play disappears The horn will also sound at regular intervals if the HOLD function is activated and you e switch the engine off open the driver s door and remove your seat belt e open the hood The sounding of the horn alerts you to the fact that the vehicle has been parked while the HOLD function is still activated If you attempt to lock the vehicle the tone becomes louder The vehicle is not locked until the HOLD func tion is deactivated If the engine has been switched off it cannot be started again until the HOLD function has been deactivated E Important safety notes PARKTRONIC
413. res which are too low there is a risk of the fol lowing hazards e they may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e they may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking may be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 161 gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 292 gt Check the tire pressure gt page 318 gt f necessary correct the tire pressure The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly The wheel position is shown in the multifunction display A WARNING If you drive with a flat tire there is a risk of the following hazards e a flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle e you could lose control of the vehicle e continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 161 gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 292
414. ress the brake pedal vigorously until the braking sit uation is over gt To make a full brake application depress the brake pedal with full force If ABS intervenes when braking you will feel a pulsing in the brake pedal Driving safety systems The pulsating brake pedal can be an indica tion of hazardous road conditions and func tions as a reminder to take extra care while driving General information BAS operates in emergency braking situa tions If you depress the brake pedal quickly BAS automatically boosts the braking force thus shortening the stopping distance Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 61 A WARNING If BAS is malfunctioning the braking distance in an emergency braking situation is increased There is a risk of an accident In an emergency braking situation depress the brake pedal with full force ABS prevents the wheels from locking Braking gt Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed until the emergency braking situation is over ABS prevents the wheels from locking The brakes will function as usual once you release the brake pedal BAS is deactivated General information Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 61 BAS PLUS is only available in vehicles equip ped with DISTRONIC PLUS For BAS PLUS to assist you the radar sensor system must be operational With the help of the radar sensor
415. riate reg ulations if you wish to install snow chains e Do not exceed the maximum permissible speed of 30 mph 50 km h You may wish to deactivate ESP when pulling away with snow chains installed gt page 64 You can thereby allow the wheels to spin in a controlled manner ach ieving an increased driving force cutting action For more information on driving with the emergency spare wheel see gt page 341 a Wheels and tires _ Wheels and tires Tire pressure Tire pressure specifications Important safety notes Z WARNING Tires with tire pressures that are too low or too high are associated with the following hazards e they can burst in particular if the vehicle is heavily laden or when driven at high speeds e the tires can wear excessively and or unevenly which can severely impair tire traction e the driving steering and braking character istics may be severely impaired There is a risk of accident Follow recommended tire inflation pressures and check the pressure of all the tires includ ing the spare wheel e monthly at least e if the load changes e before beginning a long journey e under different operating conditions e g off road driving If necessary correct the tire pressure The specifications on the sample Tire and Loading Information placard and tire pres sure tables are examples Tire pressure specifications are vehicle specific and may deviate from the data
416. ridge All about wheels and tires Overview of Tire Quality Grading Stand ards Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards are U S government specifications Their pur pose is to provide drivers with uniform relia ble information on tire performance data Tire manufacturers have to grade tires using three performance factors treadwear grade Q traction grade 2 and temperature grade 3 These regulations do not apply to Canada Nevertheless all tires sold in North America are provided with the corresponding quality grading markings on the sidewall of the tire Where applicable the tire grading informa tion can be found on the tire sidewall between the tread shoulder and maximum tire width Example e Treadwear grade 200 e Traction grade AA e Temperature grade A All passenger car tires must conform to the statutory safety requirements in addition to these grades The actual values for tires are vehicle specific and may deviate from the values in the illustration Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified U S government course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use how ever and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in
417. risk of damaging the clutch H Only shift into reverse gear R when the vehicle is stationary Otherwise you could damage the transmission gt Stop the vehicle gt Depress the clutch pedal fully gt Shift to neutral N gt Move the gear lever firmly to the left beyond the point of resistance and then forwards Automatic transmission ae The ECO start stop function is not avail able when reverse gear is engaged Further information on the ECO start stop function gt page 144 gt Shift gear according to gearshift recom mendation when shown in the multi function display of the instrument cluster The gearshift recommendations assist you in adopting an economical driving style The rec ommended gear is shown in the multifunction display Automatic transmission A WARNING If the engine speed is above the idling speed and you engage transmission position D or R the vehicle could pull away suddenly There is a risk of an accident When engaging transmission position D or R always firmly depress the brake pedal and do not simultaneously accelerate Z WARNING The automatic transmission switches to neu tral position N when you switch off the engine The vehicle may roll away There is a risk of an accident After switching off the engine always switch to parking position P Prevent the parked vehi cle from rolling away by applying the parking brake Overview of transmis
418. rive program E vehicles with an automatic transmission On long journeys at a constant speed e g on the highway only the bar for Constant will change The ECO display summarizes the driving characteristics from the start of the journey to its completion For this reason the bars change dynamically at the beginning of the journey On longer journeys there are fewer changes For more dynamic changes carry out a manual reset For further information on the ECO display see gt page 198 Important safety notes Z WARNING If you shift down on a slippery road surface in an attempt to increase the engine s braking effect the drive wheels could lose their grip There is an increased danger of skidding and accidents Do not shift down for additional engine brak ing on a slippery road surface Downhill gradients H On long steep gradients you must reduce the load on the brakes To use engine braking shift to a lower gear in good time This helps you to avoid overheating the brakes and wearing them out exces sively When making use of the engine braking effect it is possible that a drive wheel may not turn for some time e g in the case of suddenly changing or slippery road surface conditions This could cause damage to the drive train This type of damage is not cov ered by the Mercedes Benz warranty Change into a lower gear in good time on long and steep downhill gradients This is espe cially impo
419. rogen gas If a short circuit occurs or sparks are created the hydrogen gas can ignite There is a risk of an explosion e Make sure that the positive terminal of a connected battery does not come into con tact with vehicle parts e Never place metal objects or tools on a bat tery e It is important that you observe the descri bed order of the battery terminals when connecting and disconnecting a battery e When jump starting make sure that the battery poles with identical polarity are connected e It is particularly important to observe the described order when connecting and dis connecting the jumper cables e Never connect or disconnect the battery terminals while the engine is running a A WARNING Battery acid is caustic There is a risk of injury Avoid contact with the skin eyes or clothing Do not inhale any battery gases Do not lean over the battery Keep children away from batteries Wash battery acid immediately with water and seek medical attention Q Environmental note Batteries contain dangerous bt substances It is against the law to dispose of them with the household rubbish They must be collected separately and recycled to protect the environment Dispose of batteries in an environmentally friendly manner Take discharged batteries to a qualified spe a Battery vehicle cialist workshop or a special collection point for used bat teries H Have the battery checked regularly a
420. rol is not inclu ded with the integrated garage door opener gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 139 gt Select one of buttons to to use to control the garage door drive gt To start programing mode press and hold one of buttons to on the inte grated garage door opener The garage door opener is now in program ing mode After a short time indicator lamp lights up yellow Indicator lamp lights up yellow as soon as button or is programed for the first time If the selected button has already been programed indicator lamp will only light up yellow after ten seconds have elapsed gt Release button 2 or Indicator lamp flashes yellow gt To program the remote control point garage door remote control towards buttons 2 to on the rear view mirror at a distance of 2 to 8 inches 5 to 20 cm gt Press and hold button on remote control until indicator lamp lights up green When indicator lamp lights up green programing is finished When indicator lamp Q flashes green pro graming was successful The next step is to synchronize the rolling code gt Release button on remote control for the garage door drive system If indicator lamp Q lights up red repeat the programing procedure for the correspond ing button on the rear view mirror When doing so vary the distance between remote control and the rear vi
421. rom moisture during opera tion Do not allow bulbs to come into contact with liquids There are bulbs other than the Xenon bulbs that you cannot replace Replace only the bulbs listed gt page 115 Have the bulbs that you cannot replace yourself changed at a qualified specialist workshop Replacing bulbs Eo re If you require assistance changing bulbs con sult a qualified specialist workshop If the new bulb still does not light up consult a qualified specialist workshop Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety You must therefore make sure that these function correctly at all times Have the headlamp setting checked regularly Halogen headlamps Low beam headlamp H7 55 W High beam headlamp H7 55 W Turn signal lamp PY 21 W Bi Xenon headlamps Cornering lamp H7 55 W Tail lamp Backup lamp W 16 W Removing mounting the cover in the front wheel housing gt To remove switch off the lights gt Turn the front wheels inwards gt Slide cover up and remove it gt To install insert cover again and slide down until it engages Lights and windshield wipers 4 fe Replacing bulbs Lights and windshield wipers a Low beam headlamps halogen head lamps Pea DS 7270 31 gt Remove the cover in the front wheel hous ing gt page 115 gt Turn housing cover Q counter clockwise and pull it out gt Press retainer 2 up gt Remove conn
422. rranty The implied warranty for your vehicle applies in accordance with the warranty terms and conditions in the Service and Warranty Infor mation booklet Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will replace and repair all factory installed parts in accordance with the following warranty terms and conditions e New Vehicle Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachu setts New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control Sys tem Warranty e State warranty enforcement laws lemon laws Replacement parts and accessories are cov ered by the Mercedes Benz Parts and Acces sories warranties These are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Should you lose your Service and War ranty Information booklet have an author ized Mercedes Benz Center arrange for a replacement The new Service and War ranty Information booklet will be posted to you Information for customers in Califor nia Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purchase price or lease price if after a rea sonable number of repair attempts Mercedes Benz USA LLC and or its author ized repair or service facilities fail to fix one or more substantial defects or malfunctions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty During the period of 18 months from original delivery of the vehicle or the
423. rrectly in cover 2 gt Insert cover at the rear of the fuse box into the retainer gt Fold down cover 2 and close clamps Q gt Close the hood Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 306 H Make sure that no moisture can enter the fuse box when the cover is open The fuse box is located in the trunk behind the partition covering gt Open the trunk lid gt To open release cover Q on the right and left hand sides with a flat object gt Open cover Q downwards in the direction of the arrow Breakdown assistance Useful information 0 eee 310 Important safety notes 310 Operation ee e arene 310 Winter operation ceceeee 312 Tire pressure eccceeeceesteeeeteeees 314 Loading the vehicle 322 All about wheels and tires 324 Changing a wheel cee 332 Wheel and tire combinations 337 Emergency spare wheel 341 al Wheels and tires 110 Operation __ Wheels and tires Useful information This Operator s manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and funct
424. rrectly store objects in the vehicle interior they can slip or be flung around thus striking vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury especially when brak ing or abruptly changing directions e Always store objects so that they cannot be flung around in these or in similar situa tions e Always make sure that objects do not pro trude from stowage compartments parcel nets or stowage nets e Close lockable stowage compartments while driving e Stow and secure objects that are heavy hard pointy sharp edged fragile or too large in the trunk Glove box gt To open pull handle Q and open glove box flap gt To close fold glove box flap 2 upwards until it engages The glove box flap contains brackets for coins pens and credit and service cards The glove box can be locked and unlocked using the mechanical key gt To lock insert the mechanical key into the lock and turn it to position 2 gt To unlock insert the mechanical key into the lock and turn it to position _ Stowage compartment telephone compartment under the armrest peach gt To open push button Q up and raise arm rest The stowage compartment can be locked and unlocked centrally using the SmartKey gt page 72 Depending on the vehicle equipment a 12 V power socket USB port or a Media Interface is installed in the stowage com partment A Media Interface is a universal in
425. rseeeee 228 see Lights Automatic engine start ECO start Stop FUNCTION eeteeeeeeee 146 Automatic engine switch off ECO start stop function 0 0 00 ee 144 Automatic headlamp mode 109 Automatic transmission Accelerator pedal position 152 Automatic drive program s e 154 Changing BEAM y 2s cccsecacsessscsssesicss 152 Display message eere 238 Driving tPS seseccesccssesesesesesenstz cause sess 152 Emergency running mode 158 KickdowWN nison eee 153 Manual drive program seses 154 Manual drive program vehicles with Sports package AMG 155 OVETVIOW re en aE E 151 Problem malfunction 0 0 0 158 Program selector button 153 Pullin AWAY cctsessscssscscsetsuctessesiseiests 142 Releasing the parking lock man ually istessetete teed sstessestteaatsensseesens 158 Selector lever sssnsscsisiiiss 151 Starting the engine 0 eee 142 Steering wheel paddle shifters 154 Transmission position display 151 Transmission positions 0 152 Automatic transmission emer gency MOE 000 eee eeeeeseeeeeeteeee 158 Backup lamp Changing bulbs oe eeeeeeeeeeeneeee 117 BAS Brake Assist System 62 BAS PLUS Brake Assist System PEWS oraren ra aeS 62 Battery SmartKey CHECKINS svsscessceeassseaziess nrto traes 75 Important safety notes s es 74 Replacing esc cacesecessecscececesecezeccseseseee 75 Battery vehicle CH
426. rtant if the vehicle is laden Heavy and light loads Z WARNING If you rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving the braking system can overheat This increases the stopping distance and can even cause the braking system to fail There is a risk of an accident Never use the brake pedal as a footrest Never depress the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal at the same time H Depressing the brake pedal constantly results in excessive and premature wear to the brake pads If the brakes have been subjected to a heavy load do not stop the vehicle immediately but drive on for a short while This allows the air flow to cool the brakes more quickly Wet roads If you have driven for a long time in heavy rain without braking there may be a delayed reac tion from the brakes when braking for the first time This may also occur after the vehicle has been washed or driven through deep water You then have to depress the brake pedal more firmly Maintain a greater distance from the vehicle in front After driving on a wet road or having the vehi cle washed brake firmly while paying atten tion to the traffic conditions This will warm up the brake discs thereby drying them more quickly and protecting them against corro sion Limited braking performance on salt treated roads If you drive on salted roads a layer of salt residue may form on the brake discs and brake pads This can result in a significantly longer bra
427. rting Installing the towing eye A WARNING The exhaust tail pipe may be very hot There is a risk of burns when removing the rear cover Do not touch the exhaust pipe Take particular care when removing the rear cover The mountings for the removable towing eyes are located in the bumpers They are at the front and at the rear behind the covers gt Press the mark on cover Q inwards in the direction of the arrow gt Take cover 1 off the opening gt Remove the towing eye from the vehicle tool kit gt page 292 gt Screw in and tighten the towing eye clock wise to the stop Removing the towing eye gt Unscrew and remove the towing eye gt Attach cover Q to the bumper and press until it engages gt Place the towing eye in the vehicle tool kit gt page 292 H The ignition must be switched off if you are towing the vehicle with the rear axle raised Intervention by ESP could other wise damage the brake system gt Switch on the hazard warning lamps gt page 111 gt Bring the front wheels into the straight ahead position gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tion lock and remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt When leaving the vehicle take the Smart Key or the KEYLESS GO key with you When towing your vehicle with the rear axle raised it is important that you observe the safety instructions gt page 303 Z WARNING You can no longer steer the
428. rts Have a deployed air bag replaced at a qualified spe cialist workshop as soon as possible Z WARNING A deployed air bag no longer offers any pro tection and cannot provide the intended pro tection in an accident There is an increased risk of injury Have the vehicle towed to a qualified special ist workshop in order to have a deployed air bag replaced It is important for your safety and that of your passenger to have deployed air bags replaced and to have any malfunctioning air bags repaired This will help to make sure the air bags continue to perform their protective function for the vehicle occupants in the event of a crash Z WARNING Pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning Devices that have been deployed are no longer opera tional and are unable to perform their inten ded protective function This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Therefore have pyrotechnic Emergency Ten sioning Devices which have been triggered immediately replaced at a qualified specialist workshop An electric motor is used by PRE SAFE to trigger the tightening of the seat belt in haz ardous situations This procedure is reversi ble If the Emergency Tensioning Devices or air bags are deployed you will hear a bang anda small amount of powder may also be released The amp restraint system warning lamp will light up Only in rare cases will the bang affect your hearing The powder released is gene
429. rugs Emission control Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Inhaling these exhaust gases leads to poisoning There is a risk of fatal injury Therefore never leave the engine running in enclosed spaces with out sufficient ventilation besiege ies Certain engine systems are designed to keep the level of poisonous components in exhaust fumes within legal limits These systems only work at peak efficiency if they are serviced exactly in accordance with the manufacturer s specifications All work on the engine must be carried out only by qualified and authorized Mercedes Benz technicians The engine settings must not be changed under any circumstances Furthermore all specific service work must be carried out at regular intervals and in accordance with the Mercedes Benz service requirements Details can be found in the Maintenance Booklet ECO display Example ECO display The ECO display provides feedback on how economical your driving characteristics are The ECO display assists you in achieving the most economical driving style for the selec ted settings and prevailing conditions Your driving style can significantly influence the vehicle s consumption The ECO display consists of three bars e Acceleration e Constant e Coasting The percent value is the average value of the three bars The three bars and the mean value begin at the value of 50 A higher perce
430. run flat prop erties gt page 293 Vehicle preparation is not necessary on vehicles with MOExtended tires e an emergency spare wheel gt page 341 Information on changing mounting a wheel gt page 332 gt Stop the vehicle on solid non slippery and level ground as far away as possible from traffic gt Switch on the hazard warning lamps gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 161 gt If possible bring the front wheels into the straight ahead position gt Switch off the engine gt Vehicles without KEYLESS GO remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO open the driver s door The on board electronics now have status 0 This is the same as the SmartKey having been removed gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock gt page 140 gt All occupants must get out of the vehicle Make sure that they are not endangered as they do so gt Make sure that no one is near the danger area while a wheel is being changed Any one who is not directly assisting in the wheel change should for example stand behind the barrier gt Get out of the vehicle Pay attention to traf fic conditions when doing so gt Close the driver s door _MOExtended tires tires with run flat properties General notes With MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics you can continue to drive your vehicle even if there
431. ry as this could damage the wiper blades Moreover dust that has collected on the windshield can scratch the glass if wiping takes place when the windshield is dry If itis necessary to switch on the windshield wipers in dry weather conditions always use washer fluid when operating the wind shield wipers Changing the rear bulbs gt Switch off the lights If the windshield wipers leave smears on gt Make sure that the roof is closed H z S P the windshield after the vehicle has been gt Open the trunk washed in an automatic car wash wax or gt Turn and pull out buffer stop other residues may be the reason for this gt Unclip catch Q for side paneling Clean the windshield using washer fluid after washing the vehicle in an automatic car wash H Intermittent wiping with rain sensor due to optical influences and the windshield becoming dirty in dry weather conditions the windshield wipers may be activated inadvertently This could then damage the windshield wiper blades or scratch the windshield For this reason you should always switch off the windshield wipers in dry weather ys Lights and windshield wipers rq gt Reach upwards into side paneling loosen and pull downwards until holder of the backup lamp is easily accessible gt Pull out bulb holder gt Pull out the bulb gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder gt Insert holder until it engages gt re i
432. ry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 These devices may not cause interference and 2 These devices must accept any interference includ ing interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Diagnostics connection The diagnostics connection is only intended for the connection of diagnostic equipment at a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING If you connect equipment to the diagnostics connection in the vehicle it may affect the operation of the vehicle systems As a result the operating safety of the vehicle could be affected There is a risk of an accident Do not connect any equipment to a diagnos tics connection in the vehicle A WARNING Objects in the driver s footwell can restrict the pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal The operating and road safety of the vehicle is jeopardized There is a risk of an accident Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are stowed correctly and that they cannot enter the driver s footwell Install the floormats securely and as specified in order to ensure sufficient clearance for the pedals Do not use loose floormats and do not place floormats on top of one another H If the engine is switched off and equip ment on the diagnostics connection is used the starter battery may discharge Connecting equipment to the diagnostics connection can lead to emissions monitoring information being rese
433. s damaged in this way may fail unexpect edly There is a risk of an accident Do not use power washers with circular jet nozzles to clean the vehicle Have damaged tires or chassis components replaced imme diately Preparing the vehicle gt Stop the vehicle on solid non slippery and level ground gt Apply the electric parking brake manually gt Bring the front wheels into the straight ahead position gt Vehicles with manual transmission fully depress the clutch pedal and engage first or reverse gear gt Vehicles with automatic transmission move the selector lever to P gt Switch off the engine gt Vehicles without KEYLESS GO remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO open the driver s door The on board electronics now have status 0 This is the same as the SmartKey having been removed gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock gt page 140 gt If included in the vehicle equipment remove the tire change tool kit from the vehicle gt Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away Changing a wheel Due to differences in vehicle equipment not all vehicles are equipped with a tire change tool kit For information on which tools are required to perform a wheel change on your vehicle consult an author ized Mercedes Benz Center Necessary wheel changing tools can include for example e Jack e Wheel cho
434. s possible e Parking spaces that are littered or over grown might be identified or measured incorrectly e Parking spaces that are partially occupied by trailer drawbars might not be identified as such or be measured incorrectly e Snowfall or heavy rain may lead to a parking space being measured inaccurately e Pay attention to the PARKTRONIC gt page 184 warning messages during the parking procedure e When transporting a load which protrudes from your vehicle you must not use Parking Guidance e Never use Parking Guidance with snow chains or an emergency spare wheel moun ted e Make sure that the tire pressures are always correct This has a direct effect on the steering instructions e The way your vehicle is positioned in the parking space after parking is dependent on various factors These include the posi tion and shape of the vehicles parked in front and behind it and the conditions of the location In some cases Parking Guidance may guide you too far or not far enough into a parking space In some cases it may also lead you across or onto the curb If neces sary cancel the parking procedure with Parking Guidance Detecting parking spaces Detected parking space on the left Parking symbol Detected parking space on the right Parking Guidance is automatically activated when you drive forwards The system is operational at speeds of up to approximately 22 mph 35 km h While in operation the sys
435. s previously programed button or on the integrated garage door opener until the door closes The rolling code synchronization is then complete Notes on programing the remote control Canadian radio frequency laws require a break or interruption of the transmission signals after broadcasting for a few seconds Therefore these signals may not last long enough for the integrated garage door opener The signal is not recognized during programing Comparable with Canadian law some U S garage door openers also feature a break Proceed as follows e if you live in Canada e if you have difficulties programing the garage door opener regardless of where you live when using the programing steps gt Press and hold one of buttons 2 to on the integrated garage door opener After a short time indicator lamp Q lights up yellow gt Release the button Indicator lamp Q flashes yellow gt Press button of garage door remote control for two seconds then release it for two seconds gt Press button again for two seconds gt Repeat this sequence on button of remote control until indicator lamp lights up green When indicator lamp lights up green programing is finished When indicator lamp flashes green pro graming was successful The next step is to synchronize the rolling code gt Release button of remote control of the garage door drive If indicator lamp
436. s vents 2 zone automatic climate control gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 139 gt Press the 54 button repeatedly until the desired symbol appears in the display The following air distribution settings can be selected i Directs air through the center and side air vents r Directs air through the footwell air vents 1 Canada only 2 Canada only v Directs air through the center side and footwell vents W4 Directs air through the defroster vents 5s Directs the airflow through the defroster center and side air vents 4 Directs air through the defroster and footwell vents v4 Directs the airflow through the defroster center side and footwell air vents Regardless of the air distribution setting airflow is always directed through the side air vents You can only close the side air vents by fully closing the adjuster on the side air vents gt page 135 Air conditioning system gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 139 gt To increase reduce turn control O clockwise or counter clockwise gt page 123 Dual zone automatic climate control gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 139 gt To increase reduce press the 8 or button This function is only availabl
437. select the Belt Adjustment function When the Belt Adjustment function is activated the vehicle seat belt is displayed in orange in the multifunction display gt Press the OK button to save the setting For further information on belt adjustment see gt page 45 Switching the fold in mirrors when lock ing feature on off This function is only available on vehicles with the memory function gt page 106 This function is only available in Canada When you activate the Auto Mirror Fold ing function the exterior mirrors are folded in when the vehicle is locked If you unlock the vehicle and then opena door the exterior mirrors fold out again If you have switched on the Auto Mirror Folding function and you fold in the exterior mirrors using the button on the door gt page 104 they will not fold out automat ically The exterior mirrors can then only be folded out using the button on the door gt Press the lt or buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the _W or A button to select the Convenience submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the _W or A button to select the Auto Mirror Folding function If the Auto Mirror Folding function is activated the vehicle s exterior mirror is displayed in orange in the multifunction display gt Press the OK butt
438. sfers data to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center for example e current location of the vehicle e vehicle identification number The audio system or COMAND display indicates that a call is active During the call you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button on COMAND for example Voice output is not available A voice connection is established between the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center and the vehicle occupants From the vehicle remote malfunction diagno sis the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center can ascertain the nature of the prob lem gt page 268 The Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center either sends a qualified Mercedes Benz technician or makes arrangements for your vehicle to be transported to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center You may be charged for services such as repair work and or towing Further details are available in your mbrace manual The system has not been able to initiate a Roadside Assistance call if e the indicator lamp for Roadside Assis tance call button is flashing continu ously e no voice connection to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center was established This can occur if the relevant mobile phone network is not available for example The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display gt To end a call press the button on the multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the c
439. shifter and hold it in place gt page 154 or gt Use the lever to switch the transmission position or gt Use the program selector button to change the drive program gt page 153 Manual drive program M is deactivated The automatic transmission switches into the automatic drive program that was last selected i e E or S General information In this drive program you can permanently change gear yourself by using the steering wheel paddle shifters The transmission must be in position D oo pen a To c 00 5 k A a Automatic transmission L_ Driving and parking As well as this permanent drive program M you can also activate temporary drive program M gt page 154 Switching on the manual drive program Manual drive program M is different from drive program S with regard to spontaneity responsiveness and smoothness of gear changes Manual drive program M can be selected using the program selector button You can change gear using the steering wheel paddle shifters or the selector lever in manual drive program M if the transmission is in position D The selected gear appears in the multifunc tion display gt Press the program selector button gt page 153 repeatedly until M appears in the multifunction display Upshifting gt Briefly press the selector lever to the right towards D or gt Pull the right hand steering wheel paddle shifte
440. shown here The tire pressure specifications that are valid for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Loading Information placard and tire pres sure table on the vehicle General notes The recommended tire pressures for the tires mounted at the factory can be found on the labels described here Operation with the emergency spare wheel gt page 341 Further information on tire pressures can be obtained at a qualified specialist workshop Tire and Loading Information placard BEREH Recommended tire pressures The Tire and Loading Information placard is on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 322 The Tire and Loading Information placard con tains the recommended tire pressures for cold tires The recommended tire pressures are valid for the maximum permissible load and up to the maximum permissible vehicle speed Tire pressure table The tire pressure table is on the inside of the fuel filler flap COLD T id So Example tire pressure table for all tires permitted for this vehicle by the factory The tire pressure table contains the recom mended pressures for cold tires for various operating conditions i e differing load and speed conditions Bae Se RE Example tire pressure table with tire dimensions If a tire size precedes a tire pressure the tire pressure information following is only valid for that tire size The load conditions partially laden and fully laden are defined
441. sion positions Selector lever P Park position with selector lever lock R Reverse gear N Neutral D Drive oo a Ee c 00 5 T a Transmission position and drive pro gram display Transmission position display Drive program display The current position of the selector lever is shown by the indicators next to the selector lever The indicators light up when the SmartKey is inserted into the ignition lock The indicators go out when the SmartKey is removed from the ignition lock es Automatic transmission E Driving and parking HBA Park position Do not shift the transmission into position P gt page 151 unless the vehicle is stationary The parking lock should not be used as a brake when parking Always apply the electronic parking brake in addi tion to the parking lock in order to secure the vehicle The SmartKey can only be removed if the transmission is in position P If the SmartKey is removed from the ignition lock the selector lever is locked If the vehicle electronics are mal functioning the selector lever may be locked in position P To release a locked selector lever see Man ual override of parking lock gt page 158 Reverse gear Only shift the transmission to R when the vehicle is stationary Neutral Do not shift the transmission to N while driving Otherwise the auto matic transmission could be da
442. sk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 161 gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 292 gt Check the tire pressures and if necessary correct the tire pres sure gt Restart the tire pressure loss warning system when the tire pressure is correct gt page 318 Canada only The tire pressure loss warning system generated a display mes sage and has not been restarted since gt Set the correct tire pressure in all four tires gt Restart the tire pressure loss warning system gt page 318 Canada only The tire pressure loss warning system is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The tire pressure is too low in at least one of the tires or the tire pressure difference between the wheels is too great gt Check the tire pressures at the next opportunity gt page 318 gt If necessary correct the tire pressure gt Restart the tire pressure monitor gt page 321 Display messages Display messages Check Tires Warning Tire Malfunction Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly The wheel position is displayed in the multifunction display A warning tone also sounds WARNING With tire pressu
443. specialist workshop Sidemarker Lamp or Check Rear Right Sidemarker Lamp EO The left hand or right hand daytime running lamp is faulty Check Left Daytime Running Light or Check Right Day Or time Running Light Visit a qualified specialist workshop gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 115 Oe The active light function is defective Active Headlamps Inoperative gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop TOF The exterior lighting is defective T gt esr ra VA idea Soe Visit a qualified specialist workshop Operator s Manual a Display messages On board computer and displays Display messages ros Auto Lamp Function Inoperative O NA Switch Off Lights Adaptive Highbeam Assist Inoperative Adaptive Highbeam Assist Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual Engine Display messages Check Coolant Level See Opera tor s Manual BA Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The light sensor is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The lights are still switched on when you leave the vehicle A warning tone also sounds gt Turn the light switch to auto Adaptive Highbeam Assist is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Adaptive Highbeam Assist is deactivated and temporarily inoper ative Possible causes are e the windshield in the camera s field of vision is dirty e visibilit
444. ss O ea Displays and operation Left control panel message e In the Tel telephone menu switches to the telephone book and starts dialing the selected number e In the Audio menu stops the station search function at the desired station Right control panel a F e Adjusts the volume amp lt q e Calls up the menu and menu bar o D M Mute me aa A Press briefly Back button V Scrolls in lists e Selects a submenu or function Press briefly E e In the Audio menu selects a e Back a stored station an audio track or e Switches off the Voice Control E a video scene System see the separate oper re e In the Tel telephone menu ating instructions Y switches to the phone book and e Hides display messages calls selects a name or telephone up the last Trip menu function 2 number used a Press and hold e Exits the telephone book redial Y Inthe Audio menu selects the Ue previous next station or selects lt Press and hold an audio Hack ee yilo seene e Calls up the standard display in using rapid scrolling the Trip menu e In the Tel Telephone menu starts rapid scrolling if the phone book is open Multifunction display OK e Confirms a selection display GQ e Rejects or ends a call e Exits phone book redial mem ory F Makes or accepts a call Example vehicles with automatic transmission Transmission position gt page 151 Drive program g
445. ss the auto button The indicator lamp in the button goes out Airflow and air distribution are set to automatic mode The MAX COOL function is only available in vehicles for the USA MAX COOL is only operational when the engine is running gt To activate press the ax button The indicator lamp in the button lights up gt To activate press off road button wx again The indicator lamp goes out The previously selected settings are restored When you activate MAX COOL climate con trol switches to the following functions e maximum cooling e maximum airflow e air recirculation mode on Climate control 4 Windows fogged up on the inside gt Activate the a 4 6 cooling with air dehumidification function gt 2 zone automatic air conditioning activate the auto mode button gt If the windows continue to fog up activate the Windshield defrosting function You should only select this setting until the windshield is clear again Windows fogged up on the outside gt Activate the windshield wipers gt Air conditioning press the or 14 button gt 2 zone automatic air conditioning press the z button until the or 14 symbol appears in the display You should only select this setting until the windshield is clear again
446. stance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program offers technical help in the event of a breakdown Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance Hotline are answered by our agents 24 hours a day 365 days a year 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 USA 1 800 387 0100 Canada For additional information refer to the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Pro gram brochure USA or the Roadside Assis tance section in the Service and Warranty booklet Canada You will find both in your vehicle literature portfolio Change of address or change of own ership In the event of a change of address please send us the Notification of Address Change in the Service and Guarantee booklet or sim ply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assis tance Center USA at the hotline number 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Customer Service Center Canada at 1 800 387 0100 This will assist us in con tacting you in a timely manner should the need arise If you sell your Mercedes please leave the entire literature in the vehicle so that it is available to the next owner If you have purchased a used car please send us the Notification of Used Car Purchase in a Introduction the Service and Guarantee booklet or simply carried out this can result in malfunctions or call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance system failures There is a risk of an accident Center USA at the hotline number 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Cus
447. sure loss warning system or the tire pressure monitor cannot function reliably Only restart the tire pressure loss warning sys tem the tire pressure monitor when the damaged wheel has been replaced with a new wheel Vehicles with tire pressure monitor after mounting an emergency spare wheel the system may still display the tire pres sure of the removed wheel for a few minutes The value displayed for the moun ted emergency spare wheel is not the same as the current tire pressure of the emer gency spare wheel ry Wheels and tires Example The collapsible spare wheel can be found in the stowage well under the trunk floor gt Lift and remove the reversible floor panel in the trunk gt page 258 gt Turn retaining screw counter clockwise and remove it gt Remove collapsible spare wheel 4 Always observe the instructions and safety notes in the Mounting a wheel section gt page 333 _ Wheels and tires owing the emergency spare wheel _ H Only place the collapsible spare wheel in the vehicle when it is dry Otherwise mois ture may get into the vehicle Take the following steps to stow a used col lapsible spare wheel Otherwise the collaps ible spare wheel will not fit in the trunk in the intended manner Mercedes Benz recom mends that you have this work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop gt Unscrew the valve cap from the valve gt If possible unscrew the valve i
448. switch on the right or the pP left standing lamp z gt To switch on turn the light switch to z00 The green 300 indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster lights up Standing lamps Switching on the standing lamps ensures the corresponding side of the vehicle is illumina ted gt To switch on the standing lamps the SmartKey is not in the ignition lock oritis in position 0 gt Turn the light switch to of the vehicle or the vehicle p left hand side right hand side of z Turn signal High beam headlamps Turn signal right High beam flasher Turn signal left gt To indicate briefly press the combination switch briefly to the pressure point in the direction of arrow or The corresponding turn signal flashes three times gt To indicate press the combination switch beyond the pressure point in the direction of arrow or Exterior lighting ae High beam headlamps only the turn signal lamp on the corre gt To switch on the high beam headlamps sponding side of the vehicle will flash turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to gt To switch off the hazard warning lamps position 2 or start the engine press button gt Turn the light switch to or avro The hazard warning lamps automatically switch on if gt Press the combination switch bey
449. switched off The windows could fog up Therefore switch off climate control only briefly Activate climate control primarily using the auto button gt page 129 Air conditioning system gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 139 gt To activate turn airflow control 7 clock wise to the desired position except posi tion 0 gt page 123 gt To deactivate turn airflow control counter clockwise to position O gt page 123 Operating the climate control systems Dual zone automatic climate control gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 139 gt To switch on press the button The indicator lamp in the auro button lights up Airflow and air distribution are set to automatic mode or gt Press the OFF button The indicator lamp in the OFF button goes out The previously selected settings are restored gt To switch off press the The indicator lamp in the up General notes AUTO button button lights OFF OFF If you deactivate the Cooling with air dehu midification function the air inside the vehi cle will not be cooled The air inside the vehi cle will also not be dehumidified The win dows can fog up more quickly Therefore deactivate the cooling with air dehumidifica tion function only briefly The Cooling with air dehumid
450. t the front passenger front air bag is deployed Occupant safety ie Safety iE zA Occupant safety Safety J The PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp is inoperative It lights up briefly when the ignition is switched on and then goes out again Depending on the person in the front passenger seat the front passenger front air bag must either be disabled or enabled see the following points You must make sure of this both before and during a journey e Children in a child restraint system whether the front passenger front air bag is enabled or deactivated depends on the installed child restraint system and the age and size of the child Therefore be sure to observe the notes on the Occupant clas sification system OCS gt page 49 and on Children in the vehicle gt page 57 There you will also find instructions on backwards and forwards facing child restraint systems on the front passenger seat All other persons depending on the clas sification of the person in the front passenger seat the front passenger front air bag is enabled or deactivated gt page 49 Be sure to observe the notes on Seat belts gt page 42 and Air bags gt page 46 There you can also find infor mation on the correct seat position Seat belts Introduction Seat belts are the most effective means of restricting the movement of vehicle occu pants in the event of an accident or the vehi cle rolling over T
451. t Press the A or W button to select ECO DISPL If the ignition remains switched off for longer than four hours the ECO display will be auto matically reset For further information on the ECO display see gt page 165 Displaying the range and current fuel consumption gt Pressthe lt or gt button on the steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Press the _A or W button to select the current fuel consumption not for AMG vehicles and the approximate range The approximate range that can be covered depends on the fuel level and your current driving style If there is only a small amount of fuel left in the fuel tank the display shows a vehicle being refueled m instead of the range Digital speedometer Gearshift recommendation manual trans mission gt page 151 or automatic trans mission gt page 154 Digital speedometer Gearshift recommendation Q is not given on AMG vehicles gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Press the A or W button to select the digital speedometer Resetting values Example resetting the trip computer From Start gt Pressthe lt or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Pressthe A or W button to select the function that you wish to reset
452. t for example This may lead to the vehicle failing to meet the requirements of the next emissions test dur ing the main inspection Qualified specialist workshop An authorized Mercedes Benz Center is a qualified specialist workshop It has the nec essary specialist knowledge tools and quali fications to correctly carry out the work required on your vehicle This is especially the case for work relevant to safety Observe the notes in the Maintenance Book let Always have the following work carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e work relevant to safety e service and maintenance work e repair work e alterations installation work and modifica tions e work on electronic components Correct use If you remove any warning stickers you or others could fail to recognize certain dangers Leave warning stickers in position Observe the following information when driv ing your vehicle e the safety notes in this manual e the Technical Data section in this manual e traffic rules and regulations e laws and safety standards pertaining to motor vehicles Problems with your vehicle If you should experience a problem with your vehicle particularly one that you believe may affect its safe operation we urge you to con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the problem diagnosed and rectified If the problem is not resolved to your satisfaction please discuss the problem Ea Intr
453. t page 151 Text field Menu bar e Switches to the redial memory Time Outside temperature or speed gt page 205 Text field shows the selected menu or submenu as well as display messages gt To show menu bar 4 press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel Menu bar disappears after a few sec onds of inactivity You can set the time using COMAND see the separate operating instructions Vehicles with manual transmission instead of transmission position and drive program 2 the time and the outside tem perature or speed are shown The following messages may appear in the multifunction display t Gearshift recommendation for man ual transmission gt page 151 or when shifting manually automatic transmission gt page 154 P Parking Guidance gt page 185 CRUISE Cruise control gt page 169 p Adaptive Highbeam Assist gt page 113 ECO start stop function gt page 143 HOLD function gt page 181 HOLD Menus and submenus Menu overview Press the lt or button on the steer ing wheel to call up the menu bar and select a menu Operating the on board computer gt page 195 Depending on the equipment installed in the vehicle you can call up the following menus e Trip menu gt page 197 e Navi menu navigation instructions gt page 199
454. t page 75 If the SmartKey battery is checked within the signal reception range of the vehicle pressing the or a button gt Repeatedly tap the SmartKey against your palm until battery Q falls out gt Insert the new battery with the positive ter minal facing upwards Use a lint free cloth to do so e locks or gt Make sure that the surface of the battery is e unlocks the vehicle free of lint grease and other contaminants You can get a battery at any qualified spe gt Insert the front tabs of battery compart cialist workshop ment cover into the housing and then press to close it SmartKey gt Insert mechanical key 2 into the Smart Key gt page 74 gt Check the function of all SmartKey buttons on the vehicle Opening and closing i SmartKey Problems with the SmartKey Problem You can no longer lock or unlock the vehicle using the SmartKey You can no longer lock or unlock the vehicle using KEYLESS GO You have lost a Smart Key You have lost the mechanical key Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged gt Check the SmartKey battery gt page 75 and replace it if nec essary gt page 75 If this does not work gt Unlock gt page 80 or lock gt page 80 the vehicle using the mechanical key The SmartKey is faulty gt Unlock gt page 80 or lock gt pa
455. t a qualified specialist workshop Observe the service intervals in the Main tenance Booklet or contact a qualified spe cialist workshop for more information H You should have all work involving the battery carried out at a qualified specialist workshop In the exceptional case that it is necessary for you to disconnect the battery yourself make sure that e you switch off the engine and remove the key On vehicles with KEYLESS GO ensure that the ignition is switched off Check that all the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster are off Otherwise electronic components such as the alternator may be damaged you first remove the negative terminal clamp and then the positive terminal clamp Never swap the terminal clamps Otherwise the vehicle s electronic sys tem may be damaged in vehicles with automatic transmission the transmission is locked in position P after disconnecting the battery The vehi cle is secured against rolling away You can then no longer move the vehicle The battery and the cover of the positive terminal clamp must be installed securely during operation In order for the battery to achieve the maxi mum possible service life it must always be sufficiently charged Comply with safety precautions and take pro tective measures when handling batteries Risk of explosion Fire open flames and smoking are prohibited when handling the bat tery Avoid creating sparks Battery acid is caustic
456. t a qualified specialist workshop The electrical components of MAGIC SKY CONTROL are protected by a paneling behind the overhead control panel The MAGIC SKY CONTROL control unit is marked with a yellow warning sticker that warns you of high voltage The electric cables of the high voltage section are colored orange Roof 95 Operating MAGIC SKY CONTROL gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock MAGIC SKY CONTROL switches to the sta tus it was set to before the engine was switched off gt To change the degree of transparency press button Q Opening and closing At sub zero temperatures the change is slower and uneven The entire process may take some time Opening and closing be Problem The roof will not open or close Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The trunk partition is not closed and not properly engaged gt Close the trunk partition gt page 90 The trunk lid is open gt Close the trunk lid gt page 81 The on board voltage is too low gt Leave the engine running The roof has been opened and closed several times in a row The roof drive has been automatically deactivated You can open and close the roof again after approximately ten minutes gt Switch off the ignition and turn it back on gt Repeat the opening or closing procedure The automatic roof mechanism is faulty gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop Useful i
457. t of a sudden loss of pressure bring the vehicle to a halt by braking carefully Avoid abrupt steering maneuvers The function of the tire pressure loss warning system is limited or delayed if e snow chains are mounted on your vehicle s tires e road conditions are wintry e you are driving on sand or gravel al Wheels and tires Wheels and tires e you adopt a very sporty driving style cor nering at high speeds or driving with high rates of acceleration e you drive with a heavy load Restarting the tire pressure loss warn ing system Restart the tire pressure loss warning system if you have e changed the tire pressure e changed the wheels or tires e mounted new wheels or tires gt Before restarting make sure that the tire pressures are set properly on all four tires for the respective operating conditions The recommended tire pressures can be found on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side or the tire pressure table on the fuel filler flap The tire pressure loss warning system can only give reliable warnings if you have set the correct tire pressure If an incorrect tire pressure is set these incorrect values will be monitored gt Also observe the notes in the section on tire pressures gt page 314 gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 139 gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to selec
458. t the Serv menu gt Press the A or W button to select Tire Pressure gt Press the OK button The Run Flat Indicator Active Press OK to Restart message appears in the multifunction display If you wish to confirm the restart gt Press the OK button The Tire Pressure Now OK message appears in the multifunction display gt Press the A or W button to select Yes gt Press the OK button The Run Flat Indicator Restarted message appears in the multifunction dis play After a teach in period the tire pressure loss warning system will monitor the set tire pressures of all four tires If you wish to cancel the restart button gt Press the or gt Ifthe Tire Pressure Now OK message appears use the A or W button to select Cancel gt Press the OK button The tire pressure values stored at the last restart will continue to be monitored General notes If a tire pressure monitor is installed the vehi cle s wheels have sensors that monitor the tire pressures in all four tires The tire pres sure monitor warns you if the pressure drops in one or more of the tires The tire pressure monitor only functions if the correct sensors are installed on all wheels Information on tire pressures is displayed in the multifunction display After a few minutes o
459. t workshop Filling capacities Model Refrigerant AMG vehicles 22 2 0 4 0z 630 10 g All other models 19 4 0 4 oz 550 10 g Model PAG oil AMG vehicles 2 8 Oz 80 g All other models 4 2 oz 120 g AVZ 1 aT Cod e ELT ee Vehicle data Please note that for the specified vehicle data e the heights specified may vary as a result of tires load condition of the suspension optional equipment e optional equipment reduces the maximum payload All models 70 7 in 1796 mm Missing values were not available at time of going to print Vehicle length 163 2 in 4146 mm Vehicle length when opening closing the roof Vehicle width including exterior mirrors 79 0 in 2006 mm O Technical data Pa AVZ 1 aT od e ELT be Technical data Vehicle height 51 2 in 1301 mm Vehicle height when opening closing the roof Wheelbase 95 7 in 2430 mm Turning radius 34 6 ft 10 55 m Maximum trunk 220 Ib 100 kg load Allother models Vehicle length 162 8 in 4134 mm Vehicle length 170 2 in 4323 mm when opening closing the roof Vehicle width 79 0 in 2006 mm including exterior mirrors Vehicle height 51 3 in 1303 mm Vehicle height 61 5 in 1561 mm when opening closing the roof Wheelbase 95 7 in 2430 mm Turning radius 34 5 ft 10 52 m Maximum trunk 220 Ib 100 kg load
460. tKey into the ignition lock or gt Press the KEYLESS GO Start Stop button The KEYLESS GO key must be in the vehi cle The restraint system reduces the risk of vehi cle occupants coming into contact with parts of the vehicle s interior in the event of an accident The restraint system can also reduce the forces to which vehicle occupants are subjected during an accident The restraint system comprises e Seat belt system e Air bags The components of the restraint system work in conjunction with each other They can only deploy their protective function if at all times all vehicle occupants e have fastened their seat belts correctly gt page 44 e have adjusted their seat and head restraint properly gt page 97 As the driver you also have to make sure that the steering wheel is adjusted correctly Observe the information relating to the cor rect driver s seat position gt page 96 You also have to make sure that an air bag can inflate properly if deployed gt page 46 An air bag supplements a correctly worn seat belt As an additional safety device the air bag increases the level of protection for vehi cle occupants in the event of an accident For example if in the event of an accident the protection offered by the seat belt is suffi cient the air bags are not deployed When an accident occurs only the air bags that increase protection in that particular accident situation are deployed However
461. ted into the seats Consequently the air bags cannot protect vehicle occupants as they are designed to do In addition the func tion of the Occupant Classification System OCS could be restricted This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury You should only use seat covers that have been approved for the respective seat by Mercedes Benz Side impact air bags Q deploy next to the outer bolster of the seat backrest When deployed the side impact air bag offers additional thorax protection However it does not protect the e head e neck e arms In the event of a side impact the side impact air bag is deployed on the side on which the impact occurs The side impact air bag on the front passenger side deploys under the following conditions e the OCS system detects that the front passenger seat is occupied or e the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle of the front passenger seat If the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle the side impact air bag on the front passenger side deploys if an appropriate acci dent situation occurs In this case deploy ment is independent of whether the front passenger seat is occupied or not Head bags Head bags Q deploy in the area of the side windows at the front When deployed the headbag enhances the level of protection for the head However it does not protect your e chest e arms In the event of a side impact the headbag is
462. tem independently locates and measures parking spaces on both sides of the vehicle When driving at speeds below 19 mph 30 km h you will see parking symbol as a status indicator in the instrument cluster When a parking space has been detected an arrow towards the right 8 or the left Q also appears Parking Guidance only displays parking spaces on the front passenger side as standard Parking spaces on the driver s side are displayed as soon as the turn signal on the driver s side is activated To park on the driver s side you must leave the driver s side turn signal switched on until you have engaged reverse gear Parking Guidance will only detect parking spaces e that are parallel to the direction of travel e that are at least 5 ft 1 5 m wide e that are at least 4 3 ft 1 3 m longer than your vehicle A parking space is displayed while you are driving past it and until you are approx imately 50 ft 15 m away from it Parking Moving the vehicle into the stop position gt Stop the vehicle when the parking space symbol shows the desired parking space in the instrument cluster gt Vehicles with manual transmission shift to reverse gear Vehicles with automatic transmission shift into position R The multifunction display shows the Check Vehicle Surroundings Press OK to Confirm message gt Press the OK button on the multifunction steering wheel to confirm The multifunction display swit
463. terface for mobile audio equipment e g for an iPod or MP3 player see the sepa rate COMAND Operating Instructions Eyeglasses compartment gt To open press marking 4 Make sure that the eyeglasses compartment is always closed while the vehicle is in motion Stowage compartment in the center console gt To open briefly press the lower section of cover 1 gt To remove the insert pull the left hand side of the insert up and out gt To install the insert press the insert into the housing Depending on the vehicle equipment there may be an ashtray in the center console instead of a storage compartment Stowage and features Stowage compartment in the doors In the door trim there is a ruffled pocket 2 with storage slot Q Stowage box in the rear wall between the seats A ruffled pocket is located on the rear wall between the seats E Stowage and features Ruffled pocket Stowage net Stowage nets are located in the front passenger footwell and on the rear wall behind the driver s seat Reversible floor panel in the trunk Using the flat side of the reversible floor panel will give you a level trunk If you turn the reversible floor panel over you can transport objects for example a drinks crate on it gt To turn over pull up reversible floor panel using strap 4 gt Turn over reversible floor panel 2 and re insert it Attached to the re
464. test the function ality of your brakes at regular intervals To do so depress the brake pedal firmly when driv ing at a high speed This improves the grip of the brake pads A description of Brake Assist BAS gt page 62 a Driving and parking wi ving s Driving and parking Mercedes Benz recommends that you only have brake pads linings installed on your vehicle which have been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles or which correspond to an equivalent quality standard Brake pads linings which have not been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles or which are not of an equivalent quality could affect your vehi cle s operating safety Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use brake fluid that has been specially approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz or which corresponds to an equivalent quality standard Brake fluid which has not been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles or which is not of an equivalent quality could affect your vehicle s operating safety High performance and ceramic brake system for AMG vehicles The high performance brake system is only available on AMG vehicles The AMG brake systems are designed for heavy loads This may lead to noise when braking This will depend on e speed e braking force e ambient conditions e g temperature and humidity The wear of individual components of the brake system such as the brake pads linings or brake discs depends on the individual driv in
465. th tire sealant e If an allergic reaction occurs seek medical attention immediately Do not operate the tire inflation compres sor for longer than eight minutes at a time without a break It may otherwise overheat The tire inflation compressor can be oper ated again once it has cooled down Comply with the manufacturer s safety instructions on the sticker on the tire inflation compressor Using the TIREFIT kit i UJ3YIL PD Bagn TIREFIT sticker 2 part gt Do not remove any foreign objects which have penetrated the tire e g screws or nails gt Remove the tire sealant bottle the accom panying TIREFIT sticker and the tire infla tion compressor from the stowage well underneath the trunk floor gt page 292 gt Affix part Q of the TIREFIT sticker within the driver s field of vision gt Affix part of the TIREFIT sticker near the valve on the wheel with the defective tire Pad toitere ad gt Remove filler hose and plug from the bottom section of the tire inflation com pressor housing gt Slide the yellow filler hose connector into the mounting on yellow cap of tire seal ant bottle until the plug engages gt With the sealing rings in front slide yellow cap of tire sealant bottle into the mounting of tire inflation compressor The cap must engage in both hooks Flat tire ee gt Remove the cap from valve on the faulty tire gt Screw filler hose 8
466. th you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle The seats can still be adjusted when there is no SmartKey in the ignition lock WARNING When you adjust a seat you or other vehicle occupants could become trapped e g on the seat guide rail There is a risk of injury Make sure when adjusting a seat that no one has any body parts in the sweep of the seat Observe the safety notes on Air bags gt page 46 and Children in the Vehicle gt page 57 Z WARNING If the driver s seat is not engaged it could move unexpectedly while the vehicle is in motion This could cause you to lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Always make sure that the driver s seat is engaged before starting the engine A WARNING If you adjust the seat height carelessly you or other vehicle occupants could be trapped and thereby injured Children in particular could accidentally press the electrical seat adjust ment buttons and become trapped There is a risk of injury While moving the seats make sure that your hands or other body parts do not get under the lever assembly of the seat adjustment sys tem Z WARNING If head restraints are not installed and adjus ted correctly they cannot provide protection as intended There is an increased risk of injury in the head and neck area e g in the event of an accident or when braking Always drive with the head restraints instal
467. that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinfla tion or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause excessive heat build up and possible tire failure The temperature grades are A the highest B and C These represent the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dis sipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive tempera ture can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law o a o o _ Wheels and tires Overview Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standard gt page 330 DOT Tire Identification Number gt page 329 Maximum tire load gt page 328 Maximum tire pressure gt page 316 Manufacturer Tire material gt page 329 Tire size designation load bearing capa city and speed index gt page 326 Load index gt page 328 Tire name The markings described above are on the tire in addition to the tire name sales designa tion and the manufacturer s name Tire data is vehicl
468. the engine has been switched off The heating time depends on the temperature that has been set Depending on the equipment level the con trol panel has either the rest button or the ae button Sm c fe oO oO oO Setting the air vents Climate control i Activating deactivating gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tion lock or remove it gt page 139 gt To activate press the rest or 4 but ton The indicator lamp in the rest or 4 button lights up The blower will run at a low speed regard less of the airflow setting If you activate the residual heat function at high temperatures only the ventilation will be activated The blower runs at medium speed REST Or 4 gt To deactivate press the button The indicator lamp in the button goes out REST or 4 Residual heat is deactivated automatically e after approximately 30 minutes e when the ignition is switched on e if the battery voltage drops Setting the air vents Z WARNING Very hot or very cold air can flow from the air vents This could result in burns or frostbite in the immediate vicinity of the air vents There is a risk of injury Make sure that all vehicle occupants always maintain a sufficient distance to the air out lets If necessary redirect the airflow to another
469. the ECO start stop function e the driver s door is closed or your seat belt is fastened e the hood is closed e the electric parking brake is released e the selector lever is in position D Ror Non vehicles with automatic transmission e DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated Activating the HOLD function gt Make sure that the activation conditions are met gt Depress the brake pedal gt Quickly depress the brake pedal further until HOLD appears in the multifunction display The HOLD function is activated You can release the brake pedal If depressing the brake pedal the first time does not activate the HOLD function wait briefly and then try again Deactivating the HOLD function The HOLD function is deactivated automati cally if e you accelerate On vehicles with automatic transmission only when the transmission is in position D or R e you shift the transmission to position P on vehicles with automatic transmission Driving systems ee oo i a ge c eTo S m te Driving systems Driving and parking e you apply the brakes again with a certain amount of pressure until HOLD disappears from the multifunction display e you secure the vehicle using the electric parking brake e you activate DISTRONIC PLUS After a time the electric parking brake secures the vehicle and relieves the service brake The electric parking brake automatically secu
470. the seat If somebody becomes trapped immediately release the memory function position button The adjust ment process is stopped Z WARNING Children could become trapped if they acti vate the memory function particularly when unattended There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle gt Adjust the seat electrically gt page 98 gt On the driver s side adjust the steering wheel gt page 101 and the exterior mirrors gt page 103 gt Press memory button M and one of the storage position buttons 1 2 or 3 within three seconds The settings are stored in the selected pre set position A tone sounds when the set tings have been completed gt Press and hold the relevant storage posi tion button 1 2 or 3 until the seat steering wheel and exterior mirrors are in the stored position The setting procedure is interrupted as soon as you release the storage position button Useful information 0 eee 108 Exterior lighting c ceeeee 108 Interionlighting e ee 113 Replacing bulbs c sceeeee 114 Windshield wipers 008 117 Lights and windshield wipers E fe Exterior lighting Lights and windshield wipers Useful information This Operator s manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your
471. this time SETUP Drive program C S M ESP mode ON OFF or SPORT handling mode SPORT SETUP shows the drive program the ESP Electronic Stability Program mode and the SPORT handling mode gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the AMG menu gt Press the A button repeatedly until SETUP is displayed RACETIMER Displaying and starting RACETIMER The RACETIMER is only intended for use on a closed race circuit Do not use the function on public roads Lap RACETIMER You can start the RACETIMER when the engine is running or if the SmartKey is in posi tion 2 in the ignition lock gt Press lt or P on the steering wheel to select the AMG menu gt Press the A button repeatedly until the RACETIMER is shown gt To start press the OK RACETIMER button to start the Displaying the intermediate time gt Press the lt or gt button to select Interm Time gt Press OK to confirm The intermediate time is displayed for five seconds Starting a new lap RACETIMER Fastest lap time best lap Lap gt Press OK to confirm New Lap It is possible to store a maximum of six teen laps The 16th lap can only be com pleted with Finish Lap Stopping the RACETIMER
472. ti fication code tire size tire type code 4 and manufacturing date DOT Department of Transportation tire symbol Q indicates that the tire complies with the requirements of the U S Department of Transportation Manufacturer identification code manu facturer identification code 2 provides details on the tire manufacturer New tires have a code with two symbols Retreaded tires have a code with four symbols All about wheels and tires For further information about retreaded tires see gt page 310 Tire size identifier describes the tire size Tire type code tire type code can be used by the manufacturer as a code to describe specific characteristics of the tire Date of manufacture date of manufacture provides information about the age of a tire The first and second positions represent the week of manufacture starting with 01 for the first calendar week Positions three and four represent the year of manufacture For example a tire that is marked with 3208 was manufactured in week 32 in 2008 Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Tire characteristics This information describes the type of tire cord and the number of layers in sidewall and under tire tread Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Definition of terms for tires and loading Tire ply composition and material used Descr
473. ticker in the vicinity of the camera e there are no several or unclear lane mark ings for a lane e g in areas with road con struction work e the lane markings are worn away dark or covered up e g by dirt or snow e the distance to the vehicle in front is too small and the lane markings thus cannot be detected e the lane markings change quickly e g lanes branch off cross one another or merge e the road is narrow and winding e there are strong shadows cast on the lane Switching on Lane Keeping Assist gt Switch on Active Lane Keeping Assist using the on board computer to do so select Standard or Adaptive gt page 204 If you drive at speeds above 40 mph 60 km h and lane markings are detected the lines in the assistance graphics display gt page 203 are shown in green Lane Keeping Assist is ready for use Standard If Standard is selected no warning vibration occurs if e you switch on the turn signals In this event the warnings are suppressed for a certain period of time e a driving safety system intervenes such as ABS BAS or ESP Adaptive When Adaptive is selected no warning vibra tion occurs if e you switch on the turn signals In this event the warnings are suppressed for a certain period of time e a driving safety system intervenes e g ABS BAS or ESP e you accelerate hard e g kickdown e you brake hard Driving systems bee bn e a ge c
474. ting before refueling Z WARNING Fuel is poisonous and hazardous to health There is a risk of injury You must make sure that fuel does not come into contact with your skin eyes or clothing and that it is not swallowed Do not inhale fuel vapors Keep fuel away from children If you or others come into contact with fuel observe the following e Wash away fuel from skin immediately using soap and water e If fuel comes into contact with your eyes immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water Seek medical assistance with out delay e If fuel is swallowed seek medical assis tance without delay Do not induce vomit ing e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with fuel Tank capacity Model Total capa city All models 18 5 US gal 70 0 I MB 229 51 They have not necessarily been Model Of which approved by Mercedes Benz reserve All models Approx Fuel 2 4 US gal 9 0 I Important safety notes Z WARNING Gasoline Fuel is highly flammable If you handle fuel Fuel grade H Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with a gasoline engine Do not switch on the igni tion if you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel Otherwise the fuel will enter the fuel system Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could result in damage to the fuel system and the engine Notify a quali fied specialist workshop and have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained completely E Only refuel using unleaded pr
475. tion mode briefly e g The following contains instructions and rec if there are unpleasant outside odors or ommendations to enable you to get the most when in a tunnel The windows could oth out of your automatic climate control erwise fog up since no fresh air is drawn into the vehicle in air recirculation mode e Use the ZONE function to adopt the tem perature settings on the driver s side for the front passenger side as well The indi cator lamp in the zone button goes out e Activate climate control using the auro and ac buttons or the 4 button on the control panel of the climate control The indicator lamps in the auto and ave but tons or the 4 button light up e Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C e Use the residual heat function if you want to heat or ventilate the vehicle interior when the ignition is switched off The residual heat function can only be activated or deac tivated with the ignition switched off ECO start stop function During automatic engine switch off the cli mate control only operates at a reduced capa city If you require full climate control capa city the ECO start stop function can be deactivated by pressing the ECO button gt page 147 Operating the climate control sys tems General notes When the climate control is switched off the air supply and air circulation are also
476. tion on the automatic drive program see gt page 154 Driving and parking __ Driving and parking Left hand steering wheel paddle shifter Right hand steering wheel paddle shifter In the manual drive program you can change gear using the steering wheel paddle shifters or the selector lever gt page 154 Further information about permanent drive program M gt page 155 Further information about temporary drive program M gt page 154 The full range of functions for the steering wheel paddle shifters is available only once operating temperature has been reached You can only change gear with the steer ing wheel paddle shifters when the trans mission is in position D Automatic drive programs E and S Drive program E drive program C on MAG vehicles is characterized by the following e comfort oriented engine and transmission settings e optimal fuel consumption resulting from the automatic transmission shifting up sooner e the vehicle pulling away more gently in forward and reverse gears unless the accelerator pedal is depressed fully ae Automatic transmission e increased sensitivity This improves driving stability on slippery road surfaces for example e the automatic transmission shifting up sooner This results in the vehicle being driven at lower engine speeds and the wheels being less likely to spin Drive program S is characterized by the fol lowing e sporty engine
477. tions Only use the cigarette lighter when road and traffic conditions per mit gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 139 gt To open push the lower section of cover 1 The ashtray opens gt Press in cigarette lighter Cigarette lighter will pop out automati cally when the heating element is red hot 12 V sockets General notes H If you are using all sockets in the vehicle make sure that you do not exceed the max imum current draw of 55 A Otherwise you will overload the fuses gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the igni tion lock gt page 139 The sockets can be used for accessories with a maximum draw of 180 W 15 A Accesso ries include such items as lamps or chargers for mobile phones If you use the sockets for long periods when the engine is switched off the battery may discharge An emergency cut out ensures that the on board voltage does not drop too low If the on board voltage is too low the power to the sockets is automatically cut This ensures that there is sufficient power to start the engine Socket under the armrest gt Open the stowage compartment under the armrest gt page 257 gt Lift up the cover of socket Q On vehicles without ashtrays or lighters there is an additional socket in the center console Socket in the front compartment center console gt To open push the lower section of cover 1 The st
478. to save the setting Activating deactivating the acoustic locking verification signal If you switch on the Acoustic Lock function an acoustic signal sounds when you lock the vehicle gt Pressthe lt lt or gt button on the steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Vehicle submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the _W or A button to select the Acoustic Lock function If the Acoustic Lock function is activated the symbol in the multifunction dis play lights up orange gt Press the OK button to save the setting Activating deactivating the radar sensor system gt Pressthe lt or gt button on the steer ing wheel to select the Settings menu gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Vehicle submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the A or W button to select Radar Sensor See Oper Manual You will see the selected setting Enabled or Disabled gt Press the OK The following systems are switched off when the radar sensor system is deactivated e DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 17 1 e BAS PLUS gt page 62 PRE SAFE Brake gt page 67 button to save the setting Convenience Activating deactivating the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature Z WARNING When the EASY ENT
479. tomer Service Canada at 1 800 387 0100 Always have the prescribed service mainte nance work as well as any required repairs carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING If you switch off the ignition while driving safety relevant functions are only available with limitations or not at all This could affect If you plan to operate your vehicle in foreign for example the power steering and the brake Vehicle operation outside the USA and Canada countries please be aware that boosting effect You will require considerably e service facilities or replacement parts may More effort to steer and brake There is a risk not be readily available of an accident e unleaded fuel for vehicles with a catalytic Do not switch off the ignition while driving converter may not be available Leaded fuel may cause damage to the catalytic con A WARNING verter Flammable material such as leaves grass or e the fuel may have a considerably lower twigs may ignite if they come into contact with octane rating Unsuitable fuel can cause hot parts of the exhaust system There is a risk engine damage of fire Some Mercedes Benz models are available When driving off reag eon unpaved roads for delivery in Europe through our European ence the vehicle s underside regularly In Delivery Program For details consult an particular remove parts of plants or other authorized Mercedes Benz Center or write to flammable materials which have bec
480. ton is lit green e the outside temperature is within the range that is suitable for the system e the engine is at normal operating temper ature e the set temperature for the vehicle interior has been reached e the battery is sufficiently charged e the system detects that the windshield is not fogged up when the air conditioning system is switched on e the hood is closed e the driver s door is closed and the driver s seat belt is fastened All of the vehicle s systems remain active when the engine is stopped automatically The engine can be switched off automat ically a maximum of four times first stop and three subsequent stops in succession The HOLD function can be activated if the engine has been switched off automati cally It is then not necessary to continue applying the brakes during the automatic E Driving and parking _ Driving and parking stop phase When you depress the accel erator pedal the engine starts automati cally and the braking effect of the HOLD function is deactivated SLK 55 AMG If the vehicle is braked to a standstill in D or N the ECO start stop function switches off the engine automatically The ECO start stop function is operational and the ECO symbol is displayed in green in the multifunction display if e the indicator lamp in the ECO button is lit green e the outside temperature is within the range that is suitable for the system e
481. toring the factory settings gt page 208 Instrument cluster Selecting the unit of measurement for dis tance You can determine whether the multifunction display shows some messages in miles or kilometers gt Pressthe lt or P button on the steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Instrument Cluster submenu gt Press OK to confirm Menus and submenus ois gt Pressthe W or A buttontoselectthe Selecting the permanent display function Display Unit Speed Odometer func You can determine whether the multifunction You will see the selected setting Outside Temperature or Additional Speedome i ter km h Additional Speedometer e Cruise control mph e Current consumption and the range e Navigation instructions in the Navi menu e DISTRONIC PLUS gt Press the OK button to save the setting e ASSYST PLUS service interval display T tion display permanently shows your speed or the You will see the selected setting km or i outside temperature miles gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ka gt Press the OK button to save the setting ing wheel to select the Sett menu a The selected unit of measurement for dis gt Pressthe W lor A buttontoselectthe hes tance applies to Instrument Cluster subme
482. transmission shifts to a lower gear depending on the engine speed gt Ease off the accelerator pedal once the desired speed is reached The automatic transmission shifts back up Example program selector button gt Press program selector button 4 repeat edly until the letter for the desired gearshift program appears in the multifunction dis play The program selector button allows you to choose between different driving character istics Further information about permanent drive program M gt page 155 As well as this permanent drive program M you can also activate temporary drive pro gram M gt page 154 In AMG vehicles drive program E is called drive program C E Economy Comfortable economical C Controlled driving Efficiency S Sport Sporty driving style M Manual Manual gear shifting Only change from automatic drive program E or S to manual drive program M when the vehicle is stationary When the engine is started the automatic transmission always switches to automatic drive program E drive program C in AMG vehicles AMG vehicles when in drive program C and with a small load demand the engine will automatically only operate with four cylinders This is the case in city traffic or on a country road for example This reduces fuel consumption Cylinder shut off is inactive in drive programs S and M so that the engine will operate with all eight cylinders For further informa
483. ts and child restraint sys tems is required by law in e all 50 states e the U S territories e the District of Columbia e all Canadian provinces Even where this is not required by law all vehicle occupants should correctly fasten their seat belts before starting the journey Z WARNING If the seat belt is incorrectly fastened it can not protect as intended Furthermore an incorrectly fastened seat belt can cause addi tional injury for example in an accident dur ing braking or when abruptly changing direc tion This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Make sure that all vehicle occupants are seated properly with a correctly fastened seat belt Z WARNING The seat belt does not offer the intended level of protection if you have not moved the back rest to an almost vertical position When brak ing or in the event of an accident you could slide underneath the seat belt and sustain abdomen or neck injuries for example This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Adjust the seat properly before beginning your journey Always ensure that the backrest is in an almost vertical position and that the shoulder section of your seat belt is routed across the center of your shoulder Z WARNING Persons under 5 ft 1 50 m in height cannot fasten the seat belt correctly without an addi tional suitable restraint system If the seat belt is incorrectly fastened it cannot protect as
484. ts of both nature and humanity into account You too can help to protect the environment by operating your vehicle in an environmen tally responsible manner Fuel consumption and the rate of engine transmission brake and tire wear are affected by these factors e operating conditions of your vehicle e your personal driving style You can influence both factors You should bear the following in mind Operating conditions e avoid short trips as these increase fuel con sumption e always make sure that the tire pressures are correct e do not carry any unnecessary weight e remove roof racks once you no longer need them e a regularly serviced vehicle will contribute to environmental protection You should therefore adhere to the service intervals e always have service work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Personal driving style e do not depress the accelerator pedal when starting the engine e donot warm up the engine when the vehicle is stationary e drive carefully and maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front e avoid frequent sudden acceleration and braking Introduction ra Protection of the environment e change gear in good time and use each gear only up to of its maximum engine speed e switch off the engine in stationary traffic e keep an eye on the vehicle s fuel consump tion Environmental concerns and recom mendations Wherever the operating instructions re
485. turn the steering wheel press button Q e if you are driving at speeds between All turn signals flash If you now switch ona 25 mph 40 km h and 45 mph 70 km h turn signal using the combination switch and turn the steering wheel Exterior lighting Lights and windshield wipers baal The cornering lamp may remain lit for a short time but is automatically switched off after no more than three minutes Active light function The active light function is a system that moves the headlamps according to the steer ing movements of the front wheels In this way relevant areas remain illuminated while driving This allows you to identify pedes trians cyclists and animals Active when the lights are switched on Adaptive Highbeam Assist General notes You can use this function to set the head lamps to change between low beam and high beam automatically The system recognizes vehicles with their lights on either approach ing from the opposite direction or traveling in front of your vehicle and consequently switches the headlamps from high beam to low beam The system automatically adapts the low beam headlamp range depending on the dis tance to the other vehicle Once the system no longer detects any other vehicles it reac tivates the high beam headlamps The system s optical sensor is located behind the windshield near the overhead control panel Important safety notes Z WARNING Adaptive Highbeam
486. uickly The integrated filter filters out most par ticles of dust and soot and completely fil ters out pollen It also reduces gaseous pol lutants and odors A clogged filter reduces the amount of air supplied to the vehicle interior For this reason you should always observe the interval for replacing the filter which is specified in the Maintenance Booklet As it depends on environmental conditions e g heavy air pollution the interval may be shorter than stated in the Maintenance Booklet Overview of climate control systems Air conditioning system control panel Pa Wash Canada only To set the temperature gt page 129 To switch the residual heat function on off gt page 133 To set the air distribution gt page 130 To defrost the windshield gt page 131 To switch cooling with air dehumidification on off gt page 127 To activate deactivate air recirculation mode gt page 133 To set the airflow gt page 130 To switch the rear window defroster on off gt page 132 Climate control 4 Pa WHT USA only To set the temperature gt page 129 To switch maximum cooling on off gt page 131 Climate control ln fea Overview of climate control systems To set the air distribution gt page 130 To defrost the windshield gt page 131 To switch cooling with air dehumidification on off gt page 127 To activate deactivate air recirculation mode gt page 1
487. unk E Only use the cup holders for containers of the right size and which have lids The drinks could otherwise spill Cup holder in the center console gt To open slide cover 2 back gt To remove the insert slide catch inwards on both sides in the direction of the arrow gt Remove the cup holder insert upwards gt To re install the insert place the insert in the stowage space gt Slide catch outwards in the direction of the arrow until it engages You can remove the cup holder insert for cleaning Clean with clear lukewarm water only Observe the Important safety notes in the Stowage compartments section gt page 256 H Make sure that any bottles weighing more than 1 1 Ib 0 5 kg that are stored in the bottle holder rest on the vehicle floor The bottle holder could otherwise be damaged gt Press the outer edge of button Q and slide in the direction of the arrow until the bottle fits into the opening gt Insert the bottle into the bottle holder The bottle holder is suitable for bottles with a capacity of 25 fl oz 0 7 I to 54 fl oz 1 5 I The bottle holder does not secure the bottles it merely prevents them from tipping over Overview Z WARNING If the mirror cover of the vanity mirror is folded up when the vehicle is in motion you could be blinded by incident light There is a risk of an accident Always keep the mirror cover folded down while dri
488. unk lid can be unlocked with the trunk The front side windows are equipped with an lid emergency release when the vehicle is automatic reversing feature If a solid object stationary or while driving blocks or restricts one of the front side win Opening and closing PA Ea Side windows Opening and closing dows from traveling upwards during the auto matic closing process the side window opens again automatically During the manual clos ing process the side window only opens again automatically after the corresponding switch is released However the automatic reversing feature is only an aid and does not relieve you of the responsibility of paying attention when closing a side window A WARNING The reversing feature does not react e to soft light and thin objects e g small fin gers e while resetting This means that the reversing feature cannot prevent someone being trapped in these sit uations There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure If someone becomes trapped press the switch to open the side window again The switches for the front side windows are located on the driver s door There is also a switch for the front passenger side window on the front passenger door The switches on the driver s door take prec edence gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt To open manually press and hold the cor respo
489. urns or frostbite in the immediate vicinity of the air vents There is a risk of injury Make sure that all vehicle occupants always maintain a sufficient distance to the air out lets If necessary redirect the airflow to another area of the vehicle interior A WARNING When AIRSCARF is switched on very hot air can flow from the vents in the head restraints This could result in burns in the immediate vicinity of the air vents There is a risk of injury Reduce the heater output before it becomes too hot You can adjust the blower output of AIR SCARF vents using the AIRSCARF button gt page 100 Climate control 4 tse Useful information 0 00 138 Notes on breaking in a new vehicle E E EE E nto aie 138 Driving inis E ces 139 Manual transmission 150 Automatic transmission 151 Refueling 252 003 eens 158 Parking ea ne eee 161 Driving tips e eee 164 Driving systems ceeceeeees 169 E Driving and parking __ Driving and parking Useful information This Operator s manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualifi
490. ust the steering wheel height To adjust the steering wheel position fore and aft adjustment gt Push release lever Q down completely in WARNING sy paaa hs Seles When the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature adjusts e steering column Is unigcked the steering wheel you and other vehicle Seats steering wheel and mirrors E gt Adjust the steering wheel to the desired occupants particularly children could position become trapped There is a risk of injury gt Push release lever Q up completely While the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature is mak The steering column is locked ing adjustments make sure that no one has gt Check if the steering column is locked any body parts in the sweep of the steering When doing so try to push the steering wheel wheel up or down or try to move it in the If somebody becomes trapped fore and aft direction 3 N e press one of the memory function position buttons or e move the switch for steering wheel adjust ment in the opposite direction to that in which the steering wheel is moving The adjustment process is stopped A WARNING When the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature adjusts the steering wheel and the driver s seat you and other vehicle occupants particularly children could become trapped There is a risk of injury S F a While the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature is mak ing adjustments make sure that no one has To adjust the steering wheel height any body parts in the sweep of the seat
491. vailable ees Sulsojo pue suluedg NN DO OM KN gt aco i N k j i i Side windows nee ROOF 2 See DOOM 25 oe A Useful information c cc0008 SmartKey vice eerie snares SmartKey bo D O D bo ic Q O Useful information This Operator s manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 26 SmartKey A WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shift the automatic transmission out of park position P or shift manual transmission into neutral e start the engine There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children A WARNING If you attach heavy
492. ve the information on the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp gt page 41 Your vehicle has two stage front air bags During the first deployment stage the front air bag fills with propellant gas which reduces the risk of injury The second stage is then triggered within milliseconds filling the front air bag with the maximum amount of propel lant gas The deployment thresholds for the Emer gency Tensioning Devices and air bags are calculated on the basis of the vehicle decel eration or acceleration occurring at various points in the vehicle This process is pre emp tive in nature The air bag must be deployed on time at the start of the collision The rate of vehicle deceleration or accelera tion and the direction of the force are essen tially determined by e distribution of the force during the impact e collision angle e deformation characteristics of the vehicle e characteristics of the object with which the vehicle has collided Factors which can only be seen and measured after the collision has occurred do not play a decisive role in the deployment of an airbag nor do they provide an indication of air bag deployment The vehicle may be considerably deformed without an air bag being deployed This is the case if only relatively easily deformable parts have been hit and a high rate of deceleration has not been reached Conversely an air bag may be deployed even though the vehicle suf fers only minor deformation T
493. vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 26 Exterior lighting For reasons of safety Mercedes Benz recom mends that you drive with the lights switched on even during the daytime In some coun tries operation of the headlamps varies due to legal requirements and self imposed obli gations Symmetrical low beam headlamps Switch the headlamps to symmetrical low beam in countries in which traffic drives on the opposite side of the road from the country where the vehicle is registered This prevents glare to oncoming traffic When using sym metrical lights the edge of the road is not lit as widely and as far ahead as normal Have the headlamps converted at a qualified specialist workshop as close to the border as possible before driving in these countries Asymmetrical low beam Have the headlamps converted back to asym metrical low beam headlamps at a qualified specialist workshop as soon as possible after crossing the border again Setting options Exterior lighting can be set using e the light switch e the combination switch gt page 110 e the on board computer gt page 205 Light switch Operation
494. vehicle from the inside You can centrally lock or unlock the vehicle from the inside For example you can unlock the front passenger door from the inside or lock the vehicle before you pull away Disarming Arming gt To disarm press and hold button for about five seconds until a tone sounds gt Toarm press and hold button 2 for about five seconds until a tone sounds gt To unlock press button Q Ifyou press one of the two buttons and do gt To lock press button not hear a tone the relevant setting has If the front passenger door is closed the already been selected vehicle locks The vehicle is locked automatically when the The central locking unlocking button does ignition is switched on and the wheels are not lock or unlock the fuel filler flap or the turning stowage compartment in the center console v2 ea Opening and closing You could therefore lock yourself out if e the vehicle is being pushed e the vehicle is being towed e the vehicle is on a roller dynamometer You can also switch the automatic locking function on and off using the on board com puter gt page 207 If the vehicle can no longer be unlocked with the SmartKey use the mechanical key If you use the mechanical key to unlock and open the driver s door the anti theft alarm system will be triggered gt page 69 gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 74 gt Insert the
495. vehicle if the steering wheel lock has been engaged There is a risk of an accident Always switch off the ignition when towing the vehicle with a tow cable or a tow bar gt Switch on the hazard warning lamps gt page 111 When towing with the hazard warning lamps switched on use the combination switch as usual to signal a change of direc tion In this case only the indicator lamps for the direction of travel flash When you reset the combination switch the hazard warning flashers start flashing again gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt When the vehicle is stationary depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed Towing and tow starting Eo gt Vehicles with manual transmission depress the clutch pedal fully and shift to neutral or gt Vehicles with automatic transmission shift the automatic transmission to posi tion N gt Release the brake pedal gt Release the electric parking brake It is important that you observe the safety instructions when towing away your vehicle gt page 303 H You may only secure the vehicle by the wheels not by parts of the vehicle such as axle or steering components Otherwise the vehicle could be damaged The towing eye can be used to pull the vehicle onto a trailer or transporter for transporting purposes gt Vehicles with manual transmission depress the clutch pedal fully and shift to neutral gt Vehicles with automat
496. vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO Indicator lamp Q flashes The alarm sys tem is armed after approximately 15 seconds gt To deactivate unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO Protection against theft Ee A visual and audible alarm is triggered if the alarm system is armed and you open e a door e the vehicle with the mechanical key e the trunk lid e the hood e the glove box e the stowage space under the armrest gt Toturn the alarm off with the SmartKey press the a or button on the SmartKey The alarm is switched off or gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock The alarm is switched off gt To stop the alarm using KEYLESS GO grasp the outside door handle The Smart Key must be outside the vehicle The alarm is switched off or gt Press the Start Stop button on the dash board The SmartKey must be inside the vehicle The alarm is switched off The alarm is not switched off even if you close the open door that triggered it for example If the alarm continues for more than 30 seconds the mbrace emergency call system automatically notifies the Cus tomer Assistance Center This is done either by text message or data connection The emergency call system sends the mes sage or data provided that e you have subscribed to the mbrace ser vice e the mbrace service has been activated properly e the necessary mobile phone network is a
497. vent someone being trapped in these sit uations There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure If somebody becomes trapped e press the 5 button on the SmartKey or e press the remote operating switch on the driver s door or e press the closing or locking button on the trunk lid or e pull on the trunk lid handle PR EPEAT gt Press the o gt Pull handle gt Raise the trunk lid button on the SmartKey tw Opening and closing E vi ean Opening and closing bd Closing gt Pull the trunk lid down using recess 4 gt Lock the vehicle if necessary with the button on the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO If a KEYLESS GO key is detected in the trunk the trunk lid cannot be locked and will open again General notes H The trunk lid swings upwards when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above the trunk lid Opening dimensions of the trunk lid gt page 353 Opening You can open the trunk lid automatically using the handle in the trunk lid gt If the trunk lid is unlocked pull the trunk lid handle and let it go again immediately Vehicles with the trunk lid remote closing fea ture the trunk lid can be also be opened automatically using the SmartKey gt Press and hold the 5 button on the SmartKey until the trunk lid opens
498. versible floor panel are two flexible straps 2 that you can use to secure objects for example wind screen 3 when reversible floor panel Q has been turned over Roof carrier H This vehicle is not designed to transport items on the roof Roof carriers and other devices which are mounted on the roof that have not been specifically approved for this model by Mercedes Benz must not be used as they could damage the vehicle and the retractable hardtop vario roof At the time of going to print Mercedes Benz does not offer any roof carrier or other roof installed devices for this model H This vehicle is not designed to transport any items on the trunk lid or to allow lug gage carriers or equipment of any kind to be installed to the trunk lid Otherwise the vehicle and the retractable hardtop could be damaged Cup holder Important safety notes Z WARNING If you do not correctly store objects in the vehicle interior they can slip or be flung around thus striking vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury especially when brak ing or abruptly changing directions e Always store objects so that they cannot be flung around in these or in similar situa tions e Always make sure that objects do not pro trude from stowage compartments parcel nets or stowage nets e Close lockable stowage compartments while driving e Stow and secure objects that are heavy hard pointy sharp edged fragile or too large in the tr
499. ving E Stowage and features Stowage and features Mirror light Bracket Retaining strip e g for a parking lot ticket Vanity mirror Mirror cover When driving at high speeds with the side window or roof open If you have inserted a car park ticket into retaining strip make sure that it is not blown away by the wind Vanity mirror in the sun visor Mirror light only functions if the sun visor is clipped into bracket and mirror cover has been folded up Glare from the side gt Fold down the sun visor gt Pull the sun visor out of retainer gt Swing the sun visor to the side gt Slide the sun visor horizontally as desired gt To open push the lower section of cover 1 The cover opens gt To remove the insert lift insert up and out gt To re install the insert press insert into the holder until it engages Z WARNING You can burn yourself if you touch the hot heating element or the socket of the cigarette lighter In addition flammable materials can ignite if e the hot cigarette lighter falls e a child holds the hot cigarette lighter to objects for example There is a risk of fire and injury Always hold the cigarette lighter by the knob Always make sure that the cigarette lighter is out of reach of children Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Your attention must always be focused on the traffic condi
500. warning lamp a mes sage appears in the multifunction display Further information can be found on gt page 236 If the tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning it may take more than ten minutes for the tire pressure warning lamp to inform you of the malfunction by flashing for approximately one minute and then remaining lit When the mal function has been rectified the tire pressure warning lamp goes out after a few minutes of driving The tire pressure values indicated by the on board computer may differ from those meas ured at a gas station with a pressure gauge The tire pressures shown by the on board computer refer to those measured at sea level At high altitudes the tire pressure val ues indicated by a pressure gauge are higher than those shown by the on board computer In this case do not reduce the tire pressures The operation of the tire pressure monitor can be affected by interference from radio trans mitting equipment e g radio headphones two way radios that may be being operated in or near the vehicle Checking the tire pressure electroni cally gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 139 gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Service menu gt Press the A or W button to select Tire Pressure gt Press the OK button The current tire pressure of each tire is shown in the multifunction display
501. wheels start to spin the amp ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster does not flash In such situations ESP will not stabilize the vehicle If you deactivate ESP e ESP no longer improves driving stability e engine torque is no longer limited and the drive wheels are able to spin The spinning of the wheels results in a cut ting action for better traction on loose sur faces e traction control is still activated e PRE SAFE is no longer available nor is it activated if you brake firmly and ESP intervenes e PRE SAFE Brake is no longer available it is also not activated if you brake firmly and ESP intervenes e ESP still provides support when you brake General information EBD monitors and controls the brake pres sure on the rear wheels to improve driving stability while braking Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion for driving safety systems gt page 61 A WARNING If EBD has malfunctioned the rear wheels can still lock e g under full braking This increa ses the risk of skidding and an accident You should therefore adapt your driving style to the different handling characteristics Have the brake system checked at a qualified spe cialist workshop Observe information regarding indicator and warning lamps gt page 245 as well as dis play messages gt page 215 Observe the Important safety notes sec tion
502. while the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir A WARNING The braking effect may be impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 161 gt Do not add brake fluid Adding more will not remedy the mal function gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display ABS Anti lock Braking System is deactivated due to a malfunc tion BAS Brake Assist BAS PLUS ESP Electronic Stability Program PRE SAFE PRE SAFE Brake the HOLD function and hill start assist are therefore also deactivated for example ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display
503. y be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 161 gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 292 gt Check the tire pressure gt page 318 gt If necessary correct the tire pressure The tire pressure monitor is faulty A WARNING The system is possibly unable to recognize or register low tire pressure There is a risk of an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Useful information Stowage areas eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee Features 2 s D Stowage and features Stowage and features Useful information This Operator s manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 26 Stowage areas Important safety notes Z WARNING If you do not co
504. y care products and cleaning agents to clean the cockpit Hl Do not affix the following to plastic surfa ces e stickers e films e scented oil bottles or similar items You can otherwise damage the plastic H Do not allow cosmetics insect repellent or sunscreen to come into contact with the plastic trim This maintains the high quality look of the surfaces gt Wipe the plastic trim with a damp lint free cloth e g a microfiber cloth gt Heavy soiling use car care and cleaning products recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz The surface may change color temporarily Wait until the surface is dry again Cleaning the steering wheel and gear or selector lever gt Thoroughly wipe with a damp cloth or use leather care agents that have been recom mended and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning genuine wood and trim ele ments H Do not use solvent based cleaning agents such as tar remover wheel cleaners pol ishes or waxes There is otherwise a risk of damaging the surface H Do not use chrome polish on trim pieces The trim pieces have a chrome look but are mostly made of anodized aluminum and can lose their shine if chrome polish is used Use a damp lint free cloth instead when cleaning the trim pieces If the chrome plated trim pieces are very dirty you can use a chrome polish If you are unsure as to whether the trim pieces are chrome plated or not consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Wi
505. y control Every part has been spe cifically developed manufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Only genuine Mercedes Benz parts should therefore be used More than 300 000 different genuine Mercedes Benz parts are available for Mercedes Benz models All authorized Mercedes Benz Centers main tain a supply of genuine Mercedes Benz parts for necessary service and repair work In addi tion strategically located parts delivery cen ters provide quick and reliable parts service Always specify the vehicle identification num ber VIN when ordering genuine Mercedes Benz parts gt page 346 Operator s Manual Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the time of going to print Country specific differences are possi ble Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also applies to safety relevant systems and func tions The equipment in your vehicle may therefore differ from that shown in the descriptions and illustrations The original purchase agreement lists all sys tems installed in your vehicle Should you have any questions concerning equipment and operation please consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Introduction The Operator s Manual and Maintenance Booklet are important documents and should be kept in the vehicle Service and vehicle operation Wa
506. y is impaired due to heavy rain snow or fog gt Clean the windshield If the system detects that the camera is fully operational again the Adaptive Highbeam Assist Now Available message is dis played Adaptive Highbeam Assist is operational again Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The coolant level is too low H Avoid making long journeys with too little coolant in the engine cooling system The engine will otherwise be damaged gt Add coolant observing the warning notes before doing so gt page 281 gt f coolant needs to be added more often than usual have the engine coolant system checked at a qualified specialist work shop The fan motor is faulty gt At coolant temperatures below 248 F 120 C drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop gt Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads e g driving in moun tainous terrain and stop and go traffic Display messages Es Display messages Coolant Too Hot Stop Vehicle Turn Engine Off See Operator s Man ual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The coolant is too hot A warning tone also sounds Z WARNING Do not drive when your engine is overheated This can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire Steam from the overheated engine can also cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the hood There is a risk of injury gt Pull over and stop the vehic
507. you observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instruc tions gt Press the belt buckle release button hold the belt tongue and guide it back towards the belt loop The special seat belt retractor is deactiva ted Child restraint system The use of seat belts and child restraint sys tems is required by law in all 50 states e the U S territories e the District of Columbia e all Canadian provinces You can obtain further information about the correct child restraint system from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Z WARNING If the child restraint system is installed incor rectly on a suitable seat it cannot protect as intended The child cannot then be restrained in the event of an accident heavy braking or sudden changes of direction There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Make sure that you observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instruc tions and the notes on use Please ensure that the base of the child restraint system is always resting completely on the seat cush ion Never place objects e g cushions under or behind the child restraint system Only use child restraint systems with the original cover designed for them Only replace damaged covers with genuine covers Z WARNING If the child restraint system is installed incor rectly or is not secured it can come loose in the event of an accident heavy braking or a Children in the veh
508. zle switches off Do not add any more fuel after the pump stops filling for the first time Otherwise fuel may leak out Closing the fuel filler flap gt Place fuel filler cap on the fuel filler neck and turn clockwise until it engages gt Close fuel filler flap Close the fuel filler flap before locking the vehicle If you are driving with the fuel filler cap open the reserve fuel warning lamp flashes The 3 Check Engine warning lamp may also light up A message appears in the multifunction display gt page 231 For further information on warning and indi cator lamps in the instrument cluster see gt page 251 Problems with fuel and the fuel tank Problem Fuel is leaking from the vehicle A WARNING rangi Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The fuel line or the fuel tank is faulty Risk of explosion or fire gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the ignition lock and remove it immediately gt page 139 gt Do not restart the engine under any circumstances gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The fuel filler flap can not be opened or The fuel filler flap is not unlocked The SmartKey battery is discharged gt Unlock the vehicle gt page 72 or gt Unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key gt page 74 The fuel filler flap is unlocked but the opening mechanism is jam med gt Consult a qualified spe

auto manual - Antenna House

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents